AP English Language and Composition student edition

5 units, 20 cases, 528 student pages.

Download the student edition, PDF, 7 MB

No, Pero Why?

Student edition

AP English Language and Composition

AP English Language and Composition classes, and advanced grades 11–12 writing courses.

5 units, 20 cases

How this book worksAP Lang student edition

How this book works

The book has five units. Each unit opens with its question and the story so far, then four cases. Each lesson is a short chapter whose pages follow the same order, so you learn the layout once. A quick check ends each lesson, and a review, a test and a Take it further page end each unit.

  1. What happened Read the story and the question you will answer.

  2. Key terms Learn the words the lesson needs, each with its Spanish word.

  3. Reading passage Read a longer passage about the lesson. Stop and think at each question.

  4. Look at the evidence Read each document. Write what it shows and what it leaves out.

  5. Key idea and In the news Read the idea behind the lesson, a code of ethics and two real news stories.

  6. Sort the evidence Decide which evidence supports each claim and whose view is missing.

  7. Practice Choose the best response and fix two phrases in a student’s draft.

  8. Your task Follow the numbered steps, plan in the boxes and write your draft.

  9. Check your work Answer yes-or-no questions and mark your level in the rubric.

  10. Questions to discuss Write short answers, then finish My take.

  11. Talk about this lesson at home Take home a page of questions for your family.

Labels on the page

Evidence AGroup-chat post

A document from the lesson. Read it closely and compare it with the other documents.

Real sourcePublisherDate

A real news story, code or study. Scan its code to read the original.

Directions on each page

On your ownA short direction under a heading tells you what to do if you work without an educator, and about how long it takes.

When a page continues

Some sections run onto a second page. Its heading says “continued,” and it keeps the next page number.

Filling in this book

  • Fill it in on paper or in a PDF app. Save a copy before you type.
  • What you type stays on your device. Nothing is sent to us.
  • Do not write private information about yourself or other people.
1
ContentsAP Lang student edition

Contents

  1. 1 Unit 1: Before you run with it3
  2. Case 1 Is the screening canceled?6
  3. Case 2 Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?28
  4. Case 3 What should a group do after a public mistake?51
  5. Case 4 Who gets a say when a shared room changes?73
  6. Review and test Unit 1 review, unit test and Take it further94
  7. 2 Unit 2: Read the fine print107
  8. Case 5 Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?110
  9. Case 6 What can your family see in your college records?132
  10. Case 7 Did one complaint get the novel banned?154
  11. Case 8 Is it a recommendation or an ad?175
  12. Review and test Unit 2 review, unit test and Take it further196
  13. 3 Unit 3: Find who's responsible209
  14. Case 9 What is on your ballot, and where do you check?212
  15. Case 10 Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?235
  16. Case 11 Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?257
  17. Case 12 When can a school limit what students say?279
  18. Review and test Unit 3 review, unit test and Take it further301
  19. 4 Unit 4: Put it to the test313
  20. Case 13 Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?316
  21. Case 14 Does giving credit let the crew use the song?338
  22. Case 15 Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?361
  23. Case 16 Who wrote the new building rule?382
  24. Review and test Unit 4 review, unit test and Take it further405
  25. 5 Unit 5: Take it public418
  26. Case 17 How should the crew give out ten free seats?421
  27. Case 18 Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?443
  28. Case 19 What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?465
  29. Case 20 Can the crew post this image as true?488
  30. Review and test Unit 5 review, unit test and Take it further510
2
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

Unit 1

Before you run with it

Essential question

How do you know enough to share, judge or decide?

3
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

The story so far

Mateo books the Common Room for the crew's first neighborhood screening. In one week, a cropped clip nearly cancels it, a crowded worksheet hides what Dec knows, a recap caption blames the wrong people, and the board thinks about renting out the free evenings. Each time, somebody wants to act fast. Each time, the crew checks first.

JordyDecGiaMari

The cases

  1. 1

    Case 1 Is the screening canceled?

    New skill: Find the original source

  2. 2

    Case 2 Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?

    New skill: Check what a task is meant to measure

  3. 3

    Case 3 What should a group do after a public mistake?

    New skill: Correct a public mistake

  4. 4

    Case 4 Who gets a say when a shared room changes?

    New skill: Weigh the trade-offs of each option

I can

  • I can find the original source behind a post.
  • I can check what a task is really measuring.
  • I can correct a public mistake so it reaches the people it affected.
  • I can weigh what each option gains and costs before I ask a decision-maker for something.
4
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

Words to know

  • claimKLAYM
  • contextKAHN-tekst
  • framingFRAY-ming
  • holding statementHOHL-ding STAYT-munt
  • learning goalLUR-ning GOHL
  • evaluationih-val-yoo-AY-shun
  • eligibilityel-ih-juh-BIL-ih-tee
  • correctionkuh-REK-shun
  • accountabilityuh-kown-tuh-BIL-ih-tee
  • proposalpruh-POH-zul
  • trade-offTRAYD-awf
  • decision-makerdih-SIZH-un MAY-ker

Your mentor for this unit

Marta Reyes Editor, a neighborhood news site

“Where did this come from, and who can confirm it?”

What I watch for

  • A clip with no beginning or end
  • A quote with no name attached
  • “Confirmed” when nobody can say who confirmed it

Your unit task

A 500- to 700-word memo to the Common Room coordinator. It includes a correction procedure for the crew's posts and a training recommendation with its costs, uses all four documents and cites one real source on corrections from Case 3's sources (for example, the 2018 meta-analysis "How to unring the bell" in `case-sources.json`). It answers the strongest objection and ends with a 3-minute oral defense.

You’ll do this task in Part B of the unit test. Write it, say it or show it, as your educator allows.

Time: 5 to 6 class periods, including the review and the test.

5
Case 1: Is the screening canceled?AP Lang student edition

Case 1: Is the screening canceled?

A cropped clip in the group chat seems to cancel the crew’s screening, so you check the original documents and write an update.

On your ownRead What happened. Underline the sentence that worries the crew. About 4 minutes.

Your role: You’re the one who reads the full transcript before Gia posts. New skill: Find the original source.

Gia and Mateo read the message about tonight’s screening.

What happened

It is Friday afternoon at the Common Room, a shared event space inside a bookshop in Fort Greene, Brooklyn. Mateo booked the room for tonight’s 6 p.m. screening, the crew’s first in the neighborhood. He has been moving tables and chairs all afternoon.

Gia is helping between her class and her shift at a café. Jordy is testing the projector and captions. Sami is on her way from the print shop.

At 4:52 p.m., someone forwards a seven-second clip to the group chat. The clip comes from a meeting about the room. Its caption asks whether the screening is canceled.

Gia wants to warn people before they leave home. Mateo hopes the post is wrong. Gia has about ten minutes before she has to leave for work.

Your question: Is the screening really canceled, and what should the crew tell people?

6
Case 1: Is the screening canceled?AP Lang student edition

Key terms

On your ownRead each key term and its example. Then write your first guess in the box. About 4 minutes.

Claim A claim is a statement that something is true. You can check a claim with evidence.

En español: afirmación

In this lesson: The caption “Screening canceled?” is a claim. It ends with a question mark, and no document confirms it.

Context Context is the information around an event or a quote that you need to understand what it means.

En español: contexto

In this lesson: The full transcript adds the words “through that reader tonight.” Those words show that only the broken side door is closing.

Framing Framing is choosing which parts of a situation a message brings forward.

En español: encuadre

In this lesson: The crop and the caption choose what viewers notice: “removing access,” not “through that reader.”

Holding statement A holding statement is a short update that says what is known, what is still being checked and when people will hear more.

En español: comunicado provisional

In this lesson: Jordy posts: “We’re checking the original. Hold your plans for a moment.”

Who is involved

Mateo

Booked the room for tonight

“I’ve been moving these tables all afternoon. Please tell me we didn’t cancel this in a group chat.”

Gia

Leaving soon for a café shift

“Sami’s already on the train from the print shop. “We’re figuring it out” doesn’t tell her whether to keep coming.”

7
Case 1: Is the screening canceled?AP Lang student edition

Your first guess

Before you look at the evidence, what do you think is going on?

My first guess is ___, because ___.

Notes

8
Case 1: Is the screening canceled?AP Lang student edition

Reading passage

Whose version travels fastest

On your ownRead the passage. At each Stop and think box, pause and answer the question in your head or with a partner. About 6 minutes.

Words to know

  • Claim: A claim is a statement that something is true. You can check a claim with evidence.
  • Context: Context is the information around an event or a quote that you need to understand what it means.
  • Framing: Framing is choosing which parts of a situation a message brings forward.
  • Holding statement: A holding statement is a short update that says what is known, what is still being checked and when people will hear more.

The story: A real clip with a false caption

By late Friday afternoon, the Common Room is almost ready. The event space, tucked inside a Fort Greene bookshop, has rows of folding chairs that Mateo has been arranging since lunch. Jordy is checking whether the projector’s captions are readable from the back row. Gia has about ten minutes before she has to leave for a café shift. Sami, who uses a manual wheelchair and usually enters through the side door, is already on the train from the print shop.

At 4:52 p.m., a seven-second clip reaches the group chat. It comes from a meeting about the room. The coordinator says, “we are removing access,” and the clip ends. The forwarded caption supplies the conclusion the video does not: “They’re removing access tonight. Screening canceled?”

Nothing about the clip is fabricated. That is what makes it persuasive. The voice is real, the words are real and the meeting happened. Gia’s instinct is protective. People are already asking whether to turn around, and she wants to save them a trip. Mateo’s instinct is hopeful, and he says plainly that he wants the clip to be fake. Jordy’s instinct comes from editing. A sentence that stops at “access” usually has more after it.

Your role in this case is specific. You are the one who reads the full transcript before Gia posts. Every reply the crew sends will be read by people making decisions on the move, so the order of the crew’s next three steps matters.

Stop and think. Why can a real clip mislead people more easily than a fake one?

9
Case 1: Is the screening canceled?AP Lang student edition

Reading the record against the clip

The caption makes a claim, a statement that something is true that can be checked with evidence. Two documents test it. The coordinator’s 3:30 p.m. transcript reads: “The side-door reader is broken. We are removing access through that reader tonight. Existing room bookings remain in place. Use the staffed front entrance while we repair it.” Mateo’s booking email from Tuesday confirms Friday, 6 to 9 p.m., a step-free front entrance and staff at the desk from 5:30.

Set side by side, the documents show that the clip is accurate but incomplete. Context, the information around a quote that you need to understand what it means, narrows “removing access” to a single broken reader. The email adds something the transcript does not: the front entrance is step-free. It also leaves something out. It was sent before Friday’s meeting, so it says nothing about the side door.

The crew’s response follows the evidence in order. First, Jordy sends a holding statement, a short update that says what is known, what is still being checked and when people will hear more: “We’re checking the original. Hold your plans for a moment.” Notice what it avoids. It does not repeat the word “canceled,” and it does not call the clip fake. Then Gia posts the correction in the same chat where the rumor spread, with the time, the entrance and the original update. Jordy captions it so it can be read without sound. Mateo keeps a link to the full transcript beside the cropped clip.

Stop and think. The holding statement avoids the word “canceled.” What might happen if it repeated the word, even to deny it?

Selection, emphasis and who controls the story

Robert Entman’s research defines framing through two actions: selecting some aspects of a situation and making them more salient (Robert M. Entman, “Framing,” 1993). In plain terms, framing is choosing which parts of a situation a message brings forward. The seven-second crop is a frame built by subtraction. It selects “removing access” and removes the qualifier. Analyzing a frame does not require proving anyone’s motive. It requires showing what was selected and what was left out.

The pattern reaches far beyond one group chat. When Suzanne Collins announced a new Hunger Games novel, her publisher quoted her on propaganda and “the power of those who control the narrative” (Scholastic, June 6, 2024). In the 2012 film’s reaping scene, the Capitol stages an official ceremony, yet it cannot control how the crowd reacts when Katniss volunteers for Prim. In our reading, the scene and the clip raise the same question: whose version does the edit make easiest to see?

Research suggests the defense is teachable. A Stanford study found that most of 3,446 students judged posts by how they looked rather than by who made them (Stanford Graduate School of Education, November 18, 2019).

10
Case 1: Is the screening canceled?AP Lang student edition

Selection, emphasis and who controls the story, continued

A district-wide field study in high school government classes found that teaching lateral reading measurably improved how students judged online claims (Wineburg et al., Journal of Educational Psychology, July 2022). News organizations hold themselves to a similar standard. The RTDNA code warns that “trending” or “going viral” may increase urgency, but these “only heighten the need for strict standards of accuracy” (RTDNA Code of Ethics, June 11, 2015). Finding the original source is the first skill in this series, and every later case builds on it.

Stop and think. Entman says a frame works by selection and emphasis. What did the crew’s correction select and emphasize?

Sources

Real sourceRobert M. Entman1993

Framing

Real sourceScholasticJune 6, 2024

Sunrise on the Reaping announcement

Real sourceStanford Graduate School of EducationNovember 18, 2019

High school students are unprepared to judge the credibility of information on the internet, according to Stanford researchers

Real sourceJournal of Educational Psychology (Wineburg et al.)July 2022

Lateral reading on the open Internet: A district-wide field study in high school government classes

Real sourceRadio Television Digital News Association (RTDNA)2015

RTDNA Code of Ethics

Notes

11
Case 1: Is the screening canceled?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence

On your ownRead each document. For each one, write what it shows and what it leaves out. About 8 minutes.

Evidence AGroup-chat post, Friday 4:52 p.m.

The post

They’re removing access tonight. Screening canceled?” A seven-second clip is attached. In it, the coordinator says “we are removing access,” and the clip ends there.

Look closely: Which word in the caption goes further than the clip itself?

What it shows

What it leaves out

Evidence BCoordinator’s meeting transcript, Friday 3:30 p.m.

The full update

“The side-door reader is broken. We are removing access through that reader tonight. Existing room bookings remain in place. Use the staffed front entrance while we repair it.”

Look closely: Which four words narrow what “access” means? Underline them.

What it shows

What it leaves out

12
Case 1: Is the screening canceled?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence, continued

Evidence CBooking email to Mateo, sent Tuesday

The booking email

Friday, 6–9 p.m. Screening confirmed. Front entrance: step-free. Staff member at the desk from 5:30 p.m. Contact the coordinator for arrival support.

Look closely: What does this confirm? What does it not say about the side door?

What it shows

What it leaves out

What is still missing from the evidence?

Notes

13
Case 1: Is the screening canceled?AP Lang student edition

Key idea: framing

On your ownRead the key idea and the code of ethics. Then answer the question in the box. About 6 minutes.

The clip in the group chat is real, but that only tells you the video is authentic. A claim is a statement that something is true. You can check a claim with evidence. Context is the information around an event or a quote that you need to understand what it means. Here, the clip stops before the rest of the coordinator’s sentence, so the clip alone cannot confirm the caption’s claim.

Framing is choosing which parts of a situation a message brings forward. Media researcher Robert Entman uses this idea to study what messages select and emphasize. The crop makes “removing access” stand out and hides “through that reader,” the words that limit the change to one broken side door. You do not have to prove that anyone meant to mislead people. You only need to show what the edit leaves out.

A holding statement is a short update that says what is known, what is still being checked and when people will hear more. It gives people a next step while the crew checks the documents. The correction that follows needs the time, the door and a contact for arrival help. People who are already traveling need those details before they arrive.

Professional standards

Real sourceSociety of Professional Journalists (SPJ)

SPJ Code of Ethics: Seek Truth and Report It

“Verify information before releasing it. Use original sources whenever possible.”

In plain words: Journalists who follow the SPJ code check a claim against the original source before they share it.

Question: What does the full meeting transcript say right after the point where the seven-second clip ends?

Your answer

The transcript goes on to say ___, which means ___.

14
Case 1: Is the screening canceled?AP Lang student edition

In the news

Real sourceCrashCourse (YouTube)January 22, 2019

Check Yourself with Lateral Reading: Crash Course Navigating Digital Information #3

Shows the move the crew makes: leave the screenshot, open new tabs and check who made it and what other sources say.

Real sourcePolitiFactAugust 1, 2022

Viral image shows fake story from The Atlantic about Biden

A real fact-check of a fabricated news screenshot: the image looked official, but the outlet never published it.

Notes

15
Case 1: Is the screening canceled?AP Lang student edition

Sort the evidence

On your ownCompare each piece of evidence with each claim. Write supports, challenges or neither in each box. About 6 minutes.

Draw an arrow from each piece of evidence to the claim it supports or challenges. Which claim is left standing, and which gap still needs a check before you post?

EvidenceClaim 1The screening is canceled.Claim 2The screening is on; use the staffed front entrance.
1 The clip: “we are removing access…” ends mid-sentence.
2 The transcript: access is removed “through that reader,” and existing bookings remain in place.
3 The booking email: Friday 6–9 p.m., screening confirmed, step-free front entrance.

Still open

  • Can every visitor use the temporary entrance?

Whose perspective is missing?

Whose view is missing from these documents? What would you ask them?

The view that is missing is ___. I would ask ___.

16
Case 1: Is the screening canceled?AP Lang student edition

Practice: choose a response

On your ownChoose the message you would send and explain why. Then fix the two marked lines. About 8 minutes.

The post arrived a few minutes ago, and nobody has checked the original yet. What do you send to the group chat?

  • A Cancel your plans before you travel.

  • B We’re checking the original. Hold your plans for a moment.

  • C The post is fake. Ignore it.

Why I chose it

Improve a draft

A student’s first draft

Hey everyone, so there was a clip going around that said the screening was canceled but 1 that is NOT true lol. Someone didn’t watch the whole thing and posted it anyway which is kind of annoying. I checked with Mateo and he said the booking is still good. They are just removing access through one door so everything is fine and 2 you can come like normal. The event is still happening Friday. Bring snacks if you want, Jordy is doing the projector. See you there!! Also if you have questions ask Mateo.

Rewrite each marked phrase so it says only what the evidence supports.

Rewrite phrase 1

Rewrite phrase 2

17
Case 1: Is the screening canceled?AP Lang student edition

AP Lang

Your task

On your ownRead the steps. Fill in the planner boxes before you start your draft. About 8 minutes.

Write a rhetorical analysis of Gia’s final correction: how does it rebuild trust with readers who saw the original screenshot?

Use: Gia’s correction, the original screenshot and Jordy’s holding statement as the rhetorical context.

You’ll make: Rhetorical analysis, 1 thesis + 2 body paragraphs (about 450 words), timed at 35 minutes

Time: 50 minutes

  1. Fill in the rhetorical situation grid for Gia’s correction.
  2. Write a thesis that names Gia’s purpose and two choices that serve it.
  3. Write two body paragraphs, one for each choice, in 35 minutes.
  4. Quote Gia’s exact words in each paragraph.
  5. Explain how each choice affects readers who are already traveling.
  6. Revise the paragraph a peer marks. Then answer the questions on the Check your work page.

Prefer typing? Scan to open the online workspace.

Exigence

Audience

Purpose

Two choices

18
Case 1: Is the screening canceled?AP Lang student edition

Your task, continued

Thesis

Notes

19
Case 1: Is the screening canceled?AP Lang student edition

Your draft

On your ownWrite your draft in the boxes. Use your planner from the page before. About 35 minutes.

Body paragraph 1

Body paragraph 2

20
Case 1: Is the screening canceled?AP Lang student edition

Check your work

On your ownAnswer the Check your work questions and mark your level in each rubric row. Then write one change you made. About 8 minutes.

  • Does your thesis name Gia’s purpose and the choices that serve it?

    YesNo
  • Does each paragraph quote Gia’s exact words?

    YesNo
  • Does your commentary link each choice to readers who are already traveling?

    YesNo
  • Does your line of reasoning build from one paragraph to the next?

    YesNo

How your work is scored

Mark one box in each row.

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
EvidenceRepeats the screenshot’s claim or ignores the documents.Mentions a source but not the detail that changes the meaning.Uses the transcript or email to correct the claim accurately.Uses both documents and names what they still cannot confirm.
ReasoningTreats the clip as fake or as final.Corrects the claim but adds a guess about motive.Explains the difference between an entrance change and a cancellation.Explains how the crop produced the wrong conclusion and avoids inventing motive.
Audience & purposeMessage would not help someone decide whether to leave.Gives the verdict but leaves out time or entrance.Gives time, entrance and a contact.Anticipates access needs and people who saw only the original post.
21
Case 1: Is the screening canceled?AP Lang student edition

How your work is scored, continued

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
RevisionNo change after feedback.Surface edits only.Adds a missing fact or removes an unsupported claim.Explains why each edit makes the update more usable.

The sentence I revised, and how

I changed ___ to ___.

Notes

22
Case 1: Is the screening canceled?AP Lang student edition

Questions to discuss

On your ownWrite a short answer to each question. Then finish My take. About 8 minutes.

1 The clip is real. How did it lead people to the wrong conclusion?

2 Should the crew say why they think the clip was posted? Why or why not?

3 Jordy’s holding message does not repeat the word “canceled.” Why might that matter?

4 What rule could the Common Room adopt for urgent updates? What would the rule cost?

My take

My claim: ___.

23
Case 1: Is the screening canceled?AP Lang student edition

My take, continued

The best evidence is ___, because ___.

Someone who disagrees might say ___.

The limit of the evidence is ___.

I would change my mind if ___.

Notes

24
Case 1: Is the screening canceled?AP Lang student edition

Talk about this lesson at home

Case 1: Is the screening canceled?

In this case, a short video clip in a group chat makes a group of friends think their movie night is canceled. Your student compared the clip with the full meeting notes and a booking email, then wrote a message that corrects the mix-up.

Questions to talk about

  1. What would you check before you share a screenshot?
  2. Where does your school post official updates, such as closings?
  3. What makes a correction easy to trust?

Nobody needs to share personal stories or private information to talk about this lesson.

See the lesson online.

25
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

Quick check

Case 1 quick check

About 5 minutes. Fill in one bubble for each question. Is the screening canceled?

1

The crop keeps "we are removing access" and cuts "through that reader." Which word names what the crop did?

  • A framing

  • B correction

  • C eligibility

  • D accountability

2

Which document shows that the front entrance is step-free and staffed from 5:30 p.m.?

  • A the post

  • B the transcript

  • C the booking email

  • D Jordy's holding message

3

An hour later, someone reposts the cropped clip in a different chat. What do you send there?

  • A "Ignore it, it's fake."

  • B "Tonight is on, 6–9 p.m. The side-door reader is broken, so use the staffed front entrance. Here's the full update."

  • C "Whoever keeps posting this wants drama."

  • D Nothing, since the first chat already knows.

26
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

Missed one? Go back to 1: Key terms, page 7; 2: Look at the evidence, page 12; 3: Practice, page 17.

Exit ticket

The clip is real. In two or three sentences, explain how a real clip still led people to the wrong conclusion. Then name one limit: something the evidence can’t show yet.

My answer

How sure am I?1234

27
Case 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?AP Lang student edition

Case 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?

Dec can explain a circuit out loud but gets lost on a crowded worksheet, so the crew asks what the task measures.

On your ownRead What happened. Underline what Dec can do out loud and where he gets stuck. About 4 minutes.

Your role: You’re the one who reads the goal line before anyone decides what Dec knows. New skill: Check what a task is meant to measure.

Dec points to a small light circuit on the table while Anika watches.

What happened

Anika and Dec are at the study table twenty minutes before theater rehearsal. They are building a light circuit for a school set. Dec can explain out loud how the current travels through the circuit. On the written practice sheet, he loses his place in the instructions.

The sheet has six dense paragraphs and one small diagram. Anika’s first idea is to run the same timed practice sheet again. Then she draws a larger sketch, and Dec traces the whole circuit correctly.

Mari is on her break from the bookshop. She does not assume she knows why Dec is stuck. Dec wants help with this task, but he does not want a diagnosis from the group chat.

Your question: Does the practice sheet show what Dec knows, and what should Dec ask his teacher?

28
Case 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?AP Lang student edition

Key terms

On your ownRead each key term and its example. Then write your first guess in the box. About 4 minutes.

Learning goal A learning goal is the knowledge or skill that a task is meant to show.

En español: meta de aprendizaje

In this lesson: The practice brief names one goal: explain how a simple circuit works. It does not list speed or reading six dense paragraphs.

Evaluation An evaluation is a school's formal process for learning about a student's needs, using more than one measure.

En español: evaluación

In this lesson: Dec’s practice sheet is not an evaluation. It is one observation the crew can describe to a teacher.

Eligibility Eligibility is meeting the requirements for a particular service or program.

En español: elegibilidad

In this lesson: A practice sheet cannot show whether Dec is eligible for special education. Under IDEA, no single measure can be the only basis for that decision.

Who is involved

Dec

Theater crew, working on the circuit sheet

“I can show you where the current goes. Then I get halfway through the written question and lose my place.”

Anika

Studying the circuit with Dec

“I kept pointing at the page and saying “it’s right there.” I never looked at how the question was written.”

29
Case 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?AP Lang student edition

Your first guess

Before you look at the evidence, why do you think Dec gets stuck on the worksheet?

My first guess is ___, because ___.

Notes

30
Case 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?AP Lang student edition

Reading passage

One score, two explanations

On your ownRead the passage. At each Stop and think box, pause and answer the question in your head or with a partner. About 5 minutes.

Words to know

  • Learning goal: A learning goal is the knowledge or skill that a task is meant to show.
  • Evaluation: An evaluation is a school's formal process for learning about a student's needs, using more than one measure.
  • Eligibility: Eligibility is meeting the requirements for a particular service or program.
  • Context: Context is the information around an event or a quote that you need to understand what it means.

The story: What the study table shows

Twenty minutes before rehearsal, the study table looks like a small case. Anika, a high school junior who helps build theater sets, and Dec, a senior who pulls the curtain at every show, are wiring a light circuit for a school set. Dec can narrate the path of the current without hesitating: out of the battery, through the switch and the LED, and back. The written practice sheet stops him. It asks students to read six dense paragraphs, use one small diagram and answer four questions in complete sentences. Partway through, Dec loses track of which line the question wants him to follow.

Each friend responds according to habit. Anika, who likes to solve a problem herself, suggests running the timed sheet again. Later she notices her own mistake. She kept pointing at the answer instead of at how the question was built. When she redraws the circuit at a larger size, Dec traces it correctly from start to finish. Mari, who is dyslexic and moves between print and audiobooks, does not claim to know what is happening for Dec. She asks him to explain it to her first, then compare that with the worksheet.

Dec sets the terms. He wants help with this assignment, and he wants his friends to describe what happened rather than announce what is wrong with him. Your role is to read the goal line before anyone decides what Dec knows.

Stop and think. Anika wants to avoid doing the thinking for Dec. How can a clearer format still test the learning goal?

31
Case 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?AP Lang student edition

Measuring the goal, not the format

Case 1 taught a habit that transfers directly: go back to the original source. Here that source is the practice brief. Its goal is to “explain how a simple circuit works.” It sets no time limit. A learning goal is the knowledge or skill that a task is meant to show, and naming it changes the question. The issue is no longer whether Dec can finish the sheet. It is whether the sheet measures the goal or something next to it, such as reading dense text under pressure.

The evidence is uneven, and that is useful. The study-table notes record two observations on the same afternoon. Spoken, with a larger sketch, Dec’s explanation was correct. Written, he skipped a line and answered a different question. Neither observation explains why. Case 1’s term context applies here. A written answer is real evidence, but like a cropped clip it shows one frame of a larger picture.

Anika’s revised plan is modest. She wants one clear diagram and one instruction at a time, followed by Dec explaining why the circuit works. She does not want to do the thinking for him. That last condition matters. A new format is only a fair test if it still requires Dec to show the learning goal.

Stop and think. The notes record what happened but not why. Why is it important to keep those two things separate?

The limits of a study session

Schools have a formal process for questions the crew cannot answer. An evaluation is a school’s formal process for learning about a student’s needs, using more than one measure. Eligibility is meeting the requirements for a particular service or program. The federal IDEA regulations require a public school to use a variety of assessment tools and forbid using any single measure as the sole basis for an eligibility decision (U.S. Department of Education, IDEA regulations, 34 CFR 300.304). As the law turned fifty, K-12 Dive traced where IDEA, evaluations and individualized education programs came from (K-12 Dive, December 3, 2025).

The same logic appears in design and in civil rights guidance. CAST’s guidelines encourage giving learners more than one way to take in information and show what they know (CAST, Universal Design for Learning Guidelines 3.0, 2024). A systematic review and meta-analysis examined how well that approach works in practice (Almeqdad et al., Cogent Education, May 29, 2023). The Department of Justice says testing accommodations should let a test measure skill rather than disability (ADA.gov, February 28, 2020).

Professional ethics adds a privacy boundary. The NEA code says educators “shall not disclose information about students obtained in the course of professional service” without a compelling professional purpose or a legal requirement (National Education Association, Code of Ethics, 1975). Friends are not bound by that code, but the crew follows its spirit. Dec decides what Ms. R hears, and a study session stays a study session.

32
Case 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?AP Lang student edition

The limits of a study session, continued

The skill you practiced here, checking what a task is meant to measure, returns in later cases. You will ask it of a pay statement, a sample ballot and a school budget.

Stop and think. IDEA forbids using a single measure as the only basis for eligibility. What risk is that rule designed to prevent?

Sources

Real sourceU.S. Department of EducationNo date listed

IDEA regulations, 34 CFR § 300.304 (evaluation procedures)

Real sourceK-12 DiveDecember 3, 2025

IDEA at 50: How the landmark law changed education

Real sourceCAST2024

Universal Design for Learning Guidelines 3.0

Real sourceCogent Education (Almeqdad et al.)May 29, 2023

The effectiveness of universal design for learning: A systematic review of the literature and meta-analysis

Real sourceADA.gov (U.S. Department of Justice)February 28, 2020

ADA Requirements: Testing Accommodations

Real sourceNational Education Association (NEA)1975

Code of Ethics of the Education Profession

Notes

33
Case 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence

On your ownRead each document. For each one, write what it shows and what it leaves out. About 8 minutes.

Evidence APractice brief, handed out Monday

The assignment

Goal: Explain how a simple circuit works. Read the six paragraphs below before you answer. Use the diagram to trace the path of the current from the battery through the switch and the LED and back. Answer questions 1–4 in complete sentences.

Look closely: Which skill does the goal line name, and which does it leave out?

What it shows

What it leaves out

Evidence BStudy-table notes, Wednesday 3:40 p.m.

Dec’s explanation

Out loud, with the larger sketch: traced the whole path, battery to switch to LED and back. Correct. Written sheet: skipped a line in the instructions and answered a different question from the one asked. Dec: the layout is hard to follow.

Look closely: What did Dec get right out loud that the sheet did not record?

What it shows

What it leaves out

34
Case 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence, continued

What is still missing from the evidence?

Notes

35
Case 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?AP Lang student edition

Key idea: learning goals

On your ownRead the key idea and the code of ethics. Then answer the question in the box. About 6 minutes.

Dec’s written answer and his spoken explanation give the crew different information. A learning goal is the knowledge or skill that a task is meant to show. The practice brief names one goal: explain how a simple circuit works. It does not list speed, and it does not list reading six dense paragraphs. So the next question is what the sheet was meant to measure and what got in the way.

CAST’s Universal Design for Learning Guidelines encourage giving learners more than one way to take in information and show what they know. For Dec, a larger diagram is a practice option to test. It is not a diagnosis, and it does not change an official test. Ask Dec what helped, and check that he can still explain the circuit.

An evaluation is a school's formal process for learning about a student's needs, using more than one measure. Under IDEA, a federal law, a public school must use varied tools in an evaluation. No single measure can be the only basis for deciding eligibility. Eligibility is meeting the requirements for a particular service or program. A study session is not an evaluation, so Dec decides whether to ask his school how that process starts.

Professional standards

Real sourceCouncil for Exceptional Children (CEC)

CEC Ethical Principles and Practice Standards: Special Education Standards for Professional Practice: Teaching and Assessment

“Use culturally and linguistically appropriate assessment procedures that accurately measure what is intended to be measured”

In plain words: Special educators who follow CEC's standards use assessments that measure the skill the task is meant to measure.

Question: The goal is explaining a circuit. Which parts of the sheet test something else, like reading six dense paragraphs?

36
Case 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?AP Lang student edition

Professional standards, continued

Your answer

Besides its goal, the sheet measures ___, which means ___.

In the news

Real sourceEducation WeekOctober 13, 2025

Does Extended Time on Tests Actually Help Students With ADHD?

Asks the case’s question in real life: does a test accommodation help students show what they actually know?

Real sourceK-12 DiveDecember 3, 2025

IDEA at 50: How the landmark law changed education

Explains where IDEA, evaluations and IEPs came from and why schools must plan around each student’s needs.

Notes

37
Case 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?AP Lang student edition

Sort the evidence

On your ownRead each decision in the diagram. Write who decides it in each blank box. About 6 minutes.

Sort who can decide each question. Which decision belongs to the teacher, which to a formal school process, and which only to Dec?

Try a clearer practice format for the circuit goal

Who decides

The teacher, who sets the practice format and the learning goal

Under which rule
Who lives with it

Dec, who decides what to share and whether to ask

Your way in

Start a formal IDEA evaluation or a Section 504 conversation

Who decides

The school’s evaluation process, with a parent or guardian for a student under 18

Under which rule

IDEA evaluation rule: varied tools, no single measure as the sole basis

Who lives with it
Your way in
38
Case 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?AP Lang student edition

Whose perspective is missing?

Whose view is missing from these documents? What would you ask them?

The view that is missing is ___. I would ask ___.

Notes

39
Case 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?AP Lang student edition

Practice: choose a response

On your ownChoose what the crew should try and explain why. Then fix the two marked lines. About 8 minutes.

What should the crew try at the study table?

  • A Run the same timed sheet again so Dec gets more practice.

  • B Let Dec explain with a larger diagram, then compare his reasoning with the sheet.

  • C Tell Dec he probably needs an IEP.

Why I chose it

Improve a draft

A student’s first draft

Hi Ms. R, Dec failed the circuit sheet again and we think the test is unfair to him. He obviously knows the material because he explained it to us perfectly. At the study table he went through the whole thing out loud with no mistakes. 1 We think he might have a learning disability and should get an IEP so he can get extra time. My cousin has one and it helped her a lot. 2 Can you give him an easier version? We really think this would help him pass. Thanks, Anika and Mari.

Rewrite each marked phrase so it says only what the evidence supports.

Rewrite phrase 1

Rewrite phrase 2

40
Case 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?AP Lang student edition

AP Lang

Your task

On your ownRead the steps. Fill in the planner boxes before you start your draft. About 8 minutes.

Compare the three teacher messages in decision 2 as arguments: which one would a teacher most likely act on, and why?

Use: The three draft messages from the case, with Dec’s notes as context.

You’ll make: Comparative analysis, about 500 words

Time: 50 minutes

  1. Copy the claim of each message into the chart.
  2. Note the evidence each message offers, if any.
  3. Decide which message a busy teacher would most likely act on.
  4. Write a thesis that names that message and the choices that make it effective.
  5. Draft your thesis paragraph and one body paragraph on the Your draft page.
  6. Finish the analysis, about 500 words, in the online workspace.
  7. Add one sentence that concedes what the evidence cannot show.

Prefer typing? Scan to open the online workspace.

Message A: claim and evidence

Message B: claim and evidence

41
Case 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?AP Lang student edition

Your task, continued

Message C: claim and evidence

Thesis

Notes

42
Case 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?AP Lang student edition

Your draft

On your ownWrite your draft in the boxes. Use your planner from the page before. About 30 minutes.

Thesis paragraph

Body paragraph

43
Case 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?AP Lang student edition

Check your work

On your ownAnswer the Check your work questions and mark your level in each rubric row. Then write one change you made. About 8 minutes.

  • Is your thesis about effectiveness defensible?

    YesNo
  • Do you analyze the claims and evidence in each message?

    YesNo
  • Do you link each choice to a busy teacher?

    YesNo
  • Do you concede what the evidence cannot show?

    YesNo

How your work is scored

Mark one box in each row.

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
EvidenceMentions only the score.Describes Dec’s explanation vaguely.Cites the goal and two specific observations.Uses observations and notes what they cannot show.
ReasoningConcludes Dec has a disability or the test is illegal.Suggests easier content without linking to the goal.Connects a possible format barrier to the learning goal.Distinguishes classroom support from IDEA evaluation accurately.
Audience & purposeMessage speaks for Dec without his input.Mentions Dec but ignores his voice.Written in Dec’s voice with his permission.Respects Dec’s control and gives the teacher a clear next step.
44
Case 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?AP Lang student edition

How your work is scored, continued

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
RevisionNo change.Removes one problem line.Replaces the diagnosis with an observation.Explains how each change protects Dec’s privacy and agency.

The paragraph I revised, and how

I revised ___ so that ___.

Notes

45
Case 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?AP Lang student edition

Questions to discuss

On your ownWrite a short answer to each question. Then finish My take. About 8 minutes.

1 Is the practice sheet checking circuit understanding, reading speed or both?

2 How would you know a new format shows Dec’s learning more clearly instead of giving away the answer?

3 What does the IDEA evaluation rule cover, and why does a study session fall outside it?

My take

My claim: ___.

The best evidence is ___, because ___.

46
Case 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?AP Lang student edition

My take, continued

Someone who disagrees might say ___.

The limit of the evidence is ___.

I would change my mind if ___.

Notes

47
Case 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?AP Lang student edition

Talk about this lesson at home

Case 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?

In this case, a student can explain a light circuit out loud but gets lost on a crowded worksheet. Your student compared the worksheet’s goal with notes from a study session and thought about what the worksheet really measures.

Questions to talk about

  1. Can one test show everything a person knows? Why or why not?
  2. What makes the directions on a worksheet or a form easy to follow?
  3. Who at a school can students ask about help with schoolwork?

Nobody needs to share personal stories or private information to talk about this lesson.

See the lesson online.

48
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

Quick check

Case 2 quick check

About 5 minutes. Fill in one bubble for each question. Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?

1

What is the learning goal on Dec's practice sheet?

  • A Explain how a simple circuit works

  • B Read six paragraphs quickly

  • C Answer in complete sentences

  • D Finish before rehearsal

2

What did Dec show out loud with the larger sketch?

  • A He traced the whole path, battery to switch to LED and back

  • B He skipped a line of the instructions

  • C He needed more time

  • D He memorized the answers

3

Someone in the chat writes, "Dec probably needs an IEP." What do you reply?

  • A "Agreed, tell his teacher."

  • B "Let's not guess at a diagnosis. He explained the circuit out loud, and the layout tripped him up. He can decide what to ask his teacher."

  • C Say nothing.

  • D "Just give him an easier sheet."

49
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

Missed one? Go back to 1: Key terms, page 29; 2: Look at the evidence, page 34; 3: Practice, page 40.

Exit ticket

Is the practice sheet checking circuits, reading or both? Give one piece of evidence for your answer. Then name one limit: something the evidence can’t show yet.

My answer

How sure am I?1234

50
Case 3: What should a group do after a public mistake?AP Lang student edition

Case 3: What should a group do after a public mistake?

The crew’s recap caption blamed younger neighbors for a late start, but the event log shows the projector failed.

On your ownRead What happened. Underline the caption and the time the projector failed. About 4 minutes.

Your role: You’re the one who checks the log’s times before the correction goes up. New skill: Correct a public mistake.

Gia and Jordy sit at a table with a laptop and a printed page.

What happened

It is Sunday at the edit desk. Caio edited a short recap of Friday’s screening. The crew posted it on Saturday morning. Gia’s caption, “Great night, once the younger crowd finally got organized,” sounded believable, because a few people did arrive late.

Then Jordy checks the setup log. The projector failed at 5:40 p.m. The replacement was not running until 6:20, twenty minutes after everyone was seated. The log also says Anika and Dec helped carry chairs before the doors opened.

Anika sends the group a voice note asking why she and Dec are the problem in the post. Gia wants to take responsibility. Her first draft of a correction is mostly about how bad she feels, and the recap caption is still up.

Your question: What should the correction say, and what will the crew do differently next time?

51
Case 3: What should a group do after a public mistake?AP Lang student edition

Key terms

On your ownRead each key term and its example. Then write your first guess in the box. About 4 minutes.

Claim A claim is a statement that something is true. You can check a claim with evidence.

En español: afirmación

In this lesson: The caption claims the late start happened because “the younger crowd” was not organized. Jordy’s setup log checks that claim.

Correction A correction is a public statement that replaces wrong information with accurate information.

En español: corrección

In this lesson: Gia edits the original caption, not just her story, so people who saw it learn what was wrong.

Accountability Accountability is owning a mistake and doing what you said you would do to fix it.

En español: rendición de cuentas

In this lesson: The crew names who fixes the caption, who contacts Anika and Dec, and who checks the next recap against the log.

Who is involved

Gia

Wrote the recap caption

“I wrote ‘once the younger crowd finally got organized.’ A few people did come in late, so it felt true. I never checked why we started late.”

Jordy

Kept the setup log on Friday

“My log says Anika and Dec were carrying chairs before doors opened. The caption turned them into the reason we started late.”

52
Case 3: What should a group do after a public mistake?AP Lang student edition

Your first guess

Before you look at the evidence, what should Gia’s correction say first?

My first guess is ___, because ___.

Notes

53
Case 3: What should a group do after a public mistake?AP Lang student edition

Reading passage

When an explanation becomes blame

On your ownRead the passage. At each Stop and think box, pause and answer the question in your head or with a partner. About 5 minutes.

Words to know

  • Claim: A claim is a statement that something is true. You can check a claim with evidence.
  • Correction: A correction is a public statement that replaces wrong information with accurate information.
  • Accountability: Accountability is owning a mistake and doing what you said you would do to fix it.

The story: The log nobody opened

The crew’s first neighborhood screening, the one saved from a cropped clip in Case 1, went ahead on Friday. On Saturday at 11:08 a.m., the crew posted a recap. Caio, 24, had edited the video. Gia, 21, wrote the caption: “Great night, once the younger crowd finally got organized.” It seemed accurate to her in the loose way captions often do. A few people had arrived late, and the evening had started late, so the two facts fused into a cause.

On Sunday at the edit desk, Jordy opens the setup log. At 5:40 p.m., a projector failure was reported. At 6:00, attendees were seated. At 6:20, a replacement was connected, twenty minutes after the audience sat down. The final line notes that Anika and Dec, the two youngest people involved, carried chairs before the doors opened. Jordy writes in the chat that no one opened the log before posting, Jordy included.

Anika’s voice note lands next: “We were helping you set up. Why are we the problem in this post?” Gia had already drafted a response, which was never posted: “Sorry if this came across wrong. We love our younger neighbors and would never want anyone to feel excluded.” Rereading it, she recognizes the conditional “if” as a dodge. The draft also never mentions the projector.

Stop and think. How did two true facts, a late start and some late arrivals, combine into a false claim?

Two jobs in one caption

The caption did two jobs at once. It explained the late start, and it assigned blame for it to a group of people. The first job is a claim, a statement that something is true that can be checked with evidence.

54
Case 3: What should a group do after a public mistake?AP Lang student edition

Two jobs in one caption, continued

Case 1 gave you the method: find the original source. The log is that source, and it replaces the caption’s explanation with a mechanical one.

A correction is a public statement that replaces wrong information with accurate information. A strong correction here has a clear order. It names the wrong claim, states what the log shows and places the fix where the original audience will see it. Caio’s rule, fix the same post instead of burying it under a new one, follows from that last requirement.

Accountability is owning a mistake and doing what you said you would do to fix it. In practice, accountability becomes a list of named owners. Gia corrects the post. Caio keeps a visible correction note with the edit. Jordy adds a source check before publication. Each owner is a named person rather than the crew in general, so anyone can check later whether the work was done. Just as important is what accountability does not require. Anika should not have to comfort Gia or approve the correction in public. Jordy suggests offering Anika a private way to respond and then letting her decide what she thinks. Jordy also proposes a test of success that ignores view counts. Ask a few people who saw the first post why the screening started late. If they still say “the younger crowd,” the fix failed.

Stop and think. Why does accountability include limits on what the crew asks of Anika and Dec?

What research and professional codes add

A 2016 study of apologies found that acknowledging responsibility and offering repair mattered most among six elements (Lewicki et al., Negotiation and Conflict Management Research, April 6, 2016). Research on misinformation points the same way. A meta-analysis of 65 studies found that corrections work better when they explain what is true rather than simply denying the false claim (Walter and Murphy, Communication Monographs, May 15, 2018). Gia’s draft offered neither an explanation nor a repair.

Journalists write the prominence rule into their ethics. The RTDNA code says ethical journalism requires “owning errors, correcting them promptly and giving corrections as much prominence as the error itself had” (RTDNA Code of Ethics, June 11, 2015). NPR’s public editor describes naming the error, fixing it on the story and keeping a public list (NPR, October 21, 2022).

The film connection sharpens the stakes. In Zootopia (2016), Judy tells a press conference that a set of incidents has a biological explanation tied to one group, and Nick’s reaction shows a personal cost her official answer overlooks. In our reading, good intentions do not erase the effect of an unsupported claim about a group. The animal groups in the film are not a scientific model of human race. The crew’s caption is far smaller, but it made the same kind of move. Your job is to check the log’s times before the correction goes up.

55
Case 3: What should a group do after a public mistake?AP Lang student edition

Stop and think. Walter and Murphy found that explanations beat bare denials. What explanation should the correction give?

Sources

Real sourceNegotiation and Conflict Management Research (Lewicki et al.)April 6, 2016

An Exploration of the Structure of Effective Apologies

Real sourceCommunication Monographs (Walter & Murphy)May 15, 2018

How to unring the bell: A meta-analytic approach to correction of misinformation

Real sourceRadio Television Digital News Association (RTDNA)2015

RTDNA Code of Ethics

Real sourceNPR Public EditorOctober 21, 2022

That was wrong

Real sourceCritical Media ProjectNo date listed

Zootopia: the press conference

Notes

56
Case 3: What should a group do after a public mistake?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence

On your ownRead each document. For each one, write what it shows and what it leaves out. About 6 minutes.

Evidence ARecap caption, posted Saturday 11:08 a.m.

The caption

Great night, once the younger crowd finally got organized.

Look closely: Which group does this caption ask readers to blame, and on what evidence?

What it shows

What it leaves out

Evidence BSetup log, Friday evening

Jordy’s event log

5:40 p.m. Projector failure reported. 6:00 p.m. Attendees seated. 6:20 p.m. Replacement projector connected. Note: Anika and Dec helped carry chairs before doors opened.

Look closely: What happened at 5:40 that the caption never mentions?

What it shows

What it leaves out

57
Case 3: What should a group do after a public mistake?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence, continued

Evidence CVoice note to the crew

Anika’s message

“We were helping you set up. Why are we the problem in this post?”

Look closely: What fact does Anika add, and what is she asking the crew?

What it shows

What it leaves out

Evidence DDraft correction, Saturday 2:15 p.m., not posted

Gia’s first correction

Sorry if this came across wrong. We love our younger neighbors and would never want anyone to feel excluded.

Look closely: What fact does this correct? Who does the word “if” put the problem on?

What it shows

What it leaves out

What is still missing from the evidence?

58
Case 3: What should a group do after a public mistake?AP Lang student edition

Key idea: corrections

On your ownRead the key idea and the code of ethics. Then answer the question in the box. About 6 minutes.

Gia’s caption did two jobs at once. It explained the late start, and it blamed a group of people for it. A claim is a statement that something is true. You can check a claim with evidence. Jordy’s setup log checks the caption’s claim and shows a projector failure instead.

A correction is a public statement that replaces wrong information with accurate information. It should appear where people saw the mistake, so the crew should edit the recap caption itself. A 2016 study of apologies found that taking responsibility and offering to repair the harm mattered most. Gia’s first draft talks about loving younger neighbors, and it does neither.

Accountability is owning a mistake and doing what you said you would do to fix it. That means naming who corrects the caption, who contacts the people it blamed and who checks the next recap. Anika does not have to comfort Gia or approve the correction in public. The crew can offer her a private way to respond.

Professional standards

Real sourcePublic Relations Society of America (PRSA)

PRSA Code of Ethics: Free Flow of Information

“Act promptly to correct erroneous communications for which the practitioner is responsible.”

In plain words: Public relations professionals who belong to PRSA agree to fix their own mistakes quickly.

Question: The recap caption went up Saturday at 11:08 a.m. What should the crew change first, and where?

Your answer

The first change is ___, made in ___, because ___.

59
Case 3: What should a group do after a public mistake?AP Lang student edition

In the news

Real sourceNPR Public EditorOctober 21, 2022

That was wrong

How a real newsroom corrects mistakes: name the error, fix it on the story and keep a public list.

Real sourceNPROctober 8, 2017

Dove Expresses 'Regret' For Racially Insensitive Ad

A real brand apology after an ad played into a racial stereotype; compare the words with what changed afterward.

Notes

60
Case 3: What should a group do after a public mistake?AP Lang student edition

Sort the evidence

On your ownCompare the four accounts. Mark where they agree, where they differ and which one was written at the time. About 6 minutes.

Place the four accounts side by side. Where do they agree, where do they split, and which one was written down at the time?

Account 1

Caption: the night went well once the younger crowd got organized.

Account 2

Event log: projector failed at 5:40; replacement connected at 6:20; Anika and Dec carried chairs.

Account 3

Anika: “We were helping you set up.”

Where they agree

Where they differ

Check: Which account was recorded at the time rather than remembered afterward?

Whose perspective is missing?

Whose view is missing from these documents? What would you ask them?

The view that is missing is ___. I would ask ___.

61
Case 3: What should a group do after a public mistake?AP Lang student edition

Practice: choose a response

On your ownChoose what goes first in the correction and explain why. Then fix the two marked lines. About 8 minutes.

What should go first in the correction?

  • A An explanation of how bad Gia feels about the caption.

  • B The wrong claim, and what the event log shows.

  • C Delete the post and stay quiet.

Why I chose it

Improve a draft

A student’s first draft

We want to apologize for our last post. We didn’t mean to offend anyone and we love having younger people at our events. It was a really stressful night and 1 things were hectic so we said something we shouldn’t have. Honestly we were all tired and trying to get everything set up on time, and it’s been a lot. We are sorry if anyone was hurt. 2 We promise it won’t happen again and we hope everyone keeps coming! Thank you all for your support and understanding, it means a lot to us.

Rewrite each marked phrase so it says only what the evidence supports.

Rewrite phrase 1

Rewrite phrase 2

62
Case 3: What should a group do after a public mistake?AP Lang student edition

AP Lang

Your task

On your ownRead the steps. Fill in the planner boxes before you start your draft. About 8 minutes.

Write a rhetorical analysis comparing Gia’s first draft with the model correction.

Use: Gia’s first draft and the model correction from the case.

You’ll make: Comparative rhetorical analysis, about 500 words, 40 minutes

Time: 50 minutes

  1. Annotate both texts side by side for word choice and order.
  2. Write a thesis that explains how the two texts build the writer’s ethos differently.
  3. Draft your thesis paragraph and one body paragraph on the Your draft page.
  4. Explain how each choice positions Anika, not readers in general.
  5. Finish the analysis, about 500 words, in 40 minutes.
  6. Revise one paragraph after a peer marks a weak spot in the commentary.

Prefer typing? Scan to open the online workspace.

A choice in Gia’s draft, and its effect

A choice in the model correction, and its effect

63
Case 3: What should a group do after a public mistake?AP Lang student edition

Your task, continued

Thesis

Notes

64
Case 3: What should a group do after a public mistake?AP Lang student edition

Your draft

On your ownWrite your draft in the boxes. Use your planner from the page before. About 30 minutes.

Thesis paragraph

Body paragraph

65
Case 3: What should a group do after a public mistake?AP Lang student edition

Check your work

On your ownAnswer the Check your work questions and mark your level in each rubric row. Then write one change you made. About 8 minutes.

  • Does your thesis explain how purpose differs between the two texts?

    YesNo
  • Do you analyze specific word choices?

    YesNo
  • Do you link choices to Anika and other readers?

    YesNo
  • Does your commentary explain effects, not only devices?

    YesNo

How your work is scored

Mark one box in each row.

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
EvidenceNo evidence about the delay.Mentions “technical issues” vaguely.Cites the projector failure from the log.Cites specific times and corrects who actually helped.
ReasoningApologizes for feelings only.Admits error but not what it was.Names the inaccurate claim and replaces it.Explains why the claim harmed a group and how the repair prevents a repeat.
Audience & purposeDoes not consider who saw the post.Speaks to readers in general.Reaches the people who were blamed.Reaches the original audience and the blamed group through appropriate channels.
66
Case 3: What should a group do after a public mistake?AP Lang student edition

How your work is scored, continued

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
RevisionNo change.Softens tone only.Adds facts and a repair.Adds facts, an owner, a check and removes shifting of blame.

The paragraph I revised, and how

I revised ___ so that ___.

Notes

67
Case 3: What should a group do after a public mistake?AP Lang student edition

Questions to discuss

On your ownWrite a short answer to each question. Then finish My take. About 8 minutes.

1 The caption felt true to Gia because a few people came in late. Why was that not enough evidence?

2 What evidence would show that the repair happened?

3 After the correction goes up, what is still up to Anika and Dec to decide?

My take

My claim: ___.

The best evidence is ___, because ___.

Someone who disagrees might say ___.

68
Case 3: What should a group do after a public mistake?AP Lang student edition

My take, continued

The limit of the evidence is ___.

I would change my mind if ___.

Notes

69
Case 3: What should a group do after a public mistake?AP Lang student edition

Talk about this lesson at home

Case 3: What should a group do after a public mistake?

In this case, a group of friends posts a caption that wrongly blames younger neighbors for a late start. Your student compared the caption with an event log and wrote a correction and a plan to repair the harm.

Questions to talk about

  1. What makes an apology feel complete?
  2. Where should a correction appear so the people who saw a mistake will see it?
  3. How can a group check a claim before it posts about an event?

Nobody needs to share personal stories or private information to talk about this lesson.

See the lesson online.

70
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

Quick check

Case 3 quick check

About 5 minutes. Fill in one bubble for each question. What should a group do after a public mistake?

1

Which sentence is a correction, not only an apology?

  • A "Sorry if this came across wrong."

  • B "Our caption blamed younger neighbors for the late start. The event log shows the projector failed at 5:40 p.m."

  • C "We love our younger neighbors."

  • D "We'll do better."

2

According to Jordy's log, when was the replacement projector connected?

  • A 5:40 p.m.

  • B 6:00 p.m.

  • C 6:20 p.m.

  • D It isn't in the log.

3

The correction is up. Which next step shows accountability?

  • A Delete the whole recap.

  • B Add a source check before the next recap and name who runs it

  • C Ask Anika to post that it's fine.

  • D Promise never to make a mistake again.

71
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

Missed one? Go back to 1: Key terms, page 52; 2: Look at the evidence, page 57; 3: Practice, page 62.

Exit ticket

What goes first in a correction, and why does the order matter to someone who reads only the first line? Then name one limit: something the evidence can’t show yet.

My answer

How sure am I?1234

72
Case 4: Who gets a say when a shared room changes?AP Lang student edition

Case 4: Who gets a say when a shared room changes?

The Common Room’s board is weighing paid rentals on two free evenings, so the crew prepares a comment before the meeting.

On your ownRead What happened. Underline who decides and what the board is considering. About 4 minutes.

Your role: You’re the one who checks the budget figures before the crew speaks to the board. New skill: Weigh the trade-offs of each option.

Mari shows Sami a printed schedule.

What happened

It is the Friday after the crew’s first screening, and the board meeting is coming up. A small neighborhood nonprofit runs the Common Room alongside the bookshop. The nonprofit’s board is considering paid rentals on two evenings a week to help cover staffing. No vote has happened yet.

Mari works the bookshop counter and closes the shop. She knows that “just keep it free” does not pay the evening staff. Sami runs a print case in the room after her afternoon shift. It is one of the few step-free rooms nearby.

Caio runs the crew’s Tuesday film night. Tuesday is one of the evenings Option B would rent out. Mateo already has a headline for a petition. The crew agrees the room matters, but they do not agree on the best schedule.

Your question: Which option should the crew support, and what should they ask the board?

73
Case 4: Who gets a say when a shared room changes?AP Lang student edition

Key terms

On your ownRead each key term and its example. Then write your first guess in the box. About 4 minutes.

Proposal A proposal is a change that someone suggests and that has not been approved yet.

En español: propuesta

In this lesson: Option B is a proposal on the board’s agenda. No vote has been taken, so it is not a decision yet.

Trade-off A trade-off is a choice where getting one benefit means accepting a cost or giving something up.

En español: compensación entre opciones

In this lesson: Paid rentals help close the $200 weekly gap but take away free evenings Sami and Dec use.

Decision-maker A decision-maker is the person or group with the power to make a particular choice.

En español: quien toma la decisión

In this lesson: The nonprofit board decides, not a city community board and not the crew.

Who is involved

Mari

Closes the bookshop, then stays for zine night

“I’m the one they pay to lock up, and I’m also one of the people using this room after. I can’t pretend either half away.”

Sami

Runs a print case in the room

“We keep deciding what the evening people need. Has anyone asked them yet?”

74
Case 4: Who gets a say when a shared room changes?AP Lang student edition

Your first guess

Before you look at the evidence, what do you think the crew should ask the board for?

My first guess is ___, because ___.

Notes

75
Case 4: Who gets a say when a shared room changes?AP Lang student edition

Reading passage

What is the problem represented to be?

On your ownRead the passage. At each Stop and think box, pause and answer the question in your head or with a partner. About 5 minutes.

Words to know

  • Proposal: A proposal is a change that someone suggests and that has not been approved yet.
  • Trade-off: A trade-off is a choice where getting one benefit means accepting a cost or giving something up.
  • Decision-maker: A decision-maker is the person or group with the power to make a particular choice.
  • Framing: Framing is choosing which parts of a situation a message brings forward.

The story: The meeting nobody can attend

The Common Room’s board meets Wednesday at 6:30 p.m. The small nonprofit that runs the room alongside the bookshop is weighing paid evening rentals to help cover staffing. The agenda item is marked “for discussion,” and no vote has been taken. By Friday, the crew’s group chat has split along predictable lines. Mateo, who likes turning “we should” into a plan, has drafted a petition headline. Others are less sure a petition is the right tool.

Mari holds both sides of the problem in one job. She is paid to lock up the bookshop and then stays for zine night with her friends. She wants the free time protected, but she knows the bookshop has costs, and she proposes asking which hours earn money and testing a different arrangement. Sami raises a procedural objection. The crew keeps speaking for evening users without asking them. For her own part, she wants three things from the meeting: the actual proposal, a way to give input without speaking on the spot and a clear answer about what that input can change.

Caio, 24, runs the crew’s Tuesday film night, one of the evenings Option B would rent out. Dec rehearses on Thursdays. The proposed meeting time overlaps several people’s shifts. The people most affected by the decision are among those least able to attend it.

Stop and think. Sami wants to know what her input can change. Why does that question matter before anyone speaks?

76
Case 4: Who gets a say when a shared room changes?AP Lang student edition

Reading an agenda like an analyst

The documents lay out the choice. Option A keeps the current free evenings and leaves the funding gap. Option B replaces Tuesday and Thursday evenings with paid rentals. Option C pilots one rental evening for six weeks while seeking additional funding. Each is a proposal, a change that someone suggests and that has not been approved yet. The budget note puts evening staffing and utilities at $600 a week against $400 in grants and donations. Each rental is projected to add $120 after costs, so two would cover the $200 gap and one would leave $80. The note adds a caution the headline would never carry: demand is uncertain.

A trade-off is a choice where getting one benefit means accepting a cost or giving something up. Every option has one. Option A protects the evenings and leaves the deficit. Option B closes the deficit on paper and ends two free nights. Option C limits the loss and leaves a smaller gap. It also leaves open what the board will do if the pilot falls short.

The policy scholar Carol Bacchi offers a sharper tool. Her approach asks what a proposed solution assumes the problem is (Carol Bacchi, “What’s the problem represented to be?”, November 1, 2017). Option B represents the problem as a $200 gap and treats two free evenings as the price. That representation is a form of framing, the Case 1 idea of choosing which parts of a situation a message brings forward. It brings the budget forward and pushes Sami, Dec, Mari and Caio into the background. Bacchi’s question applies to the crew’s own preferences too. A petition to “keep it free” represents the problem as a threat to free space and leaves the staffing cost out of view.

Stop and think. Apply Bacchi’s question to Option C. What does it assume the problem is?

Decision-makers and public participation

A decision-maker is the person or group with the power to make a particular choice. The board controls its own schedule, so a strong comment names the proposal, explains one effect with evidence and asks for something the board can decide. Public agencies follow different rules. New York’s community boards, for example, have advisory authority (NYC.gov, Brooklyn Community Board 13, no date listed).

New York’s libraries show how funding decisions reach ordinary schedules. City budget cuts ended Sunday hours at every branch that still had them, and Brooklyn’s last Sunday was December 17, 2023 (NY1, November 17, 2023). Restored funding, part of a $58.3 million investment, brought Sunday service back starting July 14, 2024 (NYC Mayor’s Office, July 1, 2024). Council members thanked residents who called and wrote (New York City Council, July 14, 2024).

Professional codes speak to the board’s side of the table. The American Society for Public Administration asks public servants to “inform the public and encourage active engagement in governance” (ASPA Code of Ethics, 2013). The crew’s plan puts that into practice.

77
Case 4: Who gets a say when a shared room changes?AP Lang student edition

Decision-makers and public participation, continued

It sends the board a joint question that leaves room for disagreement. Mari checks the figures, Sami proposes a way to send written feedback and Mateo rewrites the petition as a request the board can answer. Your role is to check the budget figures before the crew speaks to the board.

Stop and think. A petition to keep the room free is also a frame. What does it bring forward, and what does it leave out?

Sources

Real sourceCarol BacchiNovember 1, 2017

What’s the problem represented to be?

Real sourceNYC.gov, Brooklyn Community Board 13No date listed

About community boards

Real sourceNY1November 17, 2023

Public libraries over the next two weeks to begin closing on Sundays

Real sourceNYC Mayor’s OfficeJuly 1, 2024

Mayor Adams Celebrates $58.3 Million Investment in City’s Three Library Systems

Real sourceNew York City CouncilJuly 14, 2024

NYC Council, Library Leaders, and New Yorkers Celebrate Library Budget Restorations to Restore Full Service, as Branches Reopen and Reinstate Services on Sunday for First Time in Months

Real sourceAmerican Society for Public Administration (ASPA)2013

ASPA Code of Ethics

Notes

78
Case 4: Who gets a say when a shared room changes?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence

On your ownRead each document. For each one, write what it shows and what it leaves out. About 8 minutes.

Evidence ABoard agenda, Wednesday 6:30 p.m. meeting

The proposal

Evening rentals, for discussion. Option A: keep the current free evenings; the funding gap remains. Option B: replace Tuesday and Thursday evenings with paid rentals. Option C: pilot one rental evening for six weeks while seeking additional funding. No vote has been taken.

Look closely: Is this a vote or a discussion? Which words tell you?

What it shows

What it leaves out

Evidence BWeekly budget note for the board

The budget note

Evening staffing and utilities: $600. Current grants and donations: $400. Each paid rental is projected to add $120 after its extra costs. Two bookings would add $240; one would add $120. Demand is uncertain.

Look closely: Which number is a guess, and what could change it?

What it shows

What it leaves out

79
Case 4: Who gets a say when a shared room changes?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence, continued

Evidence CListening notes from evening users

The missing voices

Sami works afternoons. Dec rehearses on Thursdays. Mari closes the shop. A nearby resident worries about late noise. The proposed meeting time overlaps with several shifts.

Look closely: Whose voice is missing from these four notes?

What it shows

What it leaves out

What is still missing from the evidence?

Notes

80
Case 4: Who gets a say when a shared room changes?AP Lang student edition

Key idea: trade-offs

On your ownRead the key idea and the code of ethics. Then answer the question in the box. About 6 minutes.

The board is weighing a proposal about the free evenings. A proposal is a change that someone suggests and that has not been approved yet. Option B would help close the $200 weekly gap, but it would end the free Tuesday and Thursday evenings. A trade-off is a choice where getting one benefit means accepting a cost or giving something up. Every option on the agenda has one, including the one you prefer.

Carol Bacchi’s policy-analysis approach asks what a proposed solution assumes the problem is. Option B treats the $200 gap as the problem and two free evenings as the price. That leaves two questions open: who loses those evenings, and what happens if bookings come in lower than projected? Ask the same questions about your own favorite option.

A decision-maker is the person or group with the power to make a particular choice. Here, the nonprofit’s board controls its own schedule. A community board or a city agency would follow other rules. A strong comment names the proposal, explains one effect with evidence and asks for a decision the board can make. The board can still choose an option the crew did not ask for.

Professional standards

Real sourceAmerican Society for Public Administration (ASPA)

ASPA Code of Ethics: 5. Fully Inform and Advise

“Provide accurate, honest, comprehensive, and timely information and advice to elected and appointed officials and governing board members”

In plain words: ASPA members agree to give decision-makers, such as board members, accurate and complete information.

Question: The budget note projects $120 more per rental. What should it also tell the board about how certain that is?

Your answer

The note should also say ___, because ___.

81
Case 4: Who gets a say when a shared room changes?AP Lang student edition

In the news

Real sourceEducation WeekFebruary 6, 2023

Letting Students Decide Where Money Should Go: How One District Did It

A real district let students propose and vote on how shared school spaces and money would change.

Real sourceFirst Alert 4 (KMOV)June 4, 2026

St. Louis shuts down streets to cars, hands them over to neighbors

A city pilot that changes a shared space for a trial run, so neighbors can test trade-offs before anything is permanent.

Notes

82
Case 4: Who gets a say when a shared room changes?AP Lang student edition

Sort the evidence

On your ownFollow each option to its consequences. Mark the consequences that depend on a projection. About 6 minutes.

Follow each option to its consequences. Which consequences depend on a projection, and who carries the cost if it misses?

Option B: paid rentals replace Tuesday and Thursday evenings

  1. A projected $240 would cover the $200 gap if both evenings book

    Who is affected

    Check: What happens if bookings fall short of the projection?

  2. Dec loses Thursday rehearsals and Mari’s late evenings stop being usable

    Who is affected

Option C: one rental evening piloted for six weeks

  1. A projected $80 gap remains while the board seeks funding and reviews the pilot

    Who is affected

    Check: What happens if bookings fall short of the projection?

Whose perspective is missing?

Whose view is missing from these documents? What would you ask them?

The view that is missing is ___. I would ask ___.

83
Case 4: Who gets a say when a shared room changes?AP Lang student edition

Practice: choose a response

On your ownChoose what the crew should ask for first and explain why. Then fix the two marked lines. About 6 minutes.

What should the crew ask the board for first?

  • A Post that the board is taking away the free nights.

  • B Ask for the budget assumptions, who uses each evening and a way to comment without attending.

  • C Support whichever option brings in the most money.

Why I chose it

Improve a draft

A student’s first draft

1 The board should not take away our free nights. The Common Room is important to the community and a lot of people use it. I have been coming here for movie nights since it opened and it’s one of the only places we can all hang out without paying. Renting it out just shows 2 the board cares more about money than people. Sami and Dec would lose their spot and that is not fair. Please keep it free for everyone. Thank you for listening.

Rewrite each marked phrase so it says only what the evidence supports.

Rewrite phrase 1

Rewrite phrase 2

84
Case 4: Who gets a say when a shared room changes?AP Lang student edition

AP Lang

Your task

On your ownRead the steps. Fill in the planner boxes before you start your draft. About 8 minutes.

Write a synthesis-style argument: should the board adopt Option C?

Use: The three evidence cards treated as sources A, B and C.

You’ll make: Synthesis essay, about 550 words, 40 minutes

Time: 50 minutes

  1. Read Sources A, B and C. Note what each one adds to the question.
  2. Write a qualified thesis on whether the board should adopt Option C.
  3. Draft your thesis paragraph and one body paragraph on the Your draft page.
  4. Cite at least two sources in the form (Source B).
  5. Write one sentence that concedes what the $120 projection cannot guarantee.
  6. Finish the essay, about 550 words, in 40 minutes.

Prefer typing? Scan to open the online workspace.

Qualified thesis

What Source B adds

What Source C adds

85
Case 4: Who gets a say when a shared room changes?AP Lang student edition

Your draft

On your ownWrite your draft in the boxes. Use your planner from the page before. About 40 minutes.

Thesis paragraph

Body paragraph

86
Case 4: Who gets a say when a shared room changes?AP Lang student edition

Check your work

On your ownAnswer the Check your work questions and mark your level in each rubric row. Then write one change you made. About 8 minutes.

  • Is your thesis defensible and qualified?

    YesNo
  • Do you integrate at least two sources with commentary?

    YesNo
  • Does your line of reasoning address the budget constraint?

    YesNo
  • Do you concede what the projection cannot guarantee?

    YesNo

How your work is scored

Mark one box in each row.

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
EvidenceNo figures or perspectives.Mentions money or people vaguely.Uses one figure and one affected perspective accurately.Uses figures conditionally and names an uncertainty.
ReasoningAssigns bad motives to the board.States a preference without addressing the gap.Recommends an option and addresses the gap.Weighs trade-offs across options and explains the choice.
Audience & purposeSpeaks to the wrong decision-maker.Addresses the board but asks for nothing specific.Makes a request the board can act on.Requests a process that includes people who can’t attend.
RevisionNo change.Tone edits only.Replaces a motive claim with evidence.Adds a figure, a perspective and a follow-up request.
87
Case 4: Who gets a say when a shared room changes?AP Lang student edition

Check your work, continued

How I revised my thesis after a peer named my strongest objection

I changed ___ because ___.

Notes

88
Case 4: Who gets a say when a shared room changes?AP Lang student edition

Questions to discuss

On your ownWrite a short answer to each question. Then finish My take. About 8 minutes.

1 Option B treats the $200 gap as the problem. What does that way of stating the problem leave out?

2 Mari is paid to close the shop and also uses the room at night. How does that shape what she asks for?

3 How is the Common Room’s board different from the City Council that helped restore library Sundays?

My take

My claim: ___.

The best evidence is ___, because ___.

89
Case 4: Who gets a say when a shared room changes?AP Lang student edition

My take, continued

Someone who disagrees might say ___.

The limit of the evidence is ___.

I would change my mind if ___.

Notes

90
Case 4: Who gets a say when a shared room changes?AP Lang student edition

Talk about this lesson at home

Case 4: Who gets a say when a shared room changes?

In this case, a community room’s board is weighing whether to rent out two free evenings to cover its costs. Your student used a budget note and notes from evening users to write a comment the board could act on.

Questions to talk about

  1. Who decides the hours at a public library or community center?
  2. What should a group know before it asks a board for a change?
  3. How can people give input if they cannot attend a meeting?

Nobody needs to share personal stories or private information to talk about this lesson.

See the lesson online.

91
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

Quick check

Case 4 quick check

About 5 minutes. Fill in one bubble for each question. Who gets a say when a shared room changes?

1

Option B is on the agenda and no vote has happened. Option B is a…

  • A decision

  • B proposal

  • C trade-off

  • D correction

2

Evening costs are $600 a week, grants and donations are $400, and each rental adds $120. With one rental, how much of the gap is left?

  • A $200

  • B $120

  • C $80

  • D $0

92
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

Case 4 quick check, continued

3

Mateo's petition says "Save our free nights!" Which rewrite asks for something the board can decide on Wednesday?

  • A "Stop the rentals."

  • B "Please pilot one rental night for six weeks and publish who uses each evening before a final vote."

  • C "Share this everywhere."

  • D "The board doesn't care about us."

Missed one? Go back to 1: Key terms, page 74; 2: Look at the evidence, page 79; 3: Practice, page 84.

Exit ticket

Name one group of people the $200 figure leaves out, and what the board should ask them. Then name one limit: something the evidence can’t show yet.

My answer

How sure am I?1234

93
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

Unit review

Unit 1 review

Look back at all four cases before the unit test. Answers to the practice items are in your educator’s key.

Words

Sort the words: circle the ones you can explain, and star the ones to review.

  • claim
  • context
  • framing
  • holding statement
  • learning goal
  • evaluation
  • eligibility
  • correction
  • accountability
  • proposal
  • trade-off
  • decision-maker

Use one word in a sentence

Use another word in a sentence

Skills

  1. Find the original sourceCase 1: Is the screening canceled?
  2. Check what a task is meant to measureCase 2: Does the worksheet show what Dec knows?
  3. Correct a public mistakeCase 3: What should a group do after a public mistake?
  4. Weigh the trade-offs of each optionCase 4: Who gets a say when a shared room changes?
94
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

Connect the cases

Lessons 1 and 4 both ask: Where did this come from, and who can confirm it? Compare how the crew answered it each time: what did they check first, and who did it help?

One lesson

The other lesson

Mentor check Marta Reyes

“Where did this come from, and who can confirm it?”

What she watches for as an editor: the sentence right after the quote, and the correction that reaches the people who saw the mistake.

Practice items

1

Which document shows that the front entrance is step-free and staffed from 5:30 p.m.?

  • A the post

  • B the transcript

  • C the booking email

  • D Jordy's holding message

95
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

Practice items, continued

2

An hour later, someone reposts the cropped clip in a different chat. What do you send there?

  • A "Ignore it, it's fake."

  • B "Tonight is on, 6–9 p.m. The side-door reader is broken, so use the staffed front entrance. Here's the full update."

  • C "Whoever keeps posting this wants drama."

  • D Nothing, since the first chat already knows.

3

What did Dec show out loud with the larger sketch?

  • A He traced the whole path, battery to switch to LED and back

  • B He skipped a line of the instructions

  • C He needed more time

  • D He memorized the answers

4

Someone in the chat writes, "Dec probably needs an IEP." What do you reply?

  • A "Agreed, tell his teacher."

  • B "Let's not guess at a diagnosis. He explained the circuit out loud, and the layout tripped him up. He can decide what to ask his teacher."

  • C Say nothing.

  • D "Just give him an easier sheet."

96
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

Practice items, continued

5

According to Jordy's log, when was the replacement projector connected?

  • A 5:40 p.m.

  • B 6:00 p.m.

  • C 6:20 p.m.

  • D It isn't in the log.

6

The correction is up. Which next step shows accountability?

  • A Delete the whole recap.

  • B Add a source check before the next recap and name who runs it

  • C Ask Anika to post that it's fine.

  • D Promise never to make a mistake again.

7

Evening costs are $600 a week, grants and donations are $400, and each rental adds $120. With one rental, how much of the gap is left?

  • A $200

  • B $120

  • C $80

  • D $0

97
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

Practice items, continued

8

Mateo's petition says "Save our free nights!" Which rewrite asks for something the board can decide on Wednesday?

  • A "Stop the rentals."

  • B "Please pilot one rental night for six weeks and publish who uses each evening before a final vote."

  • C "Share this everywhere."

  • D "The board doesn't care about us."

98
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

Unit test

Unit 1 test

Name

Date

PartWhat you doWeight
Part A1Choose the best answer20% of the score
Part A2Short written answers25% of the score
Part BYour unit task55% of the score

Form A. Grades 11–12.

Supports I used (for example, read aloud or extra time)

The documents

The Common Room needs two volunteer projectionists for Friday film nights. On Tuesday, Mateo posted a note. On Wednesday, a cropped screenshot of the newsletter started going around.

Evidence AUnit test

Screenshot shared Wednesday at 7:02 p.m.

The newsletter cropped to "Projectionist volunteers must pass a quiz," and the image ends there. The caption says "a QUIZ?? to press play??"

Evidence BUnit test

The full newsletter paragraph, sent Wednesday at 9:00 a.m.

"Projectionist volunteers must pass a quick setup check with Jordy: connect the cable, focus the image and turn on captions. There's also an optional film quiz at the social afterward, just for fun. Sign up at the front desk by Thursday at 6 p.m."

99
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

The documents, continued

Evidence CUnit test

Mateo's post from Tuesday

"Volunteers wanted! Film students only, sorry!"

Evidence DUnit test

The training budget note

"Option 1: a two-hour Saturday training with a staff member, $90 for staff time. Option 2: new volunteers shadow Jordy at two screenings, $0, about three weeks. Grants cover $60 of training costs this month."

Part A1: choose the best answer

1

What claim does the caption on Evidence A make?

  • A The newsletter says volunteers must pass a quiz

  • B The film night is canceled

  • C Only film students can volunteer

  • D Sign-up closes Thursday

2

Which words did the crop leave out that change its meaning?

  • A “Sign up at the front desk”

  • B “a quick setup check with Jordy” and “optional… just for fun”

  • C “Friday film nights”

  • D “by Thursday at 6 p.m.”

100
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

Part A1: choose the best answer, continued

3

What is the setup check meant to measure?

  • A Film knowledge

  • B Whether a volunteer can run the projector and captions

  • C Reading speed

  • D Who signs up first

4

Part A: Which post needs a correction?

  • A Evidence A

  • B Evidence B

  • C Evidence C

  • D Evidence D

5

If the coordinator picks the Saturday training, how much isn’t covered by grants?

  • A $90

  • B $60

  • C $30

  • D $0

101
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

Part A1: choose the best answer, continued

6

It’s Wednesday at 7:10 p.m., and nobody has opened the newsletter yet. Which message should the crew post?

  • A “No quiz. Relax.”

  • B “We saw the screenshot about a quiz. We’re checking the full newsletter now and will post again by 7:30.”

  • C “Whoever cropped this wants to scare people off.”

  • D “Film students only, like Mateo said.”

Part A2: short written answers

1 Explain why the setup check fits the volunteer job better than a trivia quiz, using Evidence B.

My answer

102
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

Part A2: short written answers, continued

2 Mateo says, "Deleting my post is enough." Explain what a correction does that deleting doesn't.

My answer

3 Concept application, AP style [19]: "The coordinator must choose a training option by Friday. Describe one way the $30 gap affects the choice, and explain how a holding statement would help while the choice is pending."

My answer

103
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

Part B: your unit task

Purpose
The Common Room needs two volunteer projectionists for Friday film nights. On Tuesday, Mateo posted a note. On Wednesday, a cropped screenshot of the newsletter started going around.
Task
A 500- to 700-word memo to the Common Room coordinator. It includes a correction procedure for the crew's posts and a training recommendation with its costs, uses all four documents and cites one real source on corrections from Case 3's sources (for example, the 2018 meta-analysis "How to unring the bell" in `case-sources.json`). It answers the strongest objection and ends with a 3-minute oral defense.
Criteria
The rubric rows: Evidence, Reasoning, Audience and purpose, Revision and Sources and citation. Level 3 is the goal.

Plan: my claim and the documents I’ll use

Draft

104
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

Part B: your unit task, continued

Draft, continued

Score it with the rubric

Row and the goal (level 3)1234
EvidenceI can combine evidence from several documents and a real primary source, cite it correctly and judge where and when each source came from.
ReasoningI can apply a rule or test one factor at a time and answer a counterclaim.
Audience and purposeI can use the form’s conventions, state my purpose early, ask for something my audience can do and explain my choices in a 3-minute oral defense.
RevisionI can revise my structure and argument after feedback and keep track of what I changed.
Sources and citationI can cite every source in MLA or APA, with in-text citations that match my list.
105
Unit 1: Before you run with itAP Lang student edition

Take it further

Take it further

Voz asks: What could you do with this?

Find out which channel your school uses for urgent changes (email, app or website), and save it so you can check it before you repost a screenshot.

Keep it safe: use public information only, leave out private details about anyone, and you never have to post anything.

What I did and what happened

106
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

Unit 2

Read the fine print

Essential question

What does the paper actually say, and what can you ask before you sign, share or post?

107
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

The story so far

Money and paperwork arrive with the school year. Gia's deposit comes up short. A college form asks Rafa who can see his grades. A group chat says one complaint got a novel banned from Anika's school library. A publisher sends Gia a free book to review. Every time, the answer is on the paper, if someone reads it.

GiaRafaMariCaio

The cases

  1. 5

    Case 5 Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?

    New skill: Read a pay statement line by line

  2. 6

    Case 6 What can your family see in your college records?

    New skill: Read a form section by section before you sign

  3. 7

    Case 7 Did one complaint get the novel banned?

    New skill: Find what stage a process has reached

  4. 8

    Case 8 Is it a recommendation or an ad?

    New skill: Spot and disclose a material connection

I can

  • I can read a pay statement line by line.
  • I can decide each section of a form on its own.
  • I can tell which stage a process has reached from the official notice.
  • I can disclose a material connection where viewers will see it first.
108
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

Words to know

  • gross payGROHSS PAY
  • net payNET PAY
  • FICAFY-kuh
  • withholdingwith-HOHL-ding
  • FERPAFUR-puh
  • education recordej-oo-KAY-shun REK-erd
  • consentkun-SENT
  • challengeCHAL-unj
  • reconsideration policyree-kun-sid-uh-RAY-shun PAH-luh-see
  • selection criteriasuh-LEK-shun kry-TEER-ee-uh
  • material connectionmuh-TEER-ee-ul kuh-NEK-shun
  • disclosuredis-KLOH-zher
  • endorsementen-DORS-munt

Your mentor for this unit

Arjun Doyle Investigator, city office for consumer and worker protection

“Show me the paper. What does it actually say?”

What I watch for

  • The important line in the smallest type
  • A number nobody explains
  • A word like “intern,” “partner” or “sponsored” doing work the paper doesn’t describe

Your unit task

A 600- to 900-word policy for the library's fair accounts: photo consent, review notices and sponsored-post disclosure. It cites the FTC announcement and the library's own documents, answers an objection and ends with an oral defense.

You’ll do this task in Part B of the unit test. Write it, say it or show it, as your educator allows.

Time: 5 to 6 class periods, including the review and the test.

109
Case 5: Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?AP Lang student edition

Case 5: Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?

Gia’s bank deposit is smaller than the pay she worked out, so she reads her pay statement line by line before asking payroll.

On your ownRead What happened and underline the two hour totals that do not match. About 4 minutes.

Gia compares the deposit notice with her shift log and pay statement.

Your role: You’re the one who adds up Gia’s hours before she writes to payroll. New skill: Read a pay statement line by line.

What happened

It is Thursday evening, and it is payday for Gia. She works café shifts around her college classes. She checks her bank account and sees a deposit that is smaller than the pay she worked out. Gia keeps a shift log in her notes app. The log says 18 hours, but her pay statement says 15.

Jordy works event shifts, and their deposit looks different too. Jordy’s shifts fall on different dates and hours, so their pay cannot explain Gia’s. Jordy asks Gia to name the line that worries her instead of posting her whole statement.

Gia’s pay statement lists her hours, her hourly rate and four tax lines. She expected the lines for Social Security and Medicare. She does not understand the line for federal income tax. Before she writes to payroll, she wants to know what her own records show.

Your question: Why is Gia’s deposit smaller than her own count, and what should she ask payroll?

110
Case 5: Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?AP Lang student edition

Key terms

On your ownRead each key term and its example, then write your first guess in the box. About 4 minutes.

Gross pay Gross pay is the money you earn before any taxes or other deductions are taken out.

En español: salario bruto

In this lesson: Gia’s statement pays 15 hours at $17.00 an hour, so her gross pay is $255.00.

Net pay Net pay is the money left after taxes and other deductions, often called take-home pay.

En español: salario neto

In this lesson: The $220.99 that reached Gia’s bank account is her net pay, not the amount she earned.

FICA FICA is the federal payroll tax that funds Social Security and Medicare.

En español: FICA (Seguro Social y Medicare)

In this lesson: On Gia’s statement, FICA appears as two lines: Social Security tax, $15.81, and Medicare tax, $3.70.

Withholding Withholding is money an employer takes out of each paycheck to pay taxes or other costs for the worker.

En español: retención

In this lesson: Federal income tax withheld, $8.40, is a separate line from FICA. The IRS says its amount depends partly on the W-4.

Who is involved

Gia

Works café shifts and keeps her own shift log

“My notes say 18 hours. The statement says 15. I counted twice, so where did three hours go?”

Jordy

Works event shifts on different dates

“Mine is event work. Different dates, different hours. My deposit can’t tell Gia anything about hers.”

111
Case 5: Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?AP Lang student edition

Your first guess

Before you look at the evidence, why do you think Gia’s deposit is smaller than she expected?

My first guess is ___, because ___.

Notes

112
Case 5: Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?AP Lang student edition

Reading passage

Reading the document behind the deposit

On your ownRead the passage. At each Stop and think box, pause and answer the question in your head or with a partner. About 5 minutes.

Words to know

  • Gross pay: Gross pay is the money you earn before any taxes or other deductions are taken out.
  • Net pay: Net pay is the money left after taxes and other deductions, often called take-home pay.
  • FICA: FICA is the federal payroll tax that funds Social Security and Medicare.
  • Withholding: Withholding is money an employer takes out of each paycheck to pay taxes or other costs for the worker.
  • Claim: A claim is a statement that something is true. You can check a claim with evidence.

The story: Eighteen hours or fifteen

Gia works café shifts around her college classes, and like many students with jobs, she checks her pay the way most people check the weather: quickly, on her phone, expecting nothing unusual. On this Thursday, the deposit is smaller than the number in her head. She does not guess. She opens the shift log she keeps in her notes app. Five shifts, 18 hours. Then she opens her pay statement. Fifteen hours.

She posts in the group chat that her deposit is much lower than expected. Jordy, who works event shifts, notices their own deposit looks different too, and then immediately sees why that comparison is useless. Their shifts fall on different dates and hours. Two deposits cannot explain each other. Jordy’s next message sets a boundary that protects them both. Gia should not post her whole statement. She should name the line that worries her. Jordy also does not want Gia mentioning their pay to her payroll office. It proves nothing about Gia’s pay and puts Jordy’s pay in front of Gia’s payroll office.

Your role is to add up Gia’s hours before she writes to payroll. That sounds simple. It is also the step most people skip.

Stop and think. Why does Jordy not want Gia to mention Jordy’s pay in her message?

A statement is an argument you can check

Gia’s working theory is that payroll shorted her.

113
Case 5: Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?AP Lang student edition

A statement is an argument you can check, continued

That is a claim, a statement that something is true that can be checked with evidence. Case 1 taught you to test a claim against the original source, and Case 4 taught you to read dollar figures carefully, as Mari did with the board’s budget note. A pay statement combines both skills. It is the employer’s account of how it got from your work to your deposit, and each line can be checked.

The statement covers the pay period ending Friday the 12th, paid the following Thursday. It lists 15 hours at $17.00, for $255.00 in gross pay, the money you earn before any taxes or other deductions are taken out. Gia’s log explains the difference in hours. Her shifts on the 8th, 10th, 11th and 12th total 15 hours. Her 3-hour Saturday shift on the 13th fell after the period closed. The likely answer is that those hours will appear on the next statement. A likely answer is not a confirmed one, so Gia still plans to ask.

The rest of the gap is taxes. Social Security tax of $15.81 and Medicare tax of $3.70 together form FICA, the federal payroll tax that funds Social Security and Medicare. Federal income tax withheld, $8.40, is a separate line, as is state and local income tax, $6.10. Withholding is money an employer takes out of each paycheck to pay taxes or other costs for the worker. The total left, $220.99, is Gia’s net pay, the money left after taxes and other deductions, often called take-home pay.

Stop and think. What is the difference between a likely answer and a confirmed one, and why does Gia still write to payroll?

The system behind the lines

The IRS explains that the federal taxes an employer withholds include income tax, Social Security and Medicare. It says income-tax withholding depends partly on the worker’s Form W-4 (Internal Revenue Service, updated May 1, 2026). Federal income tax taken from each paycheck counts toward what a worker owes for the whole year, so one paycheck cannot show that yearly total. The IRS Tax Withholding Estimator is the official tool for checking whether withholding is on track (Internal Revenue Service, updated June 27, 2026). The IRS has also written directly to teens starting a first job, explaining withholding and the W-4 (IRS Tax Tip 2019-62, May 20, 2019).

FICA can feel abstract until you ask what it funds. The Peter G. Peterson Foundation explains where the Social Security and Medicare money taken from a paycheck goes (Peter G. Peterson Foundation, May 26, 2026). NPR’s The Indicator devoted an episode to the Social Security portion and why it comes out of nearly every check (NPR, June 6, 2018).

Gross pay has its own rules. Many states set a minimum wage above the federal one, and 19 states raised theirs in January 2026 (Money, January 1, 2026). Payroll professionals hold themselves to a standard, too. The PayrollOrg code asks members “to strive for perfect compliance, accuracy, and timeliness of all payroll activities” (PayrollOrg Code of Ethics, no date listed).

114
Case 5: Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?AP Lang student edition

The system behind the lines, continued

A worker who can read the statement is the best check on that promise.

Stop and think. Why can one paycheck not show how much federal income tax a worker will owe for the year?

Sources

Real sourceInternal Revenue ServiceMay 1, 2026

Understanding employment taxes

Real sourceInternal Revenue ServiceJune 27, 2026

Tax Withholding Estimator

Real sourceInternal Revenue ServiceMay 20, 2019

It’s summertime… and these tips can help make livin’ easy for teens with jobs (IRS Tax Tip 2019-62)

Real sourcePeter G. Peterson FoundationMay 26, 2026

Payroll Taxes: What Are They and What Do They Fund?

Real sourceNPR, The Indicator from Planet MoneyJune 6, 2018

Social Insecurity

Real sourceMoneyJanuary 1, 2026

Minimum-Wage Workers in These 19 States Just Got a Raise

Real sourcePayrollOrgNo date listed

PayrollOrg Code of Ethics

Notes

115
Case 5: Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence

On your ownRead the pay statement and the shift log, and fill in both boxes for each one. About 6 minutes.

Evidence APay statement

Gia’s pay statement

Pay period ending Friday the 12th, paid the following Thursday. Hours: 15.00 at $17.00. Gross pay: $255.00. Social Security tax: $15.81. Medicare tax: $3.70. Federal income tax withheld: $8.40. State and local income tax withheld: $6.10. Net pay: $220.99.

Look closely: Which line shows gross pay? Which two lines together make up FICA?

What it shows

What it leaves out

Evidence BNotes app

Gia’s shift log for the last two weeks

Mon the 8th: 4 hrs. Wed the 10th: 4 hrs. Thu the 11th: 3 hrs. Fri the 12th: 4 hrs. Sat the 13th: 3 hrs. My total: 18 hrs.

Look closely: Which shift falls outside the pay period? Add the hours inside it.

What it shows

What it leaves out

116
Case 5: Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence, continued

What is still missing from the evidence?

Notes

117
Case 5: Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?AP Lang student edition

Key idea: gross pay and net pay

On your ownRead the key idea and the code of ethics, then answer the question in the box. About 6 minutes.

A bank deposit shows how much money arrived, but the pay statement shows how the employer figured it. Gross pay is the money you earn before any taxes or other deductions are taken out. For an hourly worker, gross pay is the hours worked times the hourly rate, plus any other earnings. Net pay is the money left after taxes and other deductions, often called take-home pay. Gia’s deposit is her net pay.

Deductions are the lines between those two totals. FICA is the federal payroll tax that funds Social Security and Medicare. On Gia’s statement, FICA appears as two lines: Social Security tax and Medicare tax. Withholding is money an employer takes out of each paycheck to pay taxes or other costs for the worker. Federal income-tax withholding is a separate line from FICA, and the IRS says its amount depends partly on the worker’s Form W-4.

A statement can also list other deductions, such as benefit contributions, so read each line’s name before you decide it is income tax. The federal income tax taken from each paycheck counts toward the tax a worker owes for the whole year. One paycheck cannot show what that yearly total will be. This explanation covers employees in the United States. Self-employed workers follow a different tax process.

Professional standards

Real sourcePayrollOrg

PayrollOrg Code of Ethics: Item 2

“To strive for perfect compliance, accuracy, and timeliness of all payroll activities.”

In plain words: Payroll professionals who belong to PayrollOrg aim to pay people correctly and on time.

Question: Gia worked Saturday the 13th, after the pay period ended. What should payroll confirm about when she gets paid?

118
Case 5: Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?AP Lang student edition

Professional standards, continued

Your answer

Payroll should confirm ___. Item 2 matters here because ___.

In the news

Real sourceTwo Cents, PBS (YouTube)April 10, 2019

How Do Your Tax Dollars Get Spent?

Starts with a first paycheck that’s smaller than expected and explains FICA and income tax withholding.

Real sourceNPR, The Indicator from Planet MoneyJune 6, 2018

Social Insecurity

A short episode on the Social Security part of FICA and why it comes out of nearly every paycheck.

Notes

119
Case 5: Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?AP Lang student edition

Sort the evidence

On your ownCompare each piece of evidence with each claim and write supports, challenges or neither in each box. About 5 minutes.

Before calling it an error, sort the evidence. Which facts explain the smaller deposit, and which question is still worth asking payroll?

EvidenceClaim 1Payroll shorted Gia’s pay.Claim 2The missing 3 hours belong on the next statement.
1 Shift log shows 18 hours; the statement shows 15
2 The period ended Friday the 12th; the 3-hour shift was Saturday the 13th
3 Gross pay of $255.00 matches 15 × $17.00
4 FICA and withholding lines account for the gap between gross and net

Still open

  • Will the Saturday shift actually appear next time? Ask payroll.

Whose perspective is missing?

Whose view is missing from these documents? What would you ask them?

The view that is missing is ___. I would ask ___.

120
Case 5: Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?AP Lang student edition

Practice: choose a response

On your ownChoose what Gia should do first and explain why, then fix the two marked lines. About 4 minutes.

Gia’s deposit is smaller than the pay she worked out. What should she do first?

  • A Compare her deposit with Jordy’s.

  • B Check her hours and the pay period, then read each line of her statement.

  • C Treat the whole gap as taxes and let it go.

Why I chose it

Improve a draft

A student’s first draft

Hi, my paycheck is wrong. 1 I worked way more hours than what I got paid for and also a lot of money was taken out for taxes which doesn’t seem right. I’ve been working really hard and picking up extra shifts so this is really frustrating. My friend Jordy works similar hours and got more than me. Can you fix it? 2 My account number is 4471-xxxx if you need it. Please let me know as soon as possible because I have bills. Thanks, Gia

Rewrite each marked phrase so it says only what the evidence supports.

Rewrite phrase 1

Rewrite phrase 2

121
Case 5: Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?AP Lang student edition

AP Lang

Your task

On your ownRead the steps and fill in the planner boxes before you start your draft. About 8 minutes.

Analyze the rhetoric of Rachel’s FICA moment in Friends: how does humor shape what viewers learn and miss about pay?

Use: The Friends scene description from the case and the IRS explanation.

You’ll make: Rhetorical analysis, about 450 words

Time: 45 minutes

  1. Watch the Friends clip, or read its description on the case page.
  2. Underline the words in Rachel’s line that make viewers laugh.
  3. List what the joke leaves out about pay, using Evidence A.
  4. Write a thesis on what the humor teaches and what it hides.
  5. Draft your introduction, one body paragraph and a revised joke in the Your draft boxes.
  6. Finish the analysis on lined paper, about 450 words in all.
  7. Check your analysis with the questions on the Check your work page.

Prefer typing? Scan to open the online workspace.

The words that make it funny

What the joke leaves out

122
Case 5: Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?AP Lang student edition

Your task, continued

My thesis

Notes

123
Case 5: Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?AP Lang student edition

Your draft

On your ownWrite your draft in the boxes, using your planner from the page before. About 22 minutes.

Introduction and thesis

Body paragraph

My revised joke, one line

124
Case 5: Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?AP Lang student edition

Check your work

On your ownAnswer the Check your work questions, mark your level in each rubric row and write one change you made. About 6 minutes.

  • Does your thesis explain how the humor serves its purpose?

    YesNo
  • Do you analyze specific word choices with quotations?

    YesNo
  • Do you evaluate what viewers learn and what they miss?

    YesNo
  • Is your revised joke accurate about pay?

    YesNo

How your work is scored

Mark one box in each row.

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
EvidenceNo specific numbers.Mentions hours but no period.Names hours, period and the line in question.Cites own records and the statement side by side.
ReasoningAssumes an error or theft.Assumes all difference is tax.Separates hours, deductions and period timing.Explains which differences are expected and which need checking.
Audience & purposeShares private details or demands.Polite but vague.Clear question payroll can answer.Clear, private, and offers the right document.
RevisionNo change.Removes one issue.Adds period and line, removes private data.Explains why each change helps payroll respond.
125
Case 5: Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?AP Lang student edition

Check your work, continued

One change I made after feedback

I changed ___ because ___.

Notes

126
Case 5: Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?AP Lang student edition

Questions to discuss

On your ownWrite a short answer to each question, then complete the sentence frames below. About 8 minutes.

1 What would Gia’s statement need to show for the missing hours to be a payroll mistake?

2 Why might a new worker think that every missing dollar went to taxes?

3 Before a first job, what would you want to know about how and when you will be paid?

My take

My claim: ___.

The best evidence is ___, because ___.

127
Case 5: Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?AP Lang student edition

My take, continued

Someone who disagrees might say ___.

The limit of the evidence is ___.

I would change my mind if ___.

Notes

128
Case 5: Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?AP Lang student edition

Talk about this lesson at home

Case 5: Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?

In this case, Gia’s bank deposit is smaller than the pay she expected. Your student read a practice pay statement line by line and explained where the money went.

Questions to talk about

  1. What is the difference between gross pay and net pay?
  2. Why might a bank deposit be less than the hours worked times the hourly rate?
  3. Who at a workplace can answer questions about a pay statement?

Nobody needs to share personal stories or private information to talk about this lesson.

See the lesson online.

129
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

Quick check

Case 5 quick check

About 5 minutes. Fill in one bubble for each question. Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?

1

$255.00 before taxes is Gia's…

  • A gross pay

  • B net pay

  • C withholding

  • D FICA

2

Why aren't Gia's Saturday hours on this statement?

  • A Saturday the 13th comes after the pay period ended on Friday the 12th

  • B Taxes took them

  • C Payroll made a mistake

  • D Jordy's shifts were counted instead

3

Jordy offers to post both pay statements side by side in the group chat. What do you suggest?

  • A Post them.

  • B Keep the statements private. Gia asks payroll one question about the Saturday hours and the federal tax line

  • C Compare deposits instead.

  • D Let it go; it's taxes.

130
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

Missed one? Go back to 1: Key terms, page 111; 2: Look at the evidence, page 116; 3: Practice, page 121.

Exit ticket

Write the one-sentence question Gia sends payroll. Name the line and the dates. Then name one limit: something the evidence can’t show yet.

My answer

How sure am I?1234

131
Case 6: What can your family see in your college records?AP Lang student edition

Case 6: What can your family see in your college records?

Rafa’s parents help pay his college bill, and a family-access form asks whether they should also get information about his grades.

On your ownRead What happened and underline what Rafa’s dad asks for in the family chat. About 4 minutes.

Rafa reviews the family-access form beside tuition papers on campus.

Your role: You’re the one who reads each box on the form before Rafa signs. New skill: Read a form section by section before you sign.

What happened

Rafa has just started college, and his parents help pay his tuition bill. He commutes from the next block and helps at his family’s shop after class. At the start of October, the college mailed Rafa a family-access form, but he has not opened the envelope yet.

On Sunday night, his parents ask about the form in the family group chat. His dad wants Rafa’s login so the family can handle everything. Rafa is glad to share the bill, but he wants to read the rest of the form first.

Caio, an older friend who rents a room on the block, reads the form with Rafa, not for him. The form has separate sections for billing and for grades. Rafa wants to check the billing box. He wants to talk with his family before he decides about grades.

Your question: What will this form let Rafa’s parents see, and what should he ask before he signs?

132
Case 6: What can your family see in your college records?AP Lang student edition

Key terms

On your ownRead each key term and its example, then write your first guess in the box. About 4 minutes.

FERPA FERPA, the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, is a federal law about who can see student education records.

En español: FERPA (Ley de Derechos Educativos y Privacidad de la Familia)

In this lesson: Rafa is 18 and in college, so under the general rule the FERPA rights to his records are his, not his parents’.

Education record An education record is a record directly about a student that a school or college keeps.

En español: expediente educativo

In this lesson: Rafa’s grades and schedule are education records. Section 2 of his form asks whether his parents may receive information about his grades.

Consent Consent is permission a person gives for something specific, such as sharing a record with a named person.

En español: consentimiento

In this lesson: Rafa’s form asks for consent in two separate sections, one for billing and one for grades. He can say yes to one and no to the other.

Who is involved

Rafa

First-year commuter with a family-access form

“My parents help with the bill. The college mailed this form, and the family chat already wants to know if I signed it. I haven’t even opened it.”

Caio

Reads the form with Rafa, not for him

“I can sit with Rafa while he asks. Being the older friend doesn’t make this my decision.”

133
Case 6: What can your family see in your college records?AP Lang student edition

Your first guess

Before you look at the evidence, what do you think Rafa’s parents are allowed to see?

My first guess is ___, because ___.

Notes

134
Case 6: What can your family see in your college records?AP Lang student edition

Reading passage

Consent, one box at a time

On your ownRead the passage. At each Stop and think box, pause and answer the question in your head or with a partner. About 5 minutes.

Words to know

  • FERPA: FERPA, the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, is a federal law about who can see student education records.
  • Education record: An education record is a record directly about a student that a school or college keeps.
  • Consent: Consent is permission a person gives for something specific, such as sharing a record with a named person.
  • Decision-maker: A decision-maker is the person or group with the power to make a particular choice.

The story: Family support and a sealed envelope

Rafa, 18, is in his first weeks of college. He commutes from the next block and works at his family’s shop after class. His parents help with tuition, and they want to keep helping. At the start of October, the college mailed him a parent and family access form. He has not opened it.

On Sunday night, his parents bring it up in the family group chat. His mom asks whether the tuition form arrived so they can help with the bill. His dad proposes the simplest route from a parent’s point of view: send the login, and the family will take care of everything. Rafa answers that he can share the bill part and wants to read the rest first. His reply is honest and a little uncomfortable. It says yes to one kind of help and asks for time on another.

Caio, 24, the oldest in the crew, rents a room on the block and offers to sit with Rafa while he reads the form. He is careful about the limits of that help. Being the older friend does not make this his decision. When the conversation turns to exceptions in the law, Caio pushes for precision. Which exception, and does it even fit Rafa? Just saying “privacy law” will not answer his dad.

Your role in this case is to read each box on the form before Rafa signs.

Stop and think. Rafa says yes to one kind of help and asks for time on another. Why might that be harder than saying yes to everything?

135
Case 6: What can your family see in your college records?AP Lang student edition

A form is a set of separate decisions

The new skill in this case builds on Case 5. There, you read a pay statement line by line and matched each line to a record. Here, you read a form section by section and decide each part on its own. Section 1 would let a named person view account statements and make payments. Section 2 would let that person receive information about grades, enrollment and academic standing. Section 3 says the authorization lasts until Rafa changes or withdraws it in writing. The first two sections each carry a separate yes-or-no box.

The college’s annual notice adds the legal frame. Students have the right to inspect their education records, to request corrections and to consent to disclosures, except where the law allows disclosure without consent. The notice does not say which exceptions this college uses, and neither document says where Rafa sends a written change.

Two earlier terms sharpen the analysis. A decision-maker (Case 4) is the person or group with the power to make a particular choice, and on this form that person is Rafa. A trade-off (also Case 4) exists in each section separately. Sharing billing costs little and gives his parents what they asked for. Sharing grades may strengthen family trust, or it may shift a conversation Rafa would rather have in person first. Consent is permission a person gives for something specific, such as sharing a record with a named person. For college records, it is written and specifies which record, to whom and for what purpose. A shared login is the opposite of specific.

Stop and think. The notice lists rights and exceptions but not which exceptions this college uses. What should Rafa ask to fill that gap?

The federal rule and its exceptions

FERPA, the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, is a federal law about who can see student education records. An education record is a record directly about a student that a school or college keeps. Under the general rule, FERPA rights transfer from parents to the student at 18 or when the student enters college at any age, and the law calls that student an “eligible student” (U.S. Department of Education, Student Privacy Policy Office, no date listed). Paying tuition does not, by itself, return those rights to a parent.

The exceptions are real and narrow. A college may disclose records to parents if the student is a dependent for federal tax purposes, and it may disclose in a health or safety emergency. The Department of Education stresses that these disclosures are permitted, not required (U.S. Department of Education, Student Privacy Policy Office, no date listed). That is why the practical step is a question to the records office, not an argument from the law alone. American University’s parent-access guide shows how one institution handles it, and it is one university’s process, not a national rule (American University, June 30, 2025).

136
Case 6: What can your family see in your college records?AP Lang student edition

The federal rule and its exceptions, continued

Records management is also a data security problem. A breach at PowerSchool exposed millions of student records (Education Week, January 9, 2025). The Markup has reported on how school software companies gain access to student data, and where FERPA’s protections run out (The Markup, January 15, 2022). Registrars’ own professional code asks them to “protect the legitimate privacy interests of all individuals” (AACRAO Ethics and Practice, 2010).

Stop and think. Why does Caio insist on naming the exact exception instead of saying “privacy law”?

Sources

Real sourceU.S. Department of Education, Student Privacy Policy OfficeNo date listed

What is FERPA?

Real sourceU.S. Department of Education, Student Privacy Policy OfficeNo date listed

Must postsecondary institutions provide a parent with access to an eligible student’s education records?

Real sourceAmerican University, AU CentralJune 30, 2025

FERPA and parent-access guide

Real sourceEducation WeekJanuary 9, 2025

What Schools Should Know About the PowerSchool Data Breach

Real sourceThe MarkupJanuary 15, 2022

The Big Business of Tracking and Profiling Students

Real sourceAmerican Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Officers (AACRAO)2010

AACRAO Ethics and Practice

Notes

137
Case 6: What can your family see in your college records?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence

On your ownRead the form and the notice, and fill in both boxes for each one. About 6 minutes.

Evidence ACollege form

Parent and family access authorization, mailed to Rafa on October 5

Section 1, Billing and payments: allow the person named below to view account statements and make payments. Yes or No. Section 2, Academic records: allow the person named below to receive information about grades, enrollment and academic standing. Yes or No. Section 3: this authorization stays in effect until the student changes or withdraws it in writing.

Look closely: Which section covers billing, and which covers grades? Circle each yes-or-no box.

What it shows

What it leaves out

Evidence BCollege notice

Annual FERPA notice on the registrar’s page

Students have the right to inspect their education records, to request corrections and to consent to disclosures, except where the law allows disclosure without consent. Questions go to the Office of the Registrar.

Look closely: Which phrase tells you the law has exceptions? Underline it.

What it shows

What it leaves out

138
Case 6: What can your family see in your college records?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence, continued

What is still missing from the evidence?

Notes

139
Case 6: What can your family see in your college records?AP Lang student edition

Key idea: education records

On your ownRead the key idea and the code of ethics, then answer the question in the box. About 6 minutes.

FERPA, the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, is a federal law about who can see student education records. It gives parents, and later students, rights over those records. An education record is a record directly about a student that a school or college keeps. Grades, transcripts and schedules can be education records, on paper or stored digitally. Under the general rule, the rights transfer to the student at age 18 or when the student starts college, at any age. The law calls that student an “eligible student.”

Helping pay tuition does not, by itself, give those rights back to a parent. Consent is permission a person gives for something specific, such as sharing a record with a named person. For college records, consent is written and says which record, to whom and for what purpose. Rafa’s form asks about billing and about grades in separate sections. He can say yes to one section and no to the other. He can also change his choice later in writing.

FERPA also has exceptions, which are situations in which a college may share records without the student’s consent. A college may share records with parents if the student is a dependent for federal tax purposes. It may also share them in a health or safety emergency. The U.S. Department of Education says this sharing is allowed, not required, so Rafa should ask his records office what his college does.

Professional standards

Real sourceAmerican Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Officers (AACRAO)

AACRAO Ethics and Practice: Standards of professional practice

“Protect the legitimate privacy interests of all individuals and maintain appropriate confidentiality of institutional and student education records”

In plain words: College registrars who belong to AACRAO agree to protect students' privacy and keep education records confidential.

Question: Rafa's form separates billing from grades. What would the registrar need before sharing his grades with his parents?

140
Case 6: What can your family see in your college records?AP Lang student edition

Professional standards, continued

Your answer

The registrar would need ___, unless ___.

In the news

Real sourceU.S. Department of Education (YouTube)November 7, 2013

Student Privacy 101: FERPA for Parents and Students

The Education Department’s own short explainer of FERPA rights and when they move from parents to students.

Real sourceU.S. Department of Education, Student Privacy Policy OfficeNo date listed

Must postsecondary institutions provide a parent with access to an eligible student’s education records?

Answers the case question directly, including the exception for students claimed as tax dependents.

Notes

141
Case 6: What can your family see in your college records?AP Lang student edition

Sort the evidence

On your ownFill in the diagram to show who decides each question, which rule applies and who can ask. About 5 minutes.

Who actually decides each question: Rafa, the rule or the college? Mark where paying the bill and seeing grades split into two separate decisions.

Who may see Rafa’s grades?

Who decides

Rafa, the eligible student, through written consent

Under which rule

FERPA: rights transfer to the student at 18 or on entering college

Who lives with it

Rafa’s family, who help pay tuition

Your way in

Who may see and pay the tuition bill?

Who decides

Rafa, the eligible student, through written consent

Under which rule
Who lives with it

Rafa’s family, who help pay tuition

Your way in

Whose perspective is missing?

Whose view is missing from these documents? What would you ask them?

The view that is missing is ___. I would ask ___.

142
Case 6: What can your family see in your college records?AP Lang student edition

Practice: choose a response

On your ownChoose who holds Rafa’s rights and explain why, then fix the two marked lines. About 4 minutes.

Rafa is 18 and in college, and his parents help pay his tuition. Under the general FERPA rule, who holds the rights to his education records?

  • A Rafa does.

  • B His parents do, because they help pay the bill.

  • C His parents do, until Rafa signs a form that says otherwise.

Why I chose it

Improve a draft

A student’s first draft

Rafa, 1 your parents are paying so they can probably see everything, that’s how it works at most schools. My parents could always see my grades on the portal in high school. FERPA is a privacy law but it’s mostly for kids. 2 Once you’re 18 it doesn’t really matter anymore. If you want to keep your grades private you should just not give them your password. Honestly just ask your parents what they want to see. They’re helping you a lot so it’s probably fair for them to know how you’re doing.

Rewrite each marked phrase so it says only what the evidence supports.

Rewrite phrase 1

Rewrite phrase 2

143
Case 6: What can your family see in your college records?AP Lang student edition

AP Lang

Your task

On your ownRead the steps and fill in the planner boxes before you start your draft. About 8 minutes.

Rhetorically analyze the university parent-access guide: how does it manage two audiences at once?

Use: The parent-access guide excerpt.

You’ll make: Rhetorical analysis, about 450 words

Time: 45 minutes

  1. Read the American University guide. Note who it seems to address first.
  2. Map the audiences: what parents want and what students control.
  3. Quote two phrases that separate billing from grades.
  4. Write a thesis on how the guide manages both audiences.
  5. Draft your introduction and one body paragraph in the Your draft boxes.
  6. Finish the analysis on lined paper, about 450 words in all.
  7. Check your analysis with the questions on the Check your work page.

Prefer typing? Scan to open the online workspace.

What parents want

What students control

144
Case 6: What can your family see in your college records?AP Lang student edition

Your task, continued

My thesis

Notes

145
Case 6: What can your family see in your college records?AP Lang student edition

Your draft

On your ownWrite your draft in the boxes, using your planner from the page before. About 22 minutes.

Introduction and thesis

Body paragraph

146
Case 6: What can your family see in your college records?AP Lang student edition

Check your work

On your ownAnswer the Check your work questions, mark your level in each rubric row and write one change you made. About 6 minutes.

  • Does your thesis identify the guide’s two audiences and its purpose?

    YesNo
  • Do you analyze structure and diction with quotations?

    YesNo
  • Do you explain the effect on each audience?

    YesNo
  • Does your commentary go beyond summary?

    YesNo

How your work is scored

Mark one box in each row.

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
EvidenceNo source cited.Refers to “privacy law” generally.Cites the transfer rule and the separate-access guide.Cites both and notes that exceptions exist.
ReasoningStates the rule backwards.Gets the transfer right but merges billing and grades.Separates paying from permission correctly.Explains why least access is a reasonable choice.
Audience & purposeTells Rafa what to do.Gives advice without a next step.Leaves the decision with Rafa and names the records office.Respects Rafa’s family relationship while protecting his choice.
RevisionNo change.Fixes one fact.Fixes the rule and adds a next step.Explains why each correction matters for Rafa’s decision.
147
Case 6: What can your family see in your college records?AP Lang student edition

Check your work, continued

One change I made after feedback

I changed ___ because ___.

Notes

148
Case 6: What can your family see in your college records?AP Lang student edition

Questions to discuss

On your ownWrite a short answer to each question, then complete the sentence frames below. About 8 minutes.

1 What is the smallest amount of access that would give Rafa the help he wants from his family?

2 Why might Rafa want to talk with his family before he checks the box for grades?

3 Someone says, “Parents can never see college records.” How would you revise that claim after reading this case?

My take

My claim: ___.

The best evidence is ___, because ___.

149
Case 6: What can your family see in your college records?AP Lang student edition

My take, continued

Someone who disagrees might say ___.

The limit of the evidence is ___.

I would change my mind if ___.

Notes

150
Case 6: What can your family see in your college records?AP Lang student edition

Talk about this lesson at home

Case 6: What can your family see in your college records?

In this case, Rafa’s parents help pay his college bill, and a form asks if they should also see his grades. Your student read the form and a federal privacy rule, then explained how paying the bill differs from seeing grades.

Questions to talk about

  1. Under the general rule, when do students start to control who sees their school records?
  2. Why might a college form keep paying a bill separate from seeing grades?
  3. Who at a college could answer a question about records?

Nobody needs to share personal stories or private information to talk about this lesson.

See the lesson online.

151
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

Quick check

Case 6 quick check

About 5 minutes. Fill in one bubble for each question. What can your family see in your college records?

1

Under FERPA's general rule, who holds the rights to Rafa's college records?

  • A Rafa

  • B His parents, because they pay

  • C The registrar

  • D His parents, until he signs

2

How many separate yes-or-no choices does the family-access form give?

  • A One

  • B Two

  • C Three

  • D None; it's all or nothing

3

Rafa's dad asks for his login "so we can handle everything." What would help Rafa most?

  • A Share the login.

  • B Check yes for billing, talk with his family before deciding on grades and keep his login private

  • C Ignore the form.

  • D Check yes on everything.

152
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

Missed one? Go back to 1: Key terms, page 133; 2: Look at the evidence, page 138; 3: Practice, page 143.

Exit ticket

Someone says, "Parents can never see college records." Rewrite the claim so the FERPA notice supports it. Then name one limit: something the evidence can’t show yet.

My answer

How sure am I?1234

153
Case 7: Did one complaint get the novel banned?AP Lang student edition

Case 7: Did one complaint get the novel banned?

A group chat says one parent’s complaint got a novel banned, so Mari and Gia check what the school library’s notice says.

On your ownRead What happened and underline the word in the group chat that may go too far. About 4 minutes.

Your role: You’re the one who reads the library notice before anyone replies “banned.” New skill: Find what stage a process has reached.

Gia, Mari and Sami talk around a table on a rooftop terrace at sunset.

What happened

On Thursday night, a message about a novel in the library at Anika’s high school appears in a group chat. The message says one parent complained, so the novel is now banned and gone from the library. Gia replies that this is censorship.

On Friday, the school library posts a notice about the novel. Mari reads it and compares it with the group chat. Gia deletes her first reply, because she had not read the notice or the novel.

Mari works the counter at the neighborhood bookshop. She switches between print and audio, and she is halfway through the novel on audio. Gia is planning a discussion at the bookshop. First, both of them want to know what stage the library’s process has reached.

Your question: Is the novel really banned, and what can people who care about it do next?

154
Case 7: Did one complaint get the novel banned?AP Lang student edition

Key terms

On your ownRead each key term and its example, then write your first guess in the box. About 4 minutes.

Challenge A challenge is a formal request to remove or restrict a book or other library material.

En español: impugnación

In this lesson: A parent’s request about a novel at Anika’s school started a review. The novel stays available while the committee reads it.

Reconsideration policy A reconsideration policy is a library's written process for reviewing a challenge to a book.

En español: política de reconsideración

In this lesson: The library’s notice follows district policy: a committee review, the selection criteria, written input by the 15th and an appeal.

Selection criteria Selection criteria are the written standards a library uses to decide which materials to include.

En español: criterios de selección

In this lesson: The committee judges the whole novel against the district’s selection criteria. The input form asks which criteria your comment addresses.

Who is involved

Mari

Works the bookshop counter

“The chat says the book is gone from the library. The notice says it stays available during the review. Those can’t both be true.”

Gia

Planning a book discussion at the bookshop

“I called it censorship before I’d read the notice. Now I’m planning a discussion at the bookshop, so I’d better get this right.”

155
Case 7: Did one complaint get the novel banned?AP Lang student edition

Your first guess

Before you look at the evidence, what do you think happened to the novel?

My first guess is ___, because ___.

Notes

156
Case 7: Did one complaint get the novel banned?AP Lang student edition

Reading passage

Where is the book in the process?

On your ownRead the passage. At each Stop and think box, pause and answer the question in your head or with a partner. About 5 minutes.

Words to know

  • Challenge: A challenge is a formal request to remove or restrict a book or other library material.
  • Reconsideration policy: A reconsideration policy is a library's written process for reviewing a challenge to a book.
  • Selection criteria: Selection criteria are the written standards a library uses to decide which materials to include.
  • Claim: A claim is a statement that something is true. You can check a claim with evidence.
  • Correction: A correction is a public statement that replaces wrong information with accurate information.

The story: Two messages, two days

On Thursday night, a claim about a novel in the library at Anika’s high school moves through a group chat. One parent complained, it says, so the novel has been banned and removed. Gia answers with the certainty of someone who cares about the freedom to read: “censorship, full stop.” The reply fits her values. It does not fit the evidence, because there is no evidence in the chat yet.

The evidence arrives Friday, when the school library posts a notice. Mari, who works the bookshop counter, reads it against the chat. She is dyslexic and moves between print and audiobooks, and she is halfway through this novel on audio. She points out the contradiction plainly. The chat says the book is gone. The notice says it remains available during the review. Both cannot be true.

Gia deletes her first reply. She had not read the notice or the book. She is now organizing a discussion at the bookshop and wants it to be useful, which means getting people to the input form before the 15th with something to say. She also sets a boundary that many online arguments skip. Nobody goes after the parent who asked for the review, because that parent used the process too.

Your role is to read the library notice before anyone replies “banned.”

Stop and think. The chat collapsed a complaint, a temporary change and a final decision into one word. Why is that collapse so common?

157
Case 7: Did one complaint get the novel banned?AP Lang student edition

Stages, not verdicts

The new skill in this case is finding what stage a process has reached. It depends on two earlier ones. From Case 1, you go to the original source, here the library’s notice. From Case 3, you know that a correction replaces wrong information with accurate information where people saw the mistake.

The notice describes a sequence. A request for reconsideration has been received. The title remains available during the review. A committee will read the full work and evaluate it against the district’s selection criteria. Written input is due by the 15th. The committee’s decision may be appealed. A challenge is a formal request to remove or restrict a book or other library material. It opens that sequence, but it does not end it. A reconsideration policy is a library’s written process for reviewing a challenge to a book, and selection criteria are the written standards a library uses to decide which materials to include.

With the sequence in view, the chat’s claim can be judged precisely. It collapses three different events into one: a complaint, a possible temporary change and a final decision. Only the first has happened. The notice also has gaps. It does not name the novel, list the committee members or quote the criteria, so a careful reply should not fill those in.

Mari’s approach to the input form shows how to join the process rather than just comment on it. The form asks whether you have read the entire work and which criteria your input addresses, with a 300-word limit. She is finishing the book first. Her experience with books like this explains why she cares, but it is not the policy, so she plans to connect the two.

Stop and think. What should a careful correction leave out, given what the notice does not say?

Professional guidance, state law and the courts

The American Library Association recommends that libraries adopt a formal reconsideration policy, and its model process has a committee read the whole work (American Library Association, updated January 2018). Its separate guidance on selection criteria explains how libraries evaluate resources (American Library Association, updated January 2018). That guidance is professional advice. Districts adopt their own policies, and states write their own laws. Colorado legislators advanced a bill to require clear reconsideration policies (Chalkbeat Colorado, February 10, 2025). In Tennessee, reporters found that a revised state law changed the review steps and that some books quietly left shelves (Chalkbeat Tennessee, September 17, 2024).

The constitutional question remains unsettled. A law-firm analysis explains that the Fifth Circuit treated public library book removals as government speech, creating a split with the Eighth Circuit (Cahill Gordon and Reindel, September 22, 2025). The answer to whether a removal is legal can depend on where you live.

158
Case 7: Did one complaint get the novel banned?AP Lang student edition

Professional guidance, state law and the courts, continued

Professional codes sit on both sides of Gia’s evolving view. The ALA code says, “We uphold the principles of intellectual freedom and resist all efforts to censor library resources” (ALA Code of Ethics, 2021). The NCA credo asks communicators to “understand and respect other communicators’ intent before evaluating and responding to their messages” (NCA Credo for Ethical Communication, 2024). Holding both is the discipline this case asks for.

Stop and think. How can someone oppose removing a book and still respect the parent who filed the challenge?

Sources

Real sourceAmerican Library AssociationJanuary 2018

Selection and Reconsideration Policy Toolkit: formal reconsideration

Real sourceAmerican Library AssociationJanuary 2018

Selection and Reconsideration Policy Toolkit: selection criteria

Real sourceChalkbeat ColoradoFebruary 10, 2025

Colorado bill to curb school library book challenges clears first legislative hurdle

Real sourceChalkbeat TennesseeSeptember 17, 2024

Under stricter Tennessee law, some school library books quietly disappear

Real sourceCahill Gordon & Reindel LLP (law-firm client alert)September 22, 2025

Fifth Circuit Holds That Government Speech Doctrine Applies to Public Library Book Removals, Creating Circuit Split With Eighth Circuit

Real sourceAmerican Library Association (ALA)2021

ALA Code of Ethics

Real sourceNational Communication Association (NCA)2024

Credo for Ethical Communication

159
Case 7: Did one complaint get the novel banned?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence

On your ownRead the notice and the input form, and fill in both boxes for each one. About 6 minutes.

Evidence ALibrary notice

Reconsideration notice, posted Friday by the school library

A request for reconsideration has been received for one title in the library collection. Under district policy, the title remains available during the review. A review committee will read the full work and evaluate it against the district’s selection criteria. Written input may be submitted by the 15th. The committee’s decision may be appealed.

Look closely: Which sentence tells you where the book is right now? Underline it.

What it shows

What it leaves out

Evidence BInput form

Review committee input form, due the 15th

Name and role (student, parent, staff or community member). Have you read the entire work? Yes or No. Which selection criteria does your input address? Comments, 300 words maximum.

Look closely: Who can send input? What does the form ask before your comments?

What it shows

What it leaves out

160
Case 7: Did one complaint get the novel banned?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence, continued

What is still missing from the evidence?

Notes

161
Case 7: Did one complaint get the novel banned?AP Lang student edition

Key idea: book challenges

On your ownRead the key idea and the code of ethics, then answer the question in the box. About 6 minutes.

A challenge is a formal request to remove or restrict a book or other library material. A challenge starts a review. On its own, it does not remove a book. A complaint, a temporary change and a final decision can happen at different times. Check which stage a process has reached before you repeat a claim.

A reconsideration policy is a library's written process for reviewing a challenge to a book. The American Library Association (ALA) recommends that libraries adopt one, and its example has a committee read the whole work. Selection criteria are the written standards a library uses to decide which materials to include. ALA’s guidance is a professional recommendation, not a law. Each district’s adopted policy and the applicable law govern its own process.

Whether removing a book breaks the law is a harder question. Federal courts disagree about how the First Amendment applies when a library removes a book. The answer can depend on where you live. Right now, the notice at Anika’s school describes a review, and the novel is still available.

Professional standards

Real sourceAmerican Library Association (ALA)

ALA Code of Ethics: Principle 2 (of 9)

“We uphold the principles of intellectual freedom and resist all efforts to censor library resources.”

In plain words: Library workers who follow the ALA code support people's freedom to read and oppose censorship of library materials.

Question: The district notice says the title stays available during review. Does that match the group chat's claim that it's “gone”?

Your answer

The notice says ___, so ___.

162
Case 7: Did one complaint get the novel banned?AP Lang student edition

In the news

Real sourceChalkbeat ColoradoFebruary 10, 2025

Colorado bill to curb school library book challenges clears first legislative hurdle

A state debated requiring clear reconsideration policies, showing a challenge is a process, not an instant ban.

Real sourceChalkbeat TennesseeSeptember 17, 2024

Under stricter Tennessee law, some school library books quietly disappear

A state law changed the review steps, so you have to check which rules and stage actually applied.

Notes

163
Case 7: Did one complaint get the novel banned?AP Lang student edition

Sort the evidence

On your ownFill in the diagram to show who decides at each stage, which rules apply and where input goes. About 5 minutes.

Replace “banned” with the real chain of decisions. Who decides at each stage, which rules bind them, and where can a student’s input land?

Keep, restrict or remove the novel after review

Who decides

The school review committee, which reads the whole work and votes

District-level appeal and, finally, the school board

Under which rule

District reconsideration policy and selection criteria

State law and unsettled First Amendment case law (Pico had no majority opinion)

Who lives with it
Your way in

Whose perspective is missing?

Whose view is missing from these documents? What would you ask them?

The view that is missing is ___. I would ask ___.

164
Case 7: Did one complaint get the novel banned?AP Lang student edition

Practice: choose a response

On your ownChoose what to check first and explain why, then fix the two marked lines. About 5 minutes.

A group chat says, “One parent complained, so that novel is banned.” What should you check first?

  • A Find the library’s policy and where the review stands.

  • B Ask everyone in the chat whether they like the book.

  • C Read the passage people are upset about, then decide.

Why I chose it

Improve a draft

A student’s first draft

This is so messed up. One parent complains and 1 now the whole school can’t read the book?? That’s literally censorship and it’s illegal because of the First Amendment. 2 Whoever complained is a terrible person and should mind their own business. Everyone should go to the board meeting and yell at them until they put it back. Books like this are the only ones some of us actually finish. I read part of it last year and it was actually really good. I’m so done with this school honestly.

Rewrite each marked phrase so it says only what the evidence supports.

Rewrite phrase 1

Rewrite phrase 2

165
Case 7: Did one complaint get the novel banned?AP Lang student edition

AP Lang

Your task

On your ownRead the steps and fill in the planner boxes before you start your draft. About 8 minutes.

Rhetorically analyze two public comments to a review committee, one effective and one not.

Use: Two educator-written comments.

You’ll make: Analysis, about 500 words

Time: 50 minutes

  1. Read both comments and label each with its audience and purpose.
  2. Fill in the comparison chart: appeals, evidence and tone.
  3. Write a thesis that names the divided committee as the audience.
  4. Draft your introduction and one body paragraph in the Your draft boxes.
  5. Finish the analysis on lined paper, about 500 words in all.
  6. Check your analysis with the questions on the Check your work page.

Prefer typing? Scan to open the online workspace.

Comment 1: main appeal

Comment 2: main appeal

My thesis

166
Case 7: Did one complaint get the novel banned?AP Lang student edition

Your draft

On your ownWrite your draft in the boxes, using your planner from the page before. About 22 minutes.

Introduction and thesis

Body paragraph

167
Case 7: Did one complaint get the novel banned?AP Lang student edition

Check your work

On your ownAnswer the Check your work questions, mark your level in each rubric row and write one change you made. About 6 minutes.

  • Does your thesis make a claim about effectiveness?

    YesNo
  • Do you analyze specific choices in both comments?

    YesNo
  • Do you consider the divided audience?

    YesNo
  • Does your commentary explain effects instead of listing them?

    YesNo

How your work is scored

Mark one box in each row.

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
EvidenceRepeats “banned.”Mentions a complaint without stage.States the current stage from the policy.States stage, next steps and input route.
ReasoningDeclares a legal verdict.Treats outrage as the argument.Separates complaint, review and decision.Connects input to criteria and notes legal uncertainty.
Audience & purposeAttacks people.Rallies without direction.Gives a useful participation route.Invites participation while respecting other readers and the parent.
RevisionNo change.Tone only.Corrects the stage and removes attacks.Explains how each change helps the chat act accurately.
168
Case 7: Did one complaint get the novel banned?AP Lang student edition

Check your work, continued

One change I made after feedback

I changed ___ because ___.

Notes

169
Case 7: Did one complaint get the novel banned?AP Lang student edition

Questions to discuss

On your ownWrite a short answer to each question, then complete the sentence frames below. About 8 minutes.

1 Whose reading experience is missing from the crew’s discussion of the novel?

2 Gia says nobody should go after the parent who asked for the review. Why might that matter for her bookshop discussion?

3 How does calling the same action a “review,” a “restriction” or a “ban” change what people think happened?

My take

My claim: ___.

The best evidence is ___, because ___.

170
Case 7: Did one complaint get the novel banned?AP Lang student edition

My take, continued

Someone who disagrees might say ___.

The limit of the evidence is ___.

I would change my mind if ___.

Notes

171
Case 7: Did one complaint get the novel banned?AP Lang student edition

Talk about this lesson at home

Case 7: Did one complaint get the novel banned?

In this case, a group chat claims one parent’s complaint got a novel banned from a school library. Your student compared that claim with the library’s notice and learned how a book review works.

Questions to talk about

  1. What is the difference between a book being reviewed and a book being removed?
  2. Where could someone find out how a library decides which books to keep?
  3. How can people disagree about a book without attacking each other?

Nobody needs to share personal stories or private information to talk about this lesson.

See the lesson online.

172
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

Quick check

Case 7 quick check

About 5 minutes. Fill in one bubble for each question. Did one complaint get the novel banned?

1

A formal request to remove or restrict a library book is a…

  • A challenge

  • B ban

  • C selection criterion

  • D correction

2

According to the notice, what happens to the novel during the review?

  • A It stays available

  • B It's removed

  • C Only parents can borrow it

  • D The notice doesn't say

3

A friend wants to send the committee a comment. Which comment helps the committee most?

  • A "Everyone hates censorship."

  • B A comment from someone who read the whole book, tied to the selection criteria, sent by the 15th

  • C "Ban the parent from the library."

  • D A petition link.

173
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

Missed one? Go back to 1: Key terms, page 155; 2: Look at the evidence, page 160; 3: Practice, page 165.

Exit ticket

Write a two-sentence reply to the group chat that corrects "banned" and says what people can do before the 15th. Then name one limit: something the evidence can’t show yet.

My answer

How sure am I?1234

174
Case 8: Is it a recommendation or an ad?AP Lang student edition

Case 8: Is it a recommendation or an ad?

Gia loves a novel that a publisher sent her for free, and her video review does not mention the free copy yet.

On your ownRead What happened. Underline what the publisher sent Gia and what it asked for. About 4 minutes.

Gia, Caio and Mari set up a camera in a bright studio.

Your role: You’re the viewer with the sound off who checks the first three seconds. New skill: Spot and disclose a material connection.

What happened

At 1:30 p.m. on Saturday, Caio finishes editing Gia’s short video review of a new novel. Gia made the review for BookTok, where people recommend books on TikTok. She stayed up until 2 a.m. to finish the novel, and she loves it.

Two weeks ago, the book’s publisher emailed Gia. The publicity team offered her a free copy of its spring novel for review. The email said she did not have to post, but it asked for a tag if she did. In the first cut, Gia never says the book was free. The only sign of the publisher is a tag in the caption below the video.

Caio wants to watch the cut the way a stranger would, on a phone with the sound off. He wants to know whether the first three seconds say the book was free. Gia wants to keep her honest opinion in the video. She also wants viewers to know how she got the book.

Your question: Do Gia’s viewers need to know the book was free, and how should she tell them?

175
Case 8: Is it a recommendation or an ad?AP Lang student edition

Key terms

On your ownRead each key term and its example. Then write your first guess in the box. About 4 minutes.

Material connection A material connection is a relationship with a brand, like payment or a free product, that viewers might not expect.

En español: conexión material

In this lesson: The publisher sent Gia a free copy of its spring novel for review. That free copy is a material connection.

Disclosure A disclosure is a clear statement that tells people about a relationship or fact they would want to know.

En español: divulgación

In this lesson: Gia’s first cut has no disclosure. The tag in the caption names the publisher but never says the book was free.

Endorsement An endorsement is a message that shares someone's opinion or experience of a product to promote it.

En español: respaldo

In this lesson: Gia’s video review promotes the novel with her own opinion: she stayed up until 2 a.m. to finish it.

Who is involved

Gia

Made the video review

“I stayed up till 2 a.m. finishing it. That part’s real. The publisher sending it free is also real, and right now it’s nowhere in the video.”

Caio

Editing Gia’s video

“The publisher’s email literally says ‘free copy for review.’ That’s the sentence. It’s just not in the video yet.”

176
Case 8: Is it a recommendation or an ad?AP Lang student edition

Your first guess

Before you look at the evidence, does Gia need to tell viewers the book was free?

My first guess is ___, because ___.

Notes

177
Case 8: Is it a recommendation or an ad?AP Lang student edition

Reading passage

Honest opinion, hidden relationship

On your ownRead the passage. At each Stop and think box, pause and answer the question in your head or with a partner. About 5 minutes.

Words to know

  • Material connection: A material connection is a relationship with a brand, like payment or a free product, that viewers might not expect.
  • Disclosure: A disclosure is a clear statement that tells people about a relationship or fact they would want to know.
  • Endorsement: An endorsement is a message that shares someone's opinion or experience of a product to promote it.
  • Framing: Framing is choosing which parts of a situation a message brings forward.

The story: The edit that is almost done

Gia’s review is sincere. She stayed up until 2 a.m. finishing the novel, and her video for BookTok, TikTok’s book-recommending community, captures that. Caio, who edits video and has a habit of checking before posting anything that involves someone else, finishes the cut at 1:30 p.m. on Saturday. Gia is ready to publish.

Caio asks for one more pass, done the way most viewers would watch: once, on a phone, with the sound off. He is looking at the first three seconds. The question he wants answered is whether a stranger could tell that the book was free.

It was. Two weeks earlier, the publisher’s publicity team emailed Gia to offer a free copy of its spring novel for review. The email said there was no obligation to post but asked for a tag if she did. The first cut opens with Gia saying she literally could not put the book down. There is no on-screen text, and the only trace of the publisher is “@publisher #booktok” in the caption below the video.

Gia’s first defense is the tag. Caio’s edit notes reply in four words: tag equals brand name, not relationship. Your role in this case is to be the viewer with the sound off who checks the first three seconds.

Stop and think. Why does the case insist that the free copy does not make Gia’s opinion false?

178
Case 8: Is it a recommendation or an ad?AP Lang student edition

Separating the opinion from the relationship

Three terms keep the analysis clean. An endorsement is a message that shares someone’s opinion or experience of a product to promote it. A material connection is a relationship with a brand, like payment or a free product, that viewers might not expect. A disclosure is a clear statement that tells people about a relationship or fact they would want to know. Gia’s review is an honest endorsement with an undisclosed material connection. The connection does not make her opinion false. It changes what a viewer needs to know to weigh it.

This is a framing problem, in the Case 1 sense of framing: choosing which parts of a situation a message brings forward. The first cut brings forward enthusiasm and leaves the relationship in a caption that many viewers never open. Caio’s fix reorders the frame without deleting anything true. The video opens with a three-second line, “Quick heads-up, the publisher sent me this free,” spoken and on screen, followed by Gia’s hook.

The case also asks what a disclosure does not do. Gia had considered calling the novel the best book of the year and then asks herself, out of the ones she happened to read? She replaces the superlative with what she can support: two nights, could not put it down. A disclosure answers how she got the book. It does not make every claim in a review accurate.

Finally, the case tests the fix on an audience. Caio will show the cut to someone who did not help make it and ask whether the book was free. If they hesitate, the disclosure is not clear yet. A comment on another creator’s review shows the cost of late discovery: “wait was this sponsored?? kind of feels like an ad now.” The comment is about someone else, and nobody knows whether that review was sponsored, which is the point.

Stop and think. Apply the FTC’s “clear and conspicuous” definition to the caption tag. Does the tag meet it?

Rules, enforcement and evidence

The Federal Trade Commission’s Endorsement Guides explain how federal law against deceptive practices applies to endorsements. The current text says material connections “can include monetary payment or the provision of free or discounted products … to an endorser, regardless of whether the advertiser requires an endorsement in return” (16 CFR Part 255, as revised 2023). The same guides define “clear and conspicuous” as “difficult to miss (i.e., easily noticeable) and easily understandable by ordinary consumers.” FTC staff guidance for video says the disclosure belongs in the video itself, ideally both spoken and on screen (Federal Trade Commission, updated December 3, 2024).

Enforcement has followed. In November 2023, the FTC warned two trade associations and a dozen influencers about posts promoting aspartame or sugar, stressing that disclosures belong in the video, not a caption (Federal Trade Commission, November 14, 2023).

179
Case 8: Is it a recommendation or an ad?AP Lang student edition

Rules, enforcement and evidence, continued

Trade coverage noted that sponsors share responsibility for clear disclosures (Food Dive, November 27, 2023).

Research on adolescents supports the rule’s purpose. A study of 3,149 high school students in Taiwan found that full sponsorship disclosure helped teens recognize a post as an ad (Lin et al., PLOS One, May 27, 2026). Earlier work examined whether disclosures help younger and older teens notice when an influencer is paid (van Reijmersdal and van Dam, Journal of Youth and Adolescence, January 18, 2020).

Stop and think. Who should make sure disclosures are clear: creators, brands or platforms?

Sources

Real sourceFederal Trade Commission (FTC)2023

FTC Endorsement Guides (16 CFR Part 255)

Real sourceFederal Trade CommissionDecember 3, 2024

Disclosures 101 for Social Media Influencers

Real sourceFederal Trade CommissionNovember 14, 2023

FTC Warns Two Trade Associations and a Dozen Influencers About Social Media Posts Promoting Consumption of Aspartame or Sugar

Real sourceFood DiveNovember 27, 2023

FTC crackdown could change influencer marketing for food and beverages

Real sourcePLOS One (Lin et al.)May 27, 2026

Effects of social media sponsorship disclosure on adolescents’ advertising literacy and purchase intention

Real sourceJournal of Youth and Adolescence (van Reijmersdal & van Dam)January 18, 2020

How Age and Disclosures of Sponsored Influencer Videos Affect Adolescents’ Knowledge of Persuasion and Persuasion

180
Case 8: Is it a recommendation or an ad?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence

On your ownRead each document. For each one, write what it shows and what it leaves out. About 8 minutes.

Evidence AEmail

The publisher’s email

“Hi Gia, we love your book reviews! We’d be glad to send you a free copy of our spring novel for review. There’s no obligation to post, but if you do, we’d appreciate a tag. Best, the publicity team”

Look closely: What did the publisher give, and what did it ask for?

What it shows

What it leaves out

Evidence BVideo script and caption

Gia’s first cut

Spoken: “You guys, I have to tell you about this book because I literally could not put it down!” On-screen text: none. Caption below the video: “@publisher #booktok

Look closely: Where in this video would a viewer learn about the free copy?

What it shows

What it leaves out

What is still missing from the evidence?

181
Case 8: Is it a recommendation or an ad?AP Lang student edition

Key idea: material connections

On your ownRead the key idea and the FTC guide. Then answer the question in the box. About 8 minutes.

An endorsement is a message that shares someone's opinion or experience of a product to promote it. Gia’s video review is an endorsement, and her opinion in it is honest. A material connection is a relationship with a brand, like payment or a free product, that viewers might not expect. The free copy from the publisher is a material connection. Knowing about it gives viewers context, but it does not prove that Gia’s opinion is false.

The Federal Trade Commission (FTC) is a federal agency. Its Endorsement Guides explain how a federal law against deceptive practices applies to endorsements. A disclosure is a clear statement that tells people about a relationship or fact they would want to know. For a video, the FTC says the disclosure belongs in the video itself, ideally both spoken and on screen. A tag in the caption only names the brand, and it sits below the video.

A disclosure answers one question: how did Gia get the book? Viewers can still ask what supports her claims about the book itself. A clear disclosure does not make every claim in a review accurate. Do not accuse a real creator of hiding a sponsorship based on a guess.

Professional standards

Real sourceLaw or regulationFederal Trade Commission (FTC)

FTC Endorsement Guides (16 CFR Part 255): § 255.5 Disclosure of material connections

“They can include monetary payment or the provision of free or discounted products … to an endorser, regardless of whether the advertiser requires an endorsement in return.”

In plain words: The FTC says a free product can be a connection that reviewers must clearly disclose, even if the brand asked for nothing in return.

Question: The publisher's email says there is “no obligation to post.” Does that change whether Gia has a connection to disclose?

182
Case 8: Is it a recommendation or an ad?AP Lang student edition

Professional standards, continued

Your answer

The FTC text says ___, so ___.

In the news

Real sourceNBC NewsNovember 15, 2023

Influencers warned by FTC over ‘inadequate’ disclosures of artificial sweetener promotions

Real creators were warned for not clearly saying they were paid, the exact question this case asks.

Real sourceABC NewsNovember 6, 2019

Popular YouTuber chimes in on federal product disclosure guide for influencers

A creator reacts to the FTC’s disclosure rules, showing how the guidance lands for people who actually post.

Notes

183
Case 8: Is it a recommendation or an ad?AP Lang student edition

Sort the evidence

On your ownFollow each choice to its results. Then write whose view is missing. About 6 minutes.

Follow both choices forward. Which consequences can Gia control, which depend on viewers, and what test tells her the disclosure worked?

Post the first cut with only a brand tag in the caption

  1. Sound-off viewers never learn the book was free

    Who is affected

Disclose aloud and on screen in the first seconds

  1. Viewers weigh the recommendation knowing the relationship

    Who is affected

  2. Some viewers may discount the review as an ad

    Who is affected

Whose perspective is missing?

Whose view is missing from these documents? What would you ask them?

The view that is missing is ___. I would ask ___.

184
Case 8: Is it a recommendation or an ad?AP Lang student edition

Practice: choose a response

On your ownChoose the change that makes the relationship clearest. Then fix the two marked phrases. About 6 minutes.

Gia loves the novel the publisher sent her for free. Which change to her video makes the relationship clearest to viewers?

  • A Tag the publisher in the caption.

  • B Say and show at the start of the video that the publisher sent her the book for free.

  • C Leave the video as it is, since the email said there was no obligation to post.

Why I chose it

Improve a draft

A student’s first draft

Okay you guys, I have to tell you about this book because I literally could not put it down!! 1 #ad #booktok @publisher. The characters are so real and the ending destroyed me. I stayed up until 2 a.m. finishing it and then just sat there staring at the wall. Everyone needs to read this, trust me, 2 it’s the best book of the year and you won’t regret it. Link is in my bio, go get it before everyone else does!

Rewrite each marked phrase so it says only what the evidence supports.

Rewrite phrase 1

Rewrite phrase 2

185
Case 8: Is it a recommendation or an ad?AP Lang student edition

AP Lang

Your task

On your ownRead the steps. Fill in the planner boxes before you start your draft. About 10 minutes.

Rhetorically analyze Gia’s original review and argue how disclosure changes its ethos.

Use: The original review script and the revised one.

You’ll make: Rhetorical analysis plus argument paragraph, about 550 words

Time: 50 minutes

  1. Fill in the rhetorical situation grid for the first cut and the revised script.
  2. Mark two choices in the first cut that build trust with viewers.
  3. Write a thesis on how disclosure changes the review’s ethos.
  4. Draft your thesis and one analysis paragraph on the Your draft page.
  5. Write an argument paragraph that answers the view that disclosure turns a sincere review into an ad.
  6. Name the viewers for whom disclosure may lower trust, to qualify your claim.
  7. Finish the full response of about 550 words in the online workspace or on paper.

Prefer typing? Scan to open the online workspace.

Rhetorical situation, first cut

What changes in the revised script

186
Case 8: Is it a recommendation or an ad?AP Lang student edition

Your task, continued

Choice 1 that builds trust

Choice 2 that builds trust

Thesis

Notes

187
Case 8: Is it a recommendation or an ad?AP Lang student edition

Your draft

On your ownWrite your draft in the boxes. Use your planner from the page before. About 25 minutes.

Thesis and analysis paragraph

Argument paragraph with a counterargument

188
Case 8: Is it a recommendation or an ad?AP Lang student edition

Check your work

On your ownAnswer the Check your work questions and mark your level in each rubric row. Then write one change you made. About 6 minutes.

  • Does your thesis say how disclosure changes the rhetorical situation?

    YesNo
  • Do you analyze specific choices in the first cut?

    YesNo
  • Do you answer the view that disclosure makes a sincere review look like an ad?

    YesNo
  • Does your qualification name specific viewers?

    YesNo

How your work is scored

Mark one box in each row.

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
EvidenceNo disclosure or claim support.Tag only.Names the relationship clearly.Names the relationship and supports the product claim.
ReasoningTreats opinion as a substitute for disclosure.Discloses but can’t explain why.Explains why placement and clarity matter.Distinguishes opinion, relationship and product claim.
Audience & purposeIgnores viewers.Assumes viewers read captions.Works for sound-off viewers.Works across channels with consistent wording.
RevisionNo change.Adds a hashtag.Adds spoken and on-screen disclosure.Explains each placement choice for different viewers.
189
Case 8: Is it a recommendation or an ad?AP Lang student edition

Check your work, continued

One change I made after feedback

I changed ___ because ___.

Notes

190
Case 8: Is it a recommendation or an ad?AP Lang student edition

Questions to discuss

On your ownWrite a short answer to each question. Then finish My take. About 8 minutes.

1 Would knowing the book was free change how much you trust Gia’s review? Why or why not?

2 Some viewers may treat a review with a disclosure as just an ad. How could Gia keep their trust?

3 Who should make sure disclosures are clear: creators, brands or platforms?

My take

My claim: ___.

The best evidence is ___, because ___.

191
Case 8: Is it a recommendation or an ad?AP Lang student edition

My take, continued

Someone who disagrees might say ___.

The limit of the evidence is ___.

I would change my mind if ___.

Notes

192
Case 8: Is it a recommendation or an ad?AP Lang student edition

Talk about this lesson at home

Case 8: Is it a recommendation or an ad?

In this case, a publisher sends Gia a free novel, and her video review does not say the book was free. Your student read the email and the video script, then rewrote the opening so viewers learn about the free copy.

Questions to talk about

  1. How can you tell when a video review is also an ad?
  2. Where in a video would you look for a note that a product was free?
  3. Why might a review still be honest if the reviewer got the product for free?

Nobody needs to share personal stories or private information to talk about this lesson.

See the lesson online.

193
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

Quick check

Case 8 quick check

About 5 minutes. Fill in one bubble for each question. Is it a recommendation or an ad?

1

The publisher sent Gia a free copy. That's a…

  • A material connection

  • B license

  • C correction

  • D jurisdiction

2

Why isn't "@publisher" in the caption enough?

  • A It names a brand, not the relationship, and most viewers never open the caption

  • B Tags are against the rules

  • C The email said not to tag

  • D Captions are too long

3

A month later, Gia posts a second video about the same book. What should it do?

  • A Skip the disclosure, since the first video had one.

  • B Say and show at the start that the publisher sent the book for free

  • C Tag the publisher only.

  • D Say it was sponsored.

194
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

Missed one? Go back to 1: Key terms, page 176; 2: Look at the evidence, page 181; 3: Practice, page 185.

Exit ticket

Write what Gia says and what the screen shows in the first three seconds. Then name one limit: something the evidence can’t show yet.

My answer

How sure am I?1234

195
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

Unit review

Unit 2 review

Look back at all four cases before the unit test. Answers to the practice items are in your educator’s key.

Words

Sort the words: circle the ones you can explain, and star the ones to review.

  • gross pay
  • net pay
  • FICA
  • withholding
  • FERPA
  • education record
  • consent
  • challenge
  • reconsideration policy
  • selection criteria
  • material connection
  • disclosure
  • endorsement
  • correctionearlier unit
  • proposalearlier unit

Use one word in a sentence

Use another word in a sentence

Skills

  1. Read a pay statement line by lineCase 5: Why is my deposit smaller than what I earned?
  2. Read a form section by section before you signCase 6: What can your family see in your college records?
  3. Find what stage a process has reachedCase 7: Did one complaint get the novel banned?
  4. Spot and disclose a material connectionCase 8: Is it a recommendation or an ad?
196
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

Connect the cases

Lessons 5 and 8 both ask: Show me the paper. What does it actually say? Compare how the crew answered it each time: what did they check first, and who did it help?

One lesson

The other lesson

Mentor check Arjun Doyle

“Show me the paper. What does it actually say?”

He asks before he explains, hands the document back and has you find the line yourself.

Practice items

1

Why aren't Gia's Saturday hours on this statement?

  • A Saturday the 13th comes after the pay period ended on Friday the 12th

  • B Taxes took them

  • C Payroll made a mistake

  • D Jordy's shifts were counted instead

197
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

Practice items, continued

2

Jordy offers to post both pay statements side by side in the group chat. What do you suggest?

  • A Post them.

  • B Keep the statements private. Gia asks payroll one question about the Saturday hours and the federal tax line

  • C Compare deposits instead.

  • D Let it go; it's taxes.

3

How many separate yes-or-no choices does the family-access form give?

  • A One

  • B Two

  • C Three

  • D None; it's all or nothing

4

Rafa's dad asks for his login "so we can handle everything." What would help Rafa most?

  • A Share the login.

  • B Check yes for billing, talk with his family before deciding on grades and keep his login private

  • C Ignore the form.

  • D Check yes on everything.

198
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

Practice items, continued

5

According to the notice, what happens to the novel during the review?

  • A It stays available

  • B It's removed

  • C Only parents can borrow it

  • D The notice doesn't say

6

A friend wants to send the committee a comment. Which comment helps the committee most?

  • A "Everyone hates censorship."

  • B A comment from someone who read the whole book, tied to the selection criteria, sent by the 15th

  • C "Ban the parent from the library."

  • D A petition link.

7

Why isn't "@publisher" in the caption enough?

  • A It names a brand, not the relationship, and most viewers never open the caption

  • B Tags are against the rules

  • C The email said not to tag

  • D Captions are too long

199
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

Practice items, continued

8

A month later, Gia posts a second video about the same book. What should it do?

  • A Skip the disclosure, since the first video had one.

  • B Say and show at the start that the publisher sent the book for free

  • C Tag the publisher only.

  • D Say it was sponsored.

200
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

Unit test

Unit 2 test

Name

Date

PartWhat you doWeight
Part A1Choose the best answer20% of the score
Part A2Short written answers25% of the score
Part BYour unit task55% of the score

Form A. Grades 11–12.

Supports I used (for example, read aloud or extra time)

The documents

Mari is selling her zines at the library's Saturday zine fair and staffing the bookshop's table there.

Evidence AUnit test

Mari's bookshop pay statement

The pay period ends Friday; it shows 12 hours at $17.00, gross, four tax lines and net pay. Her log shows a Saturday table shift after the period ended.

Evidence BUnit test

The library's vendor form

Section 1, table assignment. Section 2, photo release: the library may use photos of vendors and their tables in its posts (yes or no). Section 3, sales: vendors keep all sales (yes or no). The form stays in effect for this fair only.

201
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

The documents, continued

Evidence CUnit test

A chat post

"the library banned zines with swearing from the fair."

Evidence DUnit test

The library's posted notice

"One zine has been submitted for review under the display policy. It stays on the table list during the review. Decision by Friday."

Evidence EUnit test

A paper supplier's email offering Mari free paper if she tags them, and her promo script, which opens "Come through, zine fair at 1!" with no disclosure.

Part A1: choose the best answer

1

Mari’s pay period ends Friday. Her Saturday table shift will show up…

  • A on this pay statement

  • B on the next pay statement

  • C only as net pay

  • D nowhere

202
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

Part A1: choose the best answer, continued

2

Evidence A shows 12 hours at $17.00. What is Mari’s gross pay?

  • A $170.00

  • B $204.00

  • C $29.00

  • D $17.00

3

On the vendor form, what does Section 2 decide?

  • A Which table Mari gets

  • B Whether the library may use photos of her and her table in its posts

  • C Whether she keeps her sales

  • D How long the form lasts

4

Part A: What stage has the zine reached?

  • A Banned

  • B Removed from the fair

  • C Under review, still on the table list

  • D Approved

203
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

Part A1: choose the best answer, continued

5

Why is Mari’s promo script a problem?

  • A It’s too short

  • B It doesn’t say the paper supplier gave her free paper

  • C It names the time

  • D It tags the library

6

Which opening line fixes Mari’s promo?

  • A “Come through, zine fair at 1!” with “#ad” at the end of the caption

  • B “Paper for these zines came free from a supplier. Come through, zine fair at 1!”

  • C “Come through, zine fair at 1! Thanks, you know who.”

  • D “Come through, zine fair at 1!” with the supplier’s tag

Part A2: short written answers

1 Which box should Mari check on Section 2, and why decide it apart from Section 3?

My answer

204
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

Part A2: short written answers, continued

2 Is the tag enough?

My answer

3 Source analysis, AP style [19]: read the FTC's June 28, 2023 announcement of the updated endorsement guides (`case-sources.json`) and explain how it applies to Mari's promo.

My answer

205
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

Part B: your unit task

Purpose
Mari is selling her zines at the library's Saturday zine fair and staffing the bookshop's table there.
Task
A 600- to 900-word policy for the library's fair accounts: photo consent, review notices and sponsored-post disclosure. It cites the FTC announcement and the library's own documents, answers an objection and ends with an oral defense.
Criteria
The rubric rows: Evidence, Reasoning, Audience and purpose, Revision and Sources and citation. Level 3 is the goal.

Plan: my claim and the documents I’ll use

Draft

206
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

Score it with the rubric

Row and the goal (level 3)1234
EvidenceI can combine evidence from several documents and a real primary source, cite it correctly and judge where and when each source came from.
ReasoningI can apply a rule or test one factor at a time and answer a counterclaim.
Audience and purposeI can use the form’s conventions, state my purpose early, ask for something my audience can do and explain my choices in a 3-minute oral defense.
RevisionI can revise my structure and argument after feedback and keep track of what I changed.
Sources and citationI can cite every source in MLA or APA, with in-text citations that match my list.
207
Unit 2: Read the fine printAP Lang student edition

Take it further

Take it further

Voz asks: What could you do with this?

Ask your school counselor or career office where students find the young-worker rules for your state. The U.S. Department of Labor's Young Worker Toolkit is listed in Case 5's sources.

Keep it safe: use public information only, leave out private details about anyone, and you never have to post anything.

What I did and what happened

208
Unit 3: Find who's responsibleAP Lang student edition

Unit 3

Find who's responsible

Essential question

Who has the power, or the duty, to act, and how do you reach them?

209
Unit 3: Find who's responsibleAP Lang student edition

The story so far

The crew runs into rules it didn't write. Dec's first ballot has more on it than his feed shows. A detour sends Sami toward stairs twelve minutes before her bus. Jordy learns Gia earns more for the same event. Anika's poster raises a free-speech question. Every time, the question is who has to act.

MateoSamiJordyAnika

The cases

  1. 9

    Case 9 What is on your ballot, and where do you check?

    New skill: Check an official source for your own area

  2. 10

    Case 10 Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?

    New skill: Report a problem to the office responsible

  3. 11

    Case 11 Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?

    New skill: Compare 2 cases on the same terms

  4. 12

    Case 12 When can a school limit what students say?

    New skill: Apply a precedent by comparing fact patterns

I can

  • I can check the official source for my own area.
  • I can report a problem to the office whose job it is.
  • I can compare two cases on the same terms before explaining a difference.
  • I can apply a precedent by comparing fact patterns.
210
Unit 3: Find who's responsibleAP Lang student edition

Words to know

  • sample ballotSAM-pul BAL-ut
  • voter guideVOH-ter GYDE
  • registrationrej-ih-STRAY-shun
  • jurisdictionjoor-is-DIK-shun
  • program accessPROH-gram AK-sess
  • barrierBAIR-ee-er
  • ADA coordinatoray-dee-AY koh-OR-dih-nay-ter
  • compensationkahm-pun-SAY-shun
  • Equal Pay ActEE-kwul PAY AKT
  • Title VIITY-tul SEV-un
  • precedentPRES-ih-dunt
  • fact patternFAKT PAT-ern
  • substantial disruptionsub-STAN-shul dis-RUP-shun

Your mentor for this unit

Dev Arora Disability and workplace rights lawyer at a legal aid clinic

“Which rule applies here, and who is responsible for following it?”

What I watch for

  • A rule with no author
  • A law quoted with no place or date
  • “They” when nobody can say who “they” is

Your unit task

A 600- to 900-word argument recommending how the club should proceed at school and at the plaza. It uses the documents and both opinions, answers an objection and ends with an oral defense.

You’ll do this task in Part B of the unit test. Write it, say it or show it, as your educator allows.

Time: 5 to 6 class periods, including the review and the test.

211
Case 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?AP Lang student edition

Case 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?

Dec turns 18 before the election on November 3, 2026, and his feed covers only one race on his ballot.

On your ownRead What happened. Underline the contests Mateo finds below the big race. About 4 minutes.

Your role: You’re the one who finds Dec’s official sample ballot before anyone tells him how to vote. New skill: Check an official source for your own area.

Mateo and Gia work in a notebook at a café table.

What happened

It is Sunday at the library desk. Dec turns 18 in October, before the general election on November 3, 2026. His feed is full of posts about one big race. Mateo and Gia are helping him find out what else is on his ballot.

They look at a sample ballot for the November election. The front shows the big race from Dec’s feed. The second page has more: a school board race, a city council seat and Measure T, a transit bond. Mateo notices that nobody is posting about Measure T.

A creator’s voter guide is also going around. It says registration closes “the 14th,” but it never names a state. It also tells people how to vote on the school board race and Measure T. Gia is writing a reminder for the group chat.

Mateo has his own problem. He may still be registered at his mom’s address in New Bedford, Massachusetts. Dec says he does not need anyone to pick for him. He needs to know what is on his ballot and whether he is registered in time.

Your question: What is on Dec’s ballot, and where should he check his own information?

212
Case 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?AP Lang student edition

Key terms

On your ownRead each key term and its example. Then write your first guess in the box. About 4 minutes.

Sample ballot A sample ballot is a preview of the contests and measures that will appear on your ballot.

En español: boleta de muestra

In this lesson: Dec’s sample ballot lists a school board race, a city council seat and Measure T below the big race from his feed.

Voter guide A voter guide is a document that explains or recommends choices in an election.

En español: guía para votantes

In this lesson: A creator’s voter guide mixes one deadline with two picks: “vote Candidate B” and “Measure T: yes, obviously.”

Registration Registration is signing up with your election office so that you are on the list of people who can vote.

En español: inscripción electoral

In this lesson: Dec turns 18 in October and needs to know whether he is registered in time. The guide’s deadline names no state.

Jurisdiction A jurisdiction is the place or area where a particular government or rule has authority.

En español: jurisdicción

In this lesson: Mateo may still be registered in New Bedford, Massachusetts. A different place can mean a different ballot and a different deadline.

Who is involved

Mateo

Helping Dec read the sample ballot

“Dec’s feed is all the big race. Then you flip the sample ballot: school board, city council, a transit bond. Nobody’s posting about Measure T.”

Gia

Writing the group-chat reminder

“The creator’s guide says ‘registration closes the 14th.’ Whose 14th? It doesn’t even say which state.”

213
Case 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?AP Lang student edition

Your first guess

Before you look at the evidence, what do you think is on Dec’s ballot?

My first guess is ___, because ___.

Notes

214
Case 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?AP Lang student edition

Reading passage

Down the ballot and back to the source

On your ownRead the passage. At each Stop and think box, pause and answer the question in your head or with a partner. About 6 minutes.

Words to know

  • Sample ballot: A sample ballot is a preview of the contests and measures that will appear on your ballot.
  • Voter guide: A voter guide is a document that explains or recommends choices in an election.
  • Registration: Registration is signing up with your election office so that you are on the list of people who can vote.
  • Jurisdiction: A jurisdiction is the place or area where a particular government or rule has authority.
  • Claim: A claim is a statement that something is true. You can check a claim with evidence.
  • Material connection: A material connection is a relationship with a brand, like payment or a free product, that viewers might not expect.

The story: One race in the feed, five on the ballot

Dec, a high school senior who drums on weekends and helps build theater sets, turns 18 in October. The general election is November 3, 2026. His social feed treats it as a single contest, one big race covered from every angle. On Sunday, at the library desk, Mateo and Gia help him find out what the feed leaves out.

The sample ballot for November is organized by level of government. Federal: U.S. Representative. State: State Senator and a Superior Court judge up for retention. Local: two seats on the Board of Education in District 3 and a City Council seat in Ward 5. And one measure: Measure T, a transit improvements bond. Mateo notices that the lower half of the ballot has almost no online presence. Nobody is posting about Measure T.

What is circulating instead is a creator’s voter guide. It promises “all you need for November,” announces that registration closes “the 14th” and tells readers to vote for Candidate B for school board and “yes, obviously” on Measure T. Dec’s response sets the terms for the case. He does not need anyone picking for him. He needs to know what is on his ballot and whether he is registered in time.

Mateo has a problem of his own. He moved from New Bedford, Massachusetts, for college and may still be registered at his mom’s address there. Different state, different ballot, different deadline. Your role is to find Dec’s official sample ballot before anyone tells him how to vote.

215
Case 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?AP Lang student edition

Stop and think. Why does the lower half of a ballot get so little attention online?

Separating information from advocacy

A sample ballot is a preview of the contests and measures that will appear on your ballot. A voter guide is a document that explains or recommends choices in an election. The distinction matters because the two serve different purposes. The sample ballot tells you what you will decide. A guide tells you what someone thinks you should decide, and sometimes also what the choices mean.

The new skill here builds on two earlier ones. From Case 1, you go to the original source and treat each statement as a claim that can be checked. The guide’s deadline is a claim with no jurisdiction attached, so it cannot be verified and should not be repeated. From Case 8, you ask about a material connection, a relationship with a brand, like payment or a free product, that viewers might not expect. Here, the guide leaves out who wrote and who funds it. That missing information does not make its picks wrong. It does mean they should be read as advocacy from an unnamed source.

A jurisdiction is the place or area where a particular government or rule has authority. Your address determines which contests appear on your ballot, which is why Mateo cannot assume his ballot matches Dec’s. Jurisdiction also shapes research. A school board and a city council have different powers, so a voter who cares about buses should learn which body runs them before comparing candidates. Mateo starts Measure T with two questions: what it would pay for, and who runs the buses.

Registration is signing up with your election office so that you are on the list of people who can vote. Because rules and deadlines vary by state, Gia’s group-chat reminder deliberately contains no deadline. It sends everyone to Vote.gov for their own registration and sample ballot, and it asks people not to post their addresses.

Stop and think. The guide’s picks are not labeled as advocacy. How would labeling them change how Dec reads the guide?

The constitutional floor and the state rules

The Twenty-Sixth Amendment protects the right of citizens 18 and older to vote (National Constitution Center, no date listed). The National WWII Museum traces its origins to the wartime argument that people old enough to fight were old enough to vote (The National WWII Museum, October 27, 2020). Above that floor, states set the details. Most allow preregistration before 18, and some let 17-year-olds vote in primaries if they will be 18 by the general election (Ballotpedia News, September 26, 2025). NPR has reported on state efforts to raise youth registration, including preregistration (NPR, August 6, 2023).

Turnout data show both engagement and variation. CIRCLE estimates that about 47 percent of 18- to 29-year-olds voted in 2024, with large differences by state (CIRCLE, April 14, 2025).

216
Case 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?AP Lang student edition

The constitutional floor and the state rules, continued

Journalism codes draw the same line the case draws. The SPJ code tells journalists to “label advocacy and commentary” (SPJ Code of Ethics, September 6, 2014). The RTDNA code says journalism “empowers viewers, listeners and readers to make more informed decisions for themselves; it does not tell people what to believe or how to feel” (RTDNA Code of Ethics, June 11, 2015). A nonpartisan guide for Dec should meet that second standard.

Stop and think. Anika is 16. How can she take part in this election before she can vote?

Sources

Real sourceVote.govNo date listed

Your state or territory’s voting information

Real sourceNational Constitution CenterNo date listed

The 26th Amendment of the U.S. Constitution

Real sourceThe National WWII MuseumOctober 27, 2020

“Old Enough to Fight, Old Enough to Vote”: The WWII Roots of the 26th Amendment

Real sourceBallotpedia NewsSeptember 26, 2025

Most states allow teenagers to pre-register to vote before turning 18, and some let them vote in primaries

Real sourceNPRAugust 6, 2023

Some states are trying to boost youth voter registration. Here's what they're doing

Real sourceCIRCLE (Tufts University)April 14, 2025

New Data: Nearly Half of Youth Voted in 2024

Real sourceSociety of Professional Journalists (SPJ)2014

SPJ Code of Ethics

Real sourceRadio Television Digital News Association (RTDNA)2015

RTDNA Code of Ethics

217
Case 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence

On your ownRead each document. For each one, write what it shows and what it leaves out. About 8 minutes.

Evidence ASample ballot

Sample ballot for the November general election

Federal: U.S. Representative. State: State Senator; Superior Court judge (retention). Local: Board of Education, District 3 (vote for two); City Council, Ward 5. Measures: Measure T, transit improvements bond.

Look closely: Which contests sit below the big race, and which one touches Dec’s school?

What it shows

What it leaves out

Evidence BVoter guide post

A creator’s voter guide

All you need for November!! Registration closes the 14th. School board: vote Candidate B, the only one who cares about students. Measure T: yes, obviously.

Look closely: Which line could you check, and which lines tell you how to vote?

What it shows

What it leaves out

218
Case 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence, continued

What is still missing from the evidence?

Notes

219
Case 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?AP Lang student edition

Key idea: sample ballots

On your ownRead the key idea and the code of ethics. Then answer the question in the box. About 8 minutes.

A sample ballot is a preview of the contests and measures that will appear on your ballot. A measure is a question that voters decide directly, such as Measure T. A voter guide is a document that explains or recommends choices in an election. The two have different purposes. Start with the ballot for your address, and then check a guide’s facts apart from its picks.

Your address decides which contests appear on your ballot. A jurisdiction is the place or area where a particular government or rule has authority. A friend two districts over may see different local races. A school board and a city council have different jobs, so each one makes different decisions. Before you research candidates, find out which office has power over the issue you care about.

Registration is signing up with your election office so that you are on the list of people who can vote. Rules and deadlines vary by state, so do not copy a friend’s deadline. The Twenty-Sixth Amendment protects the right to vote for citizens 18 and older. Most states let people preregister before they turn 18. Several states let 17-year-olds vote in a primary if they will be 18 by the general election.

Professional standards

Real sourceSociety of Professional Journalists (SPJ)

SPJ Code of Ethics: Seek Truth and Report It

“Label advocacy and commentary.”

In plain words: Journalists who follow the SPJ code mark opinions and recommendations so readers can tell them apart from facts.

Question: The creator's guide mixes a registration deadline with “vote Candidate B.” Which lines are checkable facts, and which are picks?

Your answer

The checkable fact is ___; the picks are ___.

220
Case 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?AP Lang student edition

In the news

Real sourceNPRAugust 6, 2023

Some states are trying to boost youth voter registration. Here's what they're doing

Explains preregistration and other state steps that let teens sign up before they turn 18.

Real sourceBallotpedia NewsSeptember 26, 2025

Most states allow teenagers to pre-register to vote before turning 18, and some let them vote in primaries

Rules differ by state, so where you live decides when you can register and what you vote on.

Notes

221
Case 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?AP Lang student edition

Sort the evidence

On your ownMatch each of Dec’s questions to the rule or office that answers it. Then write whose view is missing. About 6 minutes.

Separate the two questions Dec has: what is on his ballot, and can he vote. Which rules and offices answer each, and which source should he check first?

Which contests and measures appear on Dec’s ballot

Who decides

His address and district lines, drawn through redistricting

Under which rule
Who lives with it
Your way in

Whether Dec can register and vote in November

Who decides
Under which rule

Twenty-Sixth Amendment: the vote at 18 cannot be denied on account of age

State rules on preregistration, deadlines and 17-year-old primary voting

Who lives with it
Your way in
222
Case 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?AP Lang student edition

Whose perspective is missing?

Whose view is missing from these documents? What would you ask them?

The view that is missing is ___. I would ask ___.

Notes

223
Case 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?AP Lang student edition

Practice: choose a response

On your ownChoose what you would do with a friend’s sample ballot. Then fix the two marked phrases. About 6 minutes.

You live at a new address. A friend sends their sample ballot and says, “Just use this one.” What should you do?

  • A Use it, because you and your friend live in the same state.

  • B Check your registration and find the official sample ballot for your address.

  • C Use a creator’s voter guide instead, since it covers the whole election.

Why I chose it

Improve a draft

A student’s first draft

Guys the election is coming up and it’s a big one!! 1 Registration closes on the 14th so do it now. Here’s the voter guide I use, it tells you exactly who to vote for so you don’t have to research. Also 2 drop your addresses and I’ll check if you’re registered for you. Only the big race really matters anyway, the rest is small stuff. My cousin in another state said the same deadline works for her too, so just use mine. Let’s go vote!!

Rewrite each marked phrase so it says only what the evidence supports.

Rewrite phrase 1

Rewrite phrase 2

224
Case 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?AP Lang student edition

AP Lang

Your task

On your ownRead the steps. Fill in the planner boxes before you start your draft. About 10 minutes.

Rhetorically analyze a voter guide aimed at young people.

Use: An educator-selected nonpartisan or advocacy guide.

You’ll make: Analysis, about 500 words

Time: 50 minutes

  1. Choose your text: the creator’s guide in Evidence B or the guide your teacher gives you.
  2. Fill in the rhetorical situation grid: author, audience, purpose and context.
  3. Mark the exact point where the guide stops informing and starts persuading.
  4. Write a thesis on how the guide builds trust with first-time voters.
  5. Draft your thesis and one body paragraph on the Your draft page.
  6. Answer the view that busy first-time voters are better served by a guide with picks.
  7. Finish the analysis of about 500 words in the online workspace or on paper.

Prefer typing? Scan to open the online workspace.

Rhetorical situation

225
Case 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?AP Lang student edition

Your task, continued

How the guide builds trust

Where informing turns into persuading

Thesis

Notes

226
Case 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?AP Lang student edition

Your draft

On your ownWrite your draft in the boxes. Use your planner from the page before. About 25 minutes.

Thesis and body paragraph

Counterargument and qualification

227
Case 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?AP Lang student edition

Check your work

On your ownAnswer the Check your work questions and mark your level in each rubric row. Then write one change you made. About 6 minutes.

  • Does your thesis explain how the guide builds trust with first-time voters?

    YesNo
  • Do you quote the exact place where informing turns into persuading?

    YesNo
  • Do you answer the view that picks help busy first-time voters?

    YesNo
  • Does your commentary explain the effect of each choice?

    YesNo

How your work is scored

Mark one box in each row.

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
EvidenceCopies one person’s deadlines.Mentions official sources vaguely.Points to official sources for each person’s state.Points to official sources and explains why rules differ.
ReasoningTreats a guide as the ballot.Mentions the ballot but not local contests.Separates ballot, guide and registration.Explains why local offices matter to the audience.
Audience & purposeCollects private info.Generic hype.Useful, private, nonpartisan.Includes people not yet eligible.
RevisionNo change.Adds a link.Replaces copied deadlines with official routes.Explains how each change helps friends in different situations.
228
Case 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?AP Lang student edition

Check your work, continued

One change I made after feedback

I changed ___ because ___.

Notes

229
Case 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?AP Lang student edition

Questions to discuss

On your ownWrite a short answer to each question. Then finish My take. About 8 minutes.

1 Which contest on the sample ballot could affect Dec’s school or his bus?

2 Mateo may still be registered in New Bedford. Why might his ballot differ from Dec’s?

3 Anika is 16. How can she be part of this election before she can vote?

4 When could a voter guide that recommends choices help a first-time voter?

My take

My claim: ___.

230
Case 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?AP Lang student edition

My take, continued

The best evidence is ___, because ___.

Someone who disagrees might say ___.

The limit of the evidence is ___.

I would change my mind if ___.

Notes

231
Case 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?AP Lang student edition

Talk about this lesson at home

Case 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?

In this case, a teen about to turn 18 finds local races on his ballot that his feed never mentions. Your student compared a sample ballot with a voter guide, then wrote a guide that points to official sources without telling anyone how to vote.

Questions to talk about

  1. What offices appear on a local ballot, besides the big races?
  2. Where can someone find official information about registering to vote?
  3. How can you tell a fact in a voter guide from a recommendation?

Nobody needs to share personal stories or private information to talk about this lesson.

See the lesson online.

232
Unit 3: Find who's responsibleAP Lang student edition

Quick check

Case 9 quick check

About 5 minutes. Fill in one bubble for each question. What is on your ballot, and where do you check?

1

A preview of the contests on your own ballot is a…

  • A sample ballot

  • B voter guide

  • C registration

  • D jurisdiction

2

Which part of the creator's guide can you check with an official source?

  • A The registration deadline, once you know the state

  • B "The only one who cares about students"

  • C "Yes, obviously"

  • D None of it

3

A friend who lives in another state asks you for "the deadline." What do you send?

  • A "The 14th."

  • B A link to vote.gov and a note that deadlines depend on the state

  • C The creator's guide.

  • D Your own sample ballot.

233
Unit 3: Find who's responsibleAP Lang student edition

Missed one? Go back to 1: Key terms, page 213; 2: Look at the evidence, page 218; 3: Practice, page 224.

Exit ticket

Why might Mateo's ballot differ from Dec's? Use the word jurisdiction. Then name one limit: something the evidence can’t show yet.

My answer

How sure am I?1234

234
Case 10: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?AP Lang student edition

Case 10: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?

A construction detour sends Sami toward stairs on her way to a city case, and her bus comes in 12 minutes.

On your ownRead What happened. Underline where the detour sign points. About 4 minutes.

Your role: You’re the one who writes down the corner, the time and the sign before Mateo posts. New skill: Report a problem to the office responsible.

A curb ramp is fenced off beside a detour that begins with stairs.

What happened

It is Tuesday, 4:05 p.m., at the corner of Elm Street and 4th Avenue. Sami is on her way to a free community case run by the city’s parks department. It starts at 5. Sami uses a manual wheelchair, and her bus comes in 12 minutes. Mateo is with her.

The curb ramp on the northeast corner is blocked by construction fencing. A sign reads “SIDEWALK CLOSED AHEAD. PEDESTRIAN DETOUR.” Its arrow points to a path that begins with a flight of stairs. That detour does not work for Sami.

Mateo already has the sign on video, and his first idea is to post it. Sami asks whether the video gets her on the bus. It does not, so Mateo puts the camera down. He checks the other corners for a ramp while Sami looks up the next bus stop.

Later, they want to report the corner to the city. Mateo wonders whether the city is breaking the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). First, they need to know what one video can show and which office is responsible.

Your question: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route, and what should Sami and Mateo tell the city?

235
Case 10: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?AP Lang student edition

Key terms

On your ownRead each key term and its example. Then write your first guess in the box. About 4 minutes.

Program access Program access is an ADA rule that a city's services, taken as a whole, must be usable by people with disabilities.

En español: acceso a los programas

In this lesson: The city runs the case. Program access asks whether Sami can reach and join the case, not only whether one ramp is open.

Barrier A barrier is something that blocks or limits a person from taking part.

En español: barrera

In this lesson: Fencing blocks the curb ramp at Elm Street and 4th Avenue, and the detour points to stairs. The flyer gives no way to request access.

ADA coordinator An ADA coordinator is the staff member a government names to handle disability access questions and complaints.

En español: coordinador de la ADA

In this lesson: Mateo plans to send the city’s ADA coordinator the corner, the time, the sign and one question, if Sami agrees.

Who is involved

Sami

Trying to catch her bus to the case

“The sign says detour. The detour starts with stairs. So, no. Twelve minutes.”

Mateo

Filmed the detour sign

“I had the sign on video before I even thought about it. Sami asked if that gets her on the bus. Fair. Camera down.”

236
Case 10: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?AP Lang student edition

Your first guess

Before you look at the evidence, whose job do you think it is to fix Sami’s route?

My first guess is ___, because ___.

Notes

237
Case 10: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?AP Lang student edition

Reading passage

A barrier, a bus and the right office

On your ownRead the passage. At each Stop and think box, pause and answer the question in your head or with a partner. About 6 minutes.

Words to know

  • Program access: Program access is an ADA rule that a city's services, taken as a whole, must be usable by people with disabilities.
  • Barrier: A barrier is something that blocks or limits a person from taking part.
  • ADA coordinator: An ADA coordinator is the staff member a government names to handle disability access questions and complaints.
  • Claim: A claim is a statement that something is true. You can check a claim with evidence.
  • Jurisdiction: A jurisdiction is the place or area where a particular government or rule has authority.

The story: The next twelve minutes

Sami studies design and photographs things most people walk past. She also uses a manual wheelchair and wants access planned before an event, not offered as an apology afterward. At 4:05 p.m. on a Tuesday, at the corner of Elm Street and 4th Avenue, she is on her way to a free parks department case that starts at 5. Her bus comes in 12 minutes.

The northeast curb ramp is fenced off for construction. The posted detour, “SIDEWALK CLOSED AHEAD. PEDESTRIAN DETOUR,” points to a path that begins with stairs. Sami says it without drama. The sign says detour, the detour starts with stairs, so no.

Mateo is with Sami, and his reflex is a filmmaker’s. He has the sign on video before he has thought about what the video is for. When he offers to post it, Sami asks whether that gets her on the bus. It does not. Mateo puts the camera down and checks the other corners for a ramp while Sami looks up the next stop. The order of priorities is the first lesson of the case. The person facing the barrier decides what the moment needs and what gets said about her. The report can wait an hour.

Your role is to write down the corner, the time and the sign before anyone posts, so that the later report rests on a clean record.

Stop and think. Why does the case put Sami’s bus ahead of Mateo’s video?

238
Case 10: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?AP Lang student edition

Evidence, barriers and program access

Mateo’s next question is whether the city is violating the Americans with Disabilities Act. That is a claim, a statement that something is true that can be checked with evidence, and Case 1 taught you to match a claim to what the evidence can support. Mateo draws the limit himself. His video shows one fenced ramp and one sign at 4:05. It cannot show whether another way around exists, so he cannot call the whole route illegal.

The route map widens the frame. Sami’s trip has five stages: home to the corner, the northeast ramp, the bus stop, the ride to the parks department building and the case entrance and room. The last stage has not been checked. The flyer adds a different kind of gap. It invites everyone, lists a front desk number and says nothing about accessible entrances or how to request access.

A barrier is something that blocks or limits a person from taking part. The fenced ramp is a physical barrier. The flyer’s silence may be an informational one. Program access is an ADA rule that a city’s services, taken as a whole, must be usable by people with disabilities. The standard applies to the program, not to each building separately. It generally does not require every older building to be accessible, and a city can relocate a service to an accessible place. Existing buildings and new construction have different requirements. Access still covers the whole visit: finding the information, getting there, going in, taking part and leaving.

The last question is who can fix it. Case 9’s term jurisdiction, the place or area where a particular government or rule has authority, points to the city, which both runs the case and manages the street. An ADA coordinator is the staff member a government names to handle disability access questions and complaints. Mateo’s planned report is short: the corner, the time, the sign and one question. Is there an accessible detour, and how long will the ramp be blocked? It goes out only if Sami agrees.

Stop and think. Program access applies to the program as a whole. How does that change what a report should ask?

The law’s origins and its limits

The Justice Department’s guide for cities explains that Title II of the ADA covers state and local programs, including keeping curb ramps usable during street work (U.S. Department of Justice, updated February 24, 2020). The law’s history explains its focus on steps and routes. On March 12, 1990, activists climbed the Capitol steps to show what stairs do to access, and the ADA was signed that July (HISTORY, July 24, 2020). Minnesota’s disability council notes that the protest involved ADAPT, which began as Americans Disabled for Accessible Public Transit (Minnesota Governor’s Council on Developmental Disabilities, March 1, 2015).

239
Case 10: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?AP Lang student edition

The law’s origins and its limits, continued

Enforcement is uneven. In New York, a North Bronx subway station is set to get elevators nearly a decade after an ADA lawsuit (THE CITY, October 3, 2025). Federal auditors found gaps in checking whether paratransit services for disabled riders actually work (GAO, November 15, 2012).

Professional codes speak to both people at the corner. The ASPA code asks public servants to “respect and assist all persons in their dealings with public organizations” (ASPA Code of Ethics, 2013). The NPPA code asks visual journalists to “be complete and provide context when photographing or recording subjects” (NPPA Code of Ethics, no date listed).

Stop and think. What is the difference between recording a barrier and making Sami the content?

Sources

Real sourceU.S. Department of JusticeFebruary 24, 2020

The ADA and City Governments

Real sourceHISTORYJuly 24, 2020

When the ‘Capitol Crawl’ Dramatized the Need for Americans with Disabilities Act

Real sourceMinnesota Governor’s Council on Developmental DisabilitiesMarch 1, 2015

The Capitol Crawl

Real sourceTHE CITYOctober 3, 2025

North Bronx Subway Station to Get Elevators, Nearly a Decade After ADA Lawsuit

Real sourceU.S. Government Accountability OfficeNovember 15, 2012

ADA Paratransit Services: Demand Has Increased, but Little Is Known About Compliance (GAO-13-17)

Real sourceAmerican Society for Public Administration (ASPA)2013

ASPA Code of Ethics

Real sourceNational Press Photographers Association (NPPA)No date listed

NPPA Code of Ethics for Visual Journalists

240
Case 10: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence

On your ownRead each document. For each one, write what it shows and what it leaves out. About 8 minutes.

Evidence AConstruction sign

The detour sign

The sign reads “SIDEWALK CLOSED AHEAD. PEDESTRIAN DETOUR.” Its arrow points to a path that begins with a flight of stairs. The sign went up on Monday. Mateo recorded it on Tuesday at 4:05 p.m.

Look closely: Where does the arrow point? Who could not use that path?

What it shows

What it leaves out

Evidence BRoute map

Sami and Mateo’s route map

1. Home to the corner of Elm Street and 4th Avenue: sidewalk clear. 2. Northeast curb ramp: blocked by construction fencing. 3. Bus stop: next bus in 12 minutes. 4. Bus to the parks department building. 5. Case entrance and room: not yet checked.

Look closely: Which stage is blocked, and which stage has nobody checked?

What it shows

What it leaves out

241
Case 10: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence, continued

What is still missing from the evidence?

Notes

242
Case 10: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?AP Lang student edition

Key idea: program access

On your ownRead the key idea and the code of ethics. Then answer the question in the box. About 6 minutes.

Program access is an ADA rule that a city's services, taken as a whole, must be usable by people with disabilities. The U.S. Department of Justice explains that Title II of the ADA covers state and local government programs and services. Program access generally does not require every older building to be accessible. For example, a city can relocate a service to an accessible place. Existing buildings and new construction have different requirements.

Access covers the whole visit: finding the information, getting there, going in, taking part and leaving. A barrier is something that blocks or limits a person from taking part. Sami meets one barrier at the curb ramp. The case flyer could be another, because it gives no way to request access. The Justice Department’s guide for cities also covers curb ramps during street work.

One video of one corner cannot show whether a city is following the law. It can show what happened, where and when. An ADA coordinator is the staff member a government names to handle disability access questions and complaints. That office can say whether an accessible detour exists. Before you report a barrier someone else faces, ask them what they want said.

Professional standards

Real sourceAmerican Society for Public Administration (ASPA)

ASPA Code of Ethics: 3. Promote democratic participation

“respect and assist all persons in their dealings with public organizations”

In plain words: ASPA members in public service agree to help every person use public programs and services.

Question: The parks flyer says “All welcome!” with no access information. What should it add so Sami can request access?

Your answer

The flyer should add ___, so that ___.

243
Case 10: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?AP Lang student edition

In the news

Real sourceHISTORYJuly 24, 2020

When the ‘Capitol Crawl’ Dramatized the Need for Americans with Disabilities Act

A throwback to March 12, 1990, when activists climbed the Capitol steps to show what stairs do to access. The ADA was signed that July.

Real sourceTHE CITYOctober 3, 2025

North Bronx Subway Station to Get Elevators, Nearly a Decade After ADA Lawsuit

A lawsuit pushed a transit agency to add elevators, showing how the ADA makes access a public duty.

Notes

244
Case 10: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?AP Lang student edition

Sort the evidence

On your ownMark whether each piece of evidence supports or narrows each claim. Then write whose view is missing. About 5 minutes.

Sort what the evidence supports. Which claim can you make today, which one needs more facts, and who can supply them?

EvidenceClaim 1The city is breaking the ADA.Claim 2On Tuesday, the posted detour did not work for a wheelchair user.
1 Photo: the northeast curb ramp blocked by fencing on Tuesday at 4:05 p.m.
2 Detour sign points to a path that starts with stairs
3 DOJ: Title II requires program access, not every facility to be accessible

Still open

  • Is there another accessible route to the bus and the case? Ask the ADA coordinator.

Whose perspective is missing?

Whose view is missing from these documents? What would you ask them?

The view that is missing is ___. I would ask ___.

245
Case 10: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?AP Lang student edition

Practice: choose a response

On your ownChoose what Mateo should do and explain why. Then fix the two marked phrases. About 8 minutes.

Mateo wants people to know about the blocked corner. What should he do?

  • A Post the video with a caption saying the city is breaking the ADA.

  • B Send the ADA coordinator the corner, the time, the detour sign and one question, if Sami agrees.

  • C Skip the report if Sami finds another bus stop that works today.

Why I chose it

Improve a draft

A student’s first draft

1 The city is breaking the ADA. There is construction blocking the ramp and a wheelchair user I know couldn’t get to the bus. We were standing there for like ten minutes trying to figure out another way and the sign just pointed to stairs. My friend almost missed her case because of it. This is discrimination and completely illegal. Nobody even cares about this. You need to 2 fix every ramp in the neighborhood right away or we will post the photos everywhere.

Rewrite each marked phrase so it says only what the evidence supports.

Rewrite phrase 1

Rewrite phrase 2

246
Case 10: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?AP Lang student edition

AP Lang

Your task

On your ownRead the steps. Fill in the planner boxes before you start your draft. About 10 minutes.

Compare two messages to the city (one angry and absolute, one precise) and argue which is more likely to get the route fixed.

Use: Two educator-written messages and case evidence.

You’ll make: Comparative analysis, about 500 words

Time: 50 minutes

  1. Read the two messages to the city side by side.
  2. Fill in the chart: each message’s main claim and the evidence behind it.
  3. Mark where each message claims more than the evidence shows.
  4. Write a thesis on which message is more likely to get the route fixed.
  5. Draft your thesis and one body paragraph on the Your draft page.
  6. Answer the view that the angry message carries urgency the precise one loses.
  7. Finish the analysis of about 500 words in the online workspace or on paper.

Prefer typing? Scan to open the online workspace.

Message 1: main claim and evidence

Message 2: main claim and evidence

247
Case 10: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?AP Lang student edition

Your task, continued

The audience and what it needs

Thesis

Notes

248
Case 10: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?AP Lang student edition

Your draft

On your ownWrite your draft in the boxes. Use your planner from the page before. About 25 minutes.

Thesis and body paragraph

Counterargument and qualification

249
Case 10: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?AP Lang student edition

Check your work

On your ownAnswer the Check your work questions and mark your level in each rubric row. Then write one change you made. About 6 minutes.

  • Does your thesis argue which message is more likely to get the route fixed?

    YesNo
  • Do you analyze the claims and evidence in each message?

    YesNo
  • Do you link choices to the city office as the audience?

    YesNo
  • Does your conclusion name what neither message can guarantee?

    YesNo

How your work is scored

Mark one box in each row.

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
EvidenceNo location or time.General description.Specific location, time and observation.Specific observation plus what remains unknown.
ReasoningDeclares a violation.Mixes observation and conclusion.Separates observation from legal question.Connects observation to program access and asks the right office.
Audience & purposeThreatening or vague.Polite but no clear request.Specific, answerable request to the right office.Request plus how to report future issues.
RevisionNo change.Tone only.Adds specifics and removes the legal conclusion.Explains how each change helps the city act and respects Sami.
250
Case 10: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?AP Lang student edition

Check your work, continued

One change I made after feedback

I changed ___ because ___.

Notes

251
Case 10: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?AP Lang student edition

Questions to discuss

On your ownWrite a short answer to each question. Then finish My take. About 8 minutes.

1 Which barrier on Sami’s trip would a photo miss?

2 What is the difference between recording a barrier and making Sami the content?

3 Construction is temporary, but the detour affects people now. What should a city do to keep routes usable during repairs?

My take

My claim: ___.

The best evidence is ___, because ___.

252
Case 10: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?AP Lang student edition

My take, continued

Someone who disagrees might say ___.

The limit of the evidence is ___.

I would change my mind if ___.

Notes

253
Case 10: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?AP Lang student edition

Talk about this lesson at home

Case 10: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?

In this case, construction blocks a curb ramp on a young woman’s route to a city case, and the detour points to stairs. Your student studied what one video can show, then wrote a question for the city office responsible for access.

Questions to talk about

  1. Who in our town takes care of sidewalks and curb ramps?
  2. What details make a report to the city easy to act on?
  3. Why should you ask someone before you post a video of them?

Nobody needs to share personal stories or private information to talk about this lesson.

See the lesson online.

254
Unit 3: Find who's responsibleAP Lang student edition

Quick check

Case 10 quick check

About 5 minutes. Fill in one bubble for each question. Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?

1

The staff member a city names to handle disability access questions is the…

  • A ADA coordinator

  • B front desk

  • C construction crew

  • D bus driver

2

Which stage of Sami's trip has nobody checked yet?

  • A The sidewalk from home

  • B The curb ramp

  • C The case entrance and room

  • D The bus stop

3

Mateo drafts, "The city is breaking the ADA." What should the report say instead?

  • A Nothing; post the video.

  • B The corner, the time, the sign's wording and one question, sent with Sami's OK

  • C "Fix it now."

  • D A list of every law that might apply.

255
Unit 3: Find who's responsibleAP Lang student edition

Missed one? Go back to 1: Key terms, page 236; 2: Look at the evidence, page 241; 3: Practice, page 246.

Exit ticket

What can Mateo's video show, and what can't it prove? Then name one limit: something the evidence can’t show yet.

My answer

How sure am I?1234

256
Case 11: Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?AP Lang student edition

Case 11: Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?

Jordy and Gia worked the same Saturday event, but Gia’s pay rate is $1.50 an hour higher, and Jordy wants to know why.

On your ownRead What happened. Underline the two pay rates and the job title on the schedule. About 4 minutes.

Your role: You’re the one who lines up both shifts side by side before Jordy writes to Dana. New skill: Compare 2 cases on the same terms.

Jordy and Gia compare pay and schedule sheets after the event shift.

What happened

Jordy and Gia work event shifts for the same company. They both worked a Saturday event from 3 to 11 p.m. Both helped with setup and closing, and Jordy also ran the caption and audio check.

They were paid the following Friday. On Sunday afternoon, Jordy and Gia compare pay statements. Jordy’s lists eight hours at $16.50 an hour. Gia’s lists $18.00 an hour for the same event.

The crew schedule lists Gia as “shift lead,” but it does not say what that job includes. That day, Gia opened up and handled one guest issue. She does not know if that explains the $1.50 difference. Gia is fine with Jordy knowing her rate. But she does not want her statement posted.

Jordy wants to ask Dana, the supervisor, how rates are set. Jordy will not post anything before Dana answers.

Your question: Why is Gia paid more than Jordy for the same event, and how should Jordy ask about it?

257
Case 11: Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?AP Lang student edition

Key terms

On your ownRead each key term and its example. Then write your first guess about the pay difference. About 4 minutes.

Compensation Compensation is all the pay and benefits a worker receives, including hourly rates, bonuses and overtime.

En español: compensación

In this lesson: Jordy’s statement shows eight hours at $16.50 an hour, and Gia’s shows $18.00. The statements show the rates but not how they were set.

Equal Pay Act The Equal Pay Act is a federal law from 1963 that requires equal pay for men and women who do equal work.

En español: Ley de Igualdad Salarial

In this lesson: The Equal Pay Act covers pay differences based on sex, not every difference. Different job duties, such as a real shift-lead role, can be a lawful reason.

Title VII Title VII is part of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. It bans job discrimination based on race, color, religion, sex or national origin.

En español: Título VII

In this lesson: Title VII covers pay decisions based on race, color, religion, sex or national origin. No document shows how Jordy’s rate was set.

Who is involved

Jordy

Worked setup through close

“Three to eleven, setup to close, and I ran the caption and audio check. $16.50 an hour. Gia’s says $18.00.”

Gia

Listed as shift lead

“I only found out I make more because Jordy showed me theirs. The schedule calls me shift lead. Nobody told me what that pays for.”

258
Case 11: Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?AP Lang student edition

Your first guess

Before you look at the evidence, why do you think Gia is paid more than Jordy?

My first guess is ___, because ___.

Notes

259
Case 11: Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?AP Lang student edition

Reading passage

A pay gap is a question, not a finding

On your ownRead the passage. At each Stop and think box, pause and answer the question in your head or with a partner. About 5 minutes.

Words to know

  • Compensation: Compensation is all the pay and benefits a worker receives, including hourly rates, bonuses and overtime.
  • Equal Pay Act: The Equal Pay Act is a federal law from 1963 that requires equal pay for men and women who do equal work.
  • Title VII: Title VII is part of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. It bans job discrimination based on race, color, religion, sex or national origin.
  • Gross pay: Gross pay is the money you earn before any taxes or other deductions are taken out.

The story: Two statements on a Sunday

Jordy is Black, nonbinary and hard of hearing, studies part time and works event shifts. Gia studies communication and works café shifts, and she also picks up event work for the same company as Jordy. On Saturday, they both worked a 3 to 11 p.m. event. The crew schedule shows the division of labor. Everyone did setup from 3 to 5 and closing from 10 to 11. Jordy ran the caption and audio check. Gia is listed as “shift lead,” with no description of what that means.

On Sunday, Jordy shares a pay statement with Gia: eight hours at $16.50. Gia’s says $18.00. Her first reaction is a guess, that the difference must be the shift lead title. Her second is honesty. She opened up and handled one guest issue, and she does not know whether that is why she is paid $1.50 more. Gia only found out because Jordy showed her.

The friends agree on the facts and on a boundary. Gia is fine with Jordy knowing her rate but does not want her statement posted. Jordy will not post anything before asking Dana, the supervisor, how rates are set. Asked whether this is discrimination, Gia says she does not know yet. Maybe shift lead pays more. Ask Dana what it covers first.

Your role is to line up both shifts side by side before Jordy writes to Dana.

Stop and think. Gia’s first guess and her honest answer differ. Why is the honest answer more useful to Jordy?

260
Case 11: Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?AP Lang student edition

Comparing on the same terms

The skill in this case is comparing two situations on the same terms before calling a difference unfair. It builds on Case 5, where you read a pay statement line by line. Jordy’s statement shows 8.0 hours at $16.50 and gross pay of $132.00, the money earned before any taxes or other deductions are taken out.

A fair comparison lists every dimension the evidence covers. Hours, setup and closing are identical. Jordy had a technical duty, the caption and audio check. Gia had a title and two tasks attached to it. The documents leave three things unknown: what “shift lead” formally includes, whether it carries a set rate and how rates are set in general. Compensation is all the pay and benefits a worker receives, including hourly rates, bonuses and overtime. A job title, extra duties or more experience can lawfully explain a difference. So can a mistake. The comparison does not reveal which.

That is why the case turns on a question rather than a verdict. Case 10’s skill, reporting to the office responsible, points to Dana, who sets rates. Jordy’s message can state the observation, list what Jordy knows for sure and ask what shift lead includes and how rates are set. It does not need to name Gia’s rate. Jordy keeps the next decision too. If the answer does not make sense, Jordy decides what to do.

Stop and think. The judge and the players disagreed about what to compare. How would each approach apply to Jordy and Gia?

The legal frame and the soccer comparison

Two federal laws limit the reasons employers can use to set pay. The Equal Pay Act is a federal law from 1963 that requires equal pay for men and women who do equal work. Title VII is part of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. It bans job discrimination based on race, color, religion, sex or national origin. The EEOC enforces both. Its youth pages list the kinds of compensation the laws cover and the ban on retaliation (EEOC, no date listed). The NLRB adds that most private-sector workers may discuss pay with coworkers, with or without a union (NLRB, no date listed). That right does not make Gia’s statement Jordy’s to share.

The U.S. women’s national soccer team’s case shows how much depends on the comparison. In 2020, a federal judge dismissed their equal pay claim, pointing to differences in contract structure (NPR, May 2, 2020). The players appealed, arguing that he had not compared rates of pay. In February 2022, they settled for $24 million with a promise of equal pay rates (NPR, February 22, 2022), and the new terms were later written into signed contracts (PBS NewsHour, September 6, 2022). The settlement was an agreement between the parties, not a court finding.

Policy is moving toward more visible pay. New salary transparency laws put pay ranges in job ads, which makes differences easier to notice and ask about (NPR, January 3, 2023). HR professionals have their own standard.

261
Case 11: Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?AP Lang student edition

The legal frame and the soccer comparison, continued

The SHRM code asks members to “foster fair, consistent and equitable treatment for all” (SHRM Code of Ethics, April 24, 2023).

Stop and think. Why does the case treat Jordy’s choice to wait for Dana as belonging to Jordy alone?

Sources

Real sourceU.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC)No date listed

Pay Discrimination

Real sourceNational Labor Relations Board (NLRB)No date listed

Your Right to Discuss Wages

Real sourceNPRMay 2, 2020

Federal Judge Dismisses U.S. Women’s Soccer Team’s Equal Pay Claim

Real sourceNPRFebruary 22, 2022

The U.S. national women’s soccer team wins $24 million in equal pay settlement

Real sourcePBS NewsHour (Associated Press)September 6, 2022

U.S. men's and women's soccer teams formally sign equal pay agreements

Real sourceNPRJanuary 3, 2023

The impact that new salary transparency laws could have

Real sourceSociety for Human Resource Management (SHRM)2023

SHRM Code of Ethics

Notes

262
Case 11: Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence

On your ownRead each document. For each one, fill in both boxes. About 6 minutes.

Evidence APay statement

Jordy’s pay statement

Event crew, Saturday. Hours: 8.0 at $16.50. Gross pay for the event: $132.00.

Look closely: Multiply the hours by the rate. Does it match the gross pay?

What it shows

What it leaves out

Evidence BWork schedule

The crew schedule

Saturday event, 3:00–11:00 p.m. Crew: Gia (shift lead), Jordy and two other crew members. Setup, 3:00–5:00: all crew. Caption and audio check: Jordy. Closing, 10:00–11:00: all crew.

Look closely: Circle “shift lead.” Does the schedule say what that job includes?

What it shows

What it leaves out

263
Case 11: Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence, continued

Evidence CText messages

Jordy and Gia compare notes

Sunday, 1:15 p.m.

Gia: I’m fine with you knowing my rate. I just don’t want my statement posted anywhere.

Jordy: Got it. Did you do anything different as shift lead?

Gia: I opened up and handled one guest issue. Honestly, I don’t know if that’s why. Let’s ask Dana.

Look closely: What does Gia agree to share, and what does she ask Jordy not to do?

What it shows

What it leaves out

What is still missing from the evidence?

264
Case 11: Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?AP Lang student edition

Key idea: equal pay

On your ownRead the key idea and the code of ethics. Then answer the question in the box. About 6 minutes.

Before you can say why Jordy is paid less, you need to know what each job included. Compensation is all the pay and benefits a worker receives, including hourly rates, bonuses and overtime. A job title, extra duties or more experience can explain a pay difference. So can a mistake. The pay statements show the rates, but they do not show how the rates were set.

Federal laws limit the reasons an employer can use to set pay. The Equal Pay Act is a federal law from 1963 that requires equal pay for men and women who do equal work. Title VII is part of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. It bans job discrimination based on race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Both laws apply to covered employers, and the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) enforces them. A legitimate reason, such as different job duties, can lawfully explain a pay difference.

Talking about pay is protected too. The National Labor Relations Board (NLRB) says most private-sector workers have a right to discuss pay with coworkers. That right holds with or without a union. It does not make Gia’s pay statement Jordy’s to share. Jordy can ask Dana how rates are set without naming Gia’s rate.

Professional standards

Real sourceSociety for Human Resource Management (SHRM)

SHRM Code of Ethics: Fairness and Justice

“Develop, administer, and advocate policies and procedures that foster fair, consistent and equitable treatment for all.”

In plain words: HR professionals who belong to SHRM agree to use workplace policies that treat workers fairly and consistently.

Question: The schedule lists Gia as shift lead. What written policy would show whether that title explains the higher rate?

Your answer

The policy would need to state ___, so that ___.

265
Case 11: Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?AP Lang student edition

In the news

Real sourceNPRFebruary 22, 2022

The U.S. national women's soccer team wins $24 million in equal pay settlement

A real ‘same work, different pay’ dispute that ended in a settlement and a promise of equal rates.

Real sourceNPRMay 2, 2020

Federal Judge Dismisses U.S. Women’s Soccer Team’s Equal Pay Claim

Why the claim was first dismissed: the judge compared how the contracts were structured. What you compare shapes the answer.

Notes

266
Case 11: Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?AP Lang student edition

Sort the evidence

On your ownLine up the accounts in the diagram. Then name one view that is missing. About 5 minutes.

Line up the accounts. Where do they agree, where do they differ, and which difference could be a legitimate factor? What would you need to find out before calling it unfair?

Account 1

Jordy’s record: 8 hours, setup, caption and audio check, closing, $16.50

Account 2

Gia’s account: same hours, setup and closing, opened up and handled one guest issue, $18.00

Account 3

The schedule: Gia listed as shift lead, with no description of the role

Where they agree

Where they differ

Check: Ask the supervisor how rates are set and what the shift-lead role requires

Whose perspective is missing?

Whose view is missing from these documents? What would you ask them?

The view that is missing is ___. I would ask ___.

267
Case 11: Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?AP Lang student edition

Practice: choose a response

On your ownChoose what Jordy should do first and explain why. Then fix the two marked lines. About 4 minutes.

Jordy’s statement shows $16.50 an hour. Gia’s shows $18.00 for the same Saturday event, and the schedule lists her as “shift lead.” What should Jordy do first?

  • A Tell the rest of the crew that Gia is paid more for the same work.

  • B Compare what each of them did, find out what “shift lead” means and ask Dana how rates are set.

  • C Let it go, because an employer can set any pay rate it chooses.

Why I chose it

Improve a draft

A student’s first draft

Hi, I found out Gia makes more than me and we did the exact same work so 1 this is discrimination. I know it’s because of who I am. I want the same rate as her starting now or I’m going to post about it everywhere so people know how this company treats workers. 2 I have her pay stub as proof. I’ve worked here longer than some people and I always show up on time. Let me know by tomorrow. Jordy

Rewrite each marked phrase so it says only what the evidence supports.

Rewrite phrase 1

Rewrite phrase 2

268
Case 11: Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?AP Lang student edition

AP Lang

Your task

On your ownRead the steps. Fill in the planner boxes before you start your draft. About 8 minutes.

Analyze how an employer’s pay explanation (educator-provided) persuades, then evaluate whether it answers Jordy’s question.

Use: An educator-written employer reply and the case facts.

You’ll make: Analysis, about 500 words

Time: 45 minutes

  1. Read the employer reply your teacher gives you. Underline each reason it gives for the rates.
  2. Fill in the chart: each claim in the reply, and the evidence it offers.
  3. Circle any criterion, such as “experience,” that the reply never defines.
  4. Write a thesis about whether the reply answers Jordy’s question.
  5. Draft your analysis of about 500 words. Start on the Your draft page.
  6. Revise one paragraph so it names the evidence that would make “experience” credible.

Prefer typing? Scan to open the online workspace.

A claim in the reply

The evidence it offers

Evidence that would make it credible

269
Case 11: Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?AP Lang student edition

Your task, continued

Thesis

Notes

270
Case 11: Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?AP Lang student edition

Your draft

On your ownWrite your draft in the boxes. Use your planner from the page before. About 30 minutes.

Body paragraph, about 100 words

Revised paragraph: the evidence that would make “experience” credible

271
Case 11: Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?AP Lang student edition

Check your work

On your ownAnswer the Check your work questions and mark your level in each rubric row. Then write one change you made. About 5 minutes.

  • Does your thesis judge whether the reply answers Jordy’s question?

    YesNo
  • Do you analyze specific words from the reply, with quotations?

    YesNo
  • Do you name the evidence that is missing?

    YesNo
  • Does your commentary explain the effect of each choice on Jordy?

    YesNo

How your work is scored

Mark one box in each row.

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
EvidenceRelies on assumption.Mentions the gap only.Cites duties, hours and rate.Cites records and acknowledges what isn’t known.
ReasoningDeclares discrimination.Assumes the reason.Asks for criteria before concluding.Identifies possible legitimate factors to test.
Audience & purposeThreatens or exposes coworkers.Polite but vague.Specific question to the right person.Specific question that protects coworkers’ privacy.
RevisionNo change.Tone only.Replaces conclusion with a question.Explains how changes protect Jordy and get an answer.
272
Case 11: Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?AP Lang student edition

Check your work, continued

One change I made after feedback

I changed ___ because ___.

Notes

273
Case 11: Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?AP Lang student edition

Questions to discuss

On your ownWrite a short answer to each question. Then complete each sentence frame below the questions. About 8 minutes.

1 What information could explain the $1.50 difference, and what might challenge that explanation?

2 Whose choice is it to make Jordy’s pay public, and why?

3 What answer from Dana would satisfy Jordy, and what answer would not?

4 In the soccer case, the judge looked at contract structures, and the players wanted him to compare rates of pay. Why does that choice matter?

274
Case 11: Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?AP Lang student edition

My take

My claim: ___.

The best evidence is ___, because ___.

Someone who disagrees might say ___.

The limit of the evidence is ___.

I would change my mind if ___.

Notes

275
Case 11: Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?AP Lang student edition

Talk about this lesson at home

Case 11: Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?

In this case, two friends who worked the same event find out one is paid $1.50 more an hour. Your student compared their records and wrote a respectful message asking a supervisor how pay rates are set.

Questions to talk about

  1. What questions could someone ask about pay when starting a new job?
  2. Why might a person want to keep their pay private?
  3. What makes a question to a boss sound respectful?

Nobody needs to share personal stories or private information to talk about this lesson.

See the lesson online.

276
Unit 3: Find who's responsibleAP Lang student edition

Quick check

Case 11 quick check

About 5 minutes. Fill in one bubble for each question. Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?

1

All the pay and benefits a worker receives is…

  • A compensation

  • B withholding

  • C net pay

  • D endorsement

2

For the eight-hour event, how much more did Gia earn than Jordy?

  • A $1.50

  • B $8.00

  • C $12.00

  • D $18.00

3

Before Dana answers, a coworker says, "Post it. That's discrimination." What do you say?

  • A "Post it."

  • B "We don't know yet. First compare what each of them did, find out what 'shift lead' means and ask Dana how rates are set."

  • C "Employers can pay anything."

  • D "Ask Gia to take a pay cut."

277
Unit 3: Find who's responsibleAP Lang student edition

Missed one? Go back to 1: Key terms, page 258; 2: Look at the evidence, page 263; 3: Practice, page 268.

Exit ticket

What answer from Dana would explain the $1.50, and what would you still want to check? Then name one limit: something the evidence can’t show yet.

My answer

How sure am I?1234

278
Case 12: When can a school limit what students say?AP Lang student edition

Case 12: When can a school limit what students say?

Anika’s poster asks her school to keep the library open at lunch, and now someone in her group chat suggests a walkout.

On your ownRead What happened. Underline each plan: the poster, wearing blue and the walkout. About 3 minutes.

Anika records a voice memo while Mateo listens beside a phone on a small tripod.

Your role: You’re the one who compares Tinker with each action before anyone says “can’t touch us.” New skill: Apply a precedent by comparing fact patterns.

What happened

Anika is a junior at a public high school. She wants the school library to stay open at lunch. On Tuesday afternoon, she prints a poster that says “KEEP OUR LIBRARY OPEN AT LUNCH. Wear blue Thursday.”

Mateo did the photo and layout. He put a photo of the school’s sign and logo across the top. The poster does not name Anika or any student group. The student handbook says posters need approval from the main office and the name of the student or group responsible.

On Wednesday night, someone in the group chat suggests a walkout if the school takes the poster down. The message says a 1969 Supreme Court case, Tinker v. Des Moines, means the school “can’t touch us.” Anika never suggested a walkout.

Your question: How far does Tinker cover the poster, the wear-blue plan and the walkout, and what facts are missing?

279
Case 12: When can a school limit what students say?AP Lang student edition

Key terms

On your ownRead each key term and its example. Then write your first guess in the box. About 3 minutes.

Precedent A precedent is an earlier court decision that judges use as a guide in similar later cases.

En español: precedente

In this lesson: Tinker v. Des Moines (1969) guides Anika’s case only as far as the facts match: quiet expression at a public school.

Fact pattern A fact pattern is the specific set of facts in a situation that a rule is applied to.

En español: conjunto de hechos

In this lesson: Anika lists each plan’s action, place, timing and rule: the poster on a school board, wearing blue on Thursday and leaving class.

Substantial disruption Substantial disruption is the standard from Tinker v. Des Moines: a public school may limit speech that would seriously disrupt school activities.

En español: alteración sustancial

In this lesson: Wearing blue on Thursday is quiet, like the armbands. Leaving class is conduct under the attendance rule, which Tinker does not settle.

Who is involved

Anika

Made the poster

“My poster says keep the library open at lunch, and wear blue Thursday. Now the chat says we walk out. I never said walk out.”

Mateo

Did the photo and layout

“I put the school sign across the top because it looked good. Now it reads like the school is announcing it. It isn’t.”

280
Case 12: When can a school limit what students say?AP Lang student edition

Your first guess

Before you look at the evidence, can the school do anything about the poster or the walkout?

My first guess is ___, because ___.

Notes

281
Case 12: When can a school limit what students say?AP Lang student edition

Reading passage

Reasoning from precedent

On your ownRead the passage. At each Stop and think box, pause and answer the question in your head or with a partner. About 5 minutes.

Words to know

  • Precedent: A precedent is an earlier court decision that judges use as a guide in similar later cases.
  • Fact pattern: A fact pattern is the specific set of facts in a situation that a rule is applied to.
  • Substantial disruption: Substantial disruption is the standard from Tinker v. Des Moines: a public school may limit speech that would seriously disrupt school activities.
  • Claim: A claim is a statement that something is true. You can check a claim with evidence.
  • Framing: Framing is choosing which parts of a situation a message brings forward.

The story: Three actions, one slogan

Anika is a junior at a public high school who helps with theater sets and likes solving a problem herself before anyone jumps in. The problem she wants solved now is small and concrete. She wants the school library open at lunch. On Tuesday at 3:15 p.m., she prints a poster: “KEEP OUR LIBRARY OPEN AT LUNCH. Wear blue Thursday.” Mateo designed it and, for visual impact, put a photo of the school’s sign and logo across the top. The poster names no student or group.

On Wednesday at 9:02 p.m., the group chat escalates. Someone writes, “If they take the poster down we walk out Thursday. Tinker says they can’t touch us.” Another person asks whether the plan is to wear blue and walk out. Anika answers that she never asked anyone to leave class.

Then both friends look at their own part. Anika checks page 14 of the handbook. Students may post on the boards outside the cafeteria and the library if the main office approves and the material shows the responsible student’s or group’s name. Her poster has no name, and she says that part is on her. Mateo realizes his photo changed the poster’s apparent author. With the school’s sign on top, it reads like an official announcement. Before reprinting, he plans to get office approval, add Anika’s name or her group’s and leave off the logo.

Your role is to compare Tinker with each action before anyone says “can’t touch us.”

Stop and think. Why does a precedent’s reach depend on how closely the facts match?

282
Case 12: When can a school limit what students say?AP Lang student edition

From precedent to fact pattern

A precedent is an earlier court decision that judges use as a guide in similar later cases. The chat’s precedent is Tinker v. Des Moines (1969). Public-school students wore black armbands to protest the Vietnam War. They were suspended, and the Supreme Court ruled for them. Substantial disruption is the standard from Tinker v. Des Moines: a public school may limit speech that would seriously disrupt school activities. The Court held that a mere fear of disruption was not enough.

Precedent works by analogy, so its reach depends on how closely a new situation matches. A fact pattern is the specific set of facts in a situation that a rule is applied to. The skill here extends Case 11, where you compared two jobs on the same terms. Build a fact pattern for each action and set it beside Tinker’s. The wear-blue plan is silent, symbolic and done while attending class, which closely tracks the armbands. The walkout involves leaving class, so a separate attendance rule governs the conduct regardless of the message. The poster raises a question Tinker does not reach. With the school’s logo and no student name, it may look like school speech, and schools have more control over speech that appears to come from the school.

Case 1’s vocabulary sharpens the analysis. “Tinker says they can’t touch us” is a claim that stretches a narrow holding into a blanket immunity. The logo is framing, choosing which parts of a situation a message brings forward, and it brings the institution forward as the speaker. Mateo’s redesign corrects the frame.

Stop and think. Build a fact pattern for the walkout. Which fact moves it furthest from Tinker?

Courts, classrooms and current events

The Tinker majority wrote that students do not “shed their constitutional rights to freedom of speech or expression at the schoolhouse gate” (Legal Information Institute, 1969). The federal judiciary’s own teaching materials pair that holding with a walkout scenario, separating the message from the act of leaving class and noting the usual attendance consequences (U.S. Courts, no date listed).

The Court revisited student expression in Mahanoy Area School District v. B. L., the case of a cheerleader’s off-campus Snapchat post. The 8 to 1 decision protected the student but said schools may still regulate some off-campus speech, such as threats (Supreme Court of the United States, June 23, 2021). Analysts noted how one changed fact pattern changed the answer (EdSurge, June 23, 2021).

Recent walkouts show the attendance question in practice. In early 2026, students in Indiana and other states walked out to protest federal immigration enforcement. Some Indianapolis-area schools treated it as an unexcused absence, and one high school issued one-day suspensions (Chalkbeat Indiana, February 11, 2026). An Indiana public media guide separated speech rights, attendance rules and discipline in the same way this case does (WFYI, February 1, 2026).

283
Case 12: When can a school limit what students say?AP Lang student edition

Courts, classrooms and current events, continued

Designers carry a related duty. The AIGA standards ask designers to “represent messages in a clear manner” and to avoid “false, misleading and deceptive promotion” (AIGA Standards of Professional Practice, no date listed). Mateo’s logo was not a lie, but it misled about the speaker.

Stop and think. Mateo’s logo did not state anything false. Why can it still mislead?

Sources

Real sourceLegal Information Institute, Cornell Law School1969

Tinker v. Des Moines Independent Community School District, 393 U.S. 503 (1969)

Real sourceU.S. CourtsNo date listed

Fictional Scenario: Tinker v. Des Moines

Real sourceSupreme Court of the United StatesJune 23, 2021

Mahanoy Area School District v. B. L. (opinion)

Real sourceEdSurgeJune 23, 2021

In a Win for Student Speech, Supreme Court Rules in Favor of the ‘Snapchat Cheerleader’

Real sourceChalkbeat IndianaFebruary 11, 2026

How schools in Marion County responded to anti-ICE student protests

Real sourceWFYI Indianapolis Public MediaFebruary 1, 2026

A guide to your rights at Indiana protests, in the streets, and at school

Real sourceAIGA, the professional association for designNo date listed

AIGA Standards of Professional Practice

Notes

284
Case 12: When can a school limit what students say?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence

On your ownRead each document. For each one, fill in both boxes. About 6 minutes.

Evidence APoster

Anika’s poster, first version

Printed Tuesday, 3:15 p.m. The poster reads “KEEP OUR LIBRARY OPEN AT LUNCH. Wear blue Thursday.” A photo of the school’s sign and logo runs across the top. No student name or group appears anywhere on the poster.

Look closely: Cover the logo photo with your hand. Who seems to be speaking now?

What it shows

What it leaves out

Evidence BHandbook policy

Student handbook, page 14

Students may post materials on the student bulletin boards outside the cafeteria and the library. Materials must be approved by the main office and must show the name of the student or group responsible.

Look closely: Underline the two requirements for every poster.

What it shows

What it leaves out

285
Case 12: When can a school limit what students say?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence, continued

Evidence CGroup chat

The walkout message

Wednesday, 9:02 p.m.

First message: “If they take the poster down we walk out Thursday. Tinker says they can’t touch us.

Reply: “Wait, wear blue AND walk out??

Look closely: Which part is a message, and which part is leaving class?

What it shows

What it leaves out

What is still missing from the evidence?

Notes

286
Case 12: When can a school limit what students say?AP Lang student edition

Key idea: precedent

On your ownRead the key idea and the Professional standards card. Then answer the question in the box. About 8 minutes.

A precedent is an earlier court decision that judges use as a guide in similar later cases. In Tinker v. Des Moines (1969), public-school students wore black armbands to protest the Vietnam War. The school suspended them, and the Supreme Court ruled for the students. The Court wrote that students do not “shed their constitutional rights to freedom of speech or expression at the schoolhouse gate.” It also said a mere fear of disruption was not enough to limit their expression.

A precedent guides a new case only as far as the facts match. Substantial disruption is the standard from Tinker v. Des Moines: a public school may limit speech that would seriously disrupt school activities. Wearing blue on Thursday is quiet, like the armbands. A walkout is different, because students leave class. The school’s attendance rule covers that conduct, and Tinker does not settle it.

The poster raises another question. It shows the school’s sign and logo but no student name, so it may look like the school is speaking. Schools have more control over speech that looks like it comes from the school. A fact pattern is the specific set of facts in a situation that a rule is applied to. Write a fact pattern for each action before you decide whether Tinker fits it.

Professional standards

Adapted from a real sourceAmerican Bar Association (ABA), Center for Professional Responsibility

ABA Model Rules of Professional Conduct: Rule 2.1 Advisor

Summary: Summary, not a quotation: in representing a client, a lawyer must use independent professional judgment and give candid advice. A lawyer may refer to moral, economic, social and political factors as well as the law.

In plain words: Lawyers must give their clients honest, independent advice, even when the client would rather hear something else.

Question: The chat says “Tinker says they can't touch us.” What would candid advice say about the walkout and attendance policy?

287
Case 12: When can a school limit what students say?AP Lang student edition

Professional standards, continued

Your answer

Candid advice would say ___, even though ___.

In the news

Real sourcePBS NewsHourApril 28, 2021

Student free speech makes it to the Supreme Court in former high school cheerleader's case

Explains the Snapchat case the Court used to ask when a school can punish off-campus student speech.

Real sourcePBS NewsHour (Associated Press)June 23, 2021

Supreme Court rules in favor of cheerleader who published critical social media post in First Amendment case

The 8-1 ruling protected the student but said schools may still act on some off-campus speech, like threats.

Notes

288
Case 12: When can a school limit what students say?AP Lang student edition

Sort the evidence

On your ownLink each piece of evidence to the claim it supports or challenges. Then name one missing view. About 4 minutes.

Test the slogan against the facts. Which evidence supports each claim, which challenges it, and which fact would you still need?

EvidenceClaim 1Tinker means nobody can face consequences for walking out.Claim 2The wear-blue plan closely matches Tinker’s facts.Claim 3The poster should carry a student byline instead of the school logo.
1 Tinker’s facts: silent armbands, no substantial disruption, a public school
2 A walkout means leaving class, which falls under the attendance rule
3 The logo photo makes the poster look like school-sponsored speech

Still open

  • What does the attendance policy say, and what process follows?

Whose perspective is missing?

Whose view is missing from these documents? What would you ask them?

The view that is missing is ___. I would ask ___.

289
Case 12: When can a school limit what students say?AP Lang student edition

Practice: choose a response

On your ownChoose the best reply to the group chat and explain why. Then fix the two marked lines. About 4 minutes.

Someone in Anika’s group chat says, “Tinker means nobody can get in trouble for walking out of class.” How should you respond?

  • A Agree, because Tinker protected students who protested at school.

  • B Disagree, because schools can make any rule they want about student speech.

  • C Say that the message and leaving class are separate questions, then check the attendance rule.

Why I chose it

Improve a draft

A student’s first draft

No, the school can’t take it down because of Tinker v. Des Moines. In that case 1 the Supreme Court said students have free speech at school. The poster is just saying the library should stay open at lunch which is not hurting anybody. We even used a nice photo of the school sign so it looks professional. The principal would be breaking the law if he took it down. This is America and students have rights. Everyone should wear blue Thursday and 2 walk out if they try.

Rewrite each marked phrase so it says only what the evidence supports.

Rewrite phrase 1

Rewrite phrase 2

290
Case 12: When can a school limit what students say?AP Lang student edition

AP Lang

Your task

On your ownRead the steps. Fill in the planner boxes before you start your draft. About 10 minutes.

Rhetorically analyze a passage from Justice Fortas’s majority opinion in Tinker.

Use: The “schoolhouse gate” passage and surrounding paragraph.

You’ll make: Rhetorical analysis, about 500 words, 40 minutes

Time: 50 minutes

  1. Read the passage twice. Underline the sentence about the schoolhouse gate.
  2. Mark each word that grants students a right and each word that limits the school.
  3. Name two audiences the opinion speaks to, and one choice aimed at each.
  4. Write a thesis that names what the opinion grants students and what it reserves for schools.
  5. Draft your analysis of about 500 words in 40 minutes. Start on the Your draft page.
  6. Revise one body paragraph so it supports your qualified thesis.

Prefer typing? Scan to open the online workspace.

Words that protect students

Words that limit the school’s power

Two audiences and a choice aimed at each

291
Case 12: When can a school limit what students say?AP Lang student edition

Your task, continued

Qualified thesis

Notes

292
Case 12: When can a school limit what students say?AP Lang student edition

Your draft

On your ownWrite your draft in the boxes. Use your planner from the page before. About 30 minutes.

Body paragraph: the schoolhouse gate, about 90 words

Body paragraph: the limit on fear, about 70 words

293
Case 12: When can a school limit what students say?AP Lang student edition

Check your work

On your ownAnswer the Check your work questions and mark your level in each rubric row. Then write one change you made. About 6 minutes.

  • Does your thesis name what the opinion grants students and what it reserves for schools?

    YesNo
  • Do you analyze diction and structure with exact quotations?

    YesNo
  • Do you consider more than one audience?

    YesNo
  • Does your commentary explain the effect of each choice?

    YesNo

How your work is scored

Mark one box in each row.

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
EvidenceNo case facts.Names Tinker without its rule.States Tinker’s facts and substantial-disruption test.Adds a second precedent or the walkout exercise accurately.
ReasoningTreats a slogan as the answer.Applies Tinker to everything.Compares facts and separates speech from conduct.Varies facts to show where the precedent stops fitting.
Audience & purposeTells others to break rules.Argues for one side only.Recommends a clear next question for the school.Balances effective expression with respect for process.
RevisionNo change.Softens tone only.Adds the rule’s limit and removes a legal conclusion.Explains how each edit makes the argument more precise.
294
Case 12: When can a school limit what students say?AP Lang student edition

Check your work, continued

One change I made after feedback

I changed ___ because ___.

Notes

295
Case 12: When can a school limit what students say?AP Lang student edition

Questions to discuss

On your ownWrite a short answer to each question. Then complete each sentence frame below the questions. About 6 minutes.

1 Which changed fact would make Tinker a weaker comparison for the wear-blue plan?

2 Why might it matter whether a poster looks like it comes from the school?

3 If the poster had Anika’s name and no school logo, what would change?

My take

My claim: ___.

The best evidence is ___, because ___.

296
Case 12: When can a school limit what students say?AP Lang student edition

My take, continued

Someone who disagrees might say ___.

The limit of the evidence is ___.

I would change my mind if ___.

Notes

297
Case 12: When can a school limit what students say?AP Lang student edition

Talk about this lesson at home

Case 12: When can a school limit what students say?

In this case, a student’s poster asks her school to keep the library open at lunch, and someone in a group chat suggests a walkout. Your student compared a 1969 Supreme Court case with each plan and wrote a short analysis.

Questions to talk about

  1. What rules do schools often have about posters or flyers?
  2. Why might a school treat wearing a color differently from leaving class?
  3. How can a reader tell who made a poster?

Nobody needs to share personal stories or private information to talk about this lesson.

See the lesson online.

298
Unit 3: Find who's responsibleAP Lang student edition

Quick check

Case 12 quick check

About 5 minutes. Fill in one bubble for each question. When can a school limit what students say?

1

An earlier court decision used as a guide in similar later cases is a…

  • A precedent

  • B fact pattern

  • C policy

  • D remit

2

Which handbook rule does Anika's first poster not meet yet?

  • A It must be on a bulletin board

  • B It must show the name of the student or group responsible

  • C It must be in color

  • D It must mention the library

3

Which action is closest to the facts in Tinker?

  • A Wearing blue on Thursday

  • B Walking out of class

  • C Posting without approval

  • D Using the school logo

299
Unit 3: Find who's responsibleAP Lang student edition

Missed one? Go back to 1: Key terms, page 280; 2: Look at the evidence, page 285; 3: Practice, page 290.

Exit ticket

Name one changed fact that would make Tinker a weaker comparison for the wear-blue plan, and explain why. Then name one limit: something the evidence can’t show yet.

My answer

How sure am I?1234

300
Unit 3: Find who's responsibleAP Lang student edition

Unit review

Unit 3 review

Look back at all four cases before the unit test. Answers to the practice items are in your educator’s key.

Words

Sort the words: circle the ones you can explain, and star the ones to review.

  • sample ballot
  • voter guide
  • registration
  • jurisdiction
  • program access
  • barrier
  • ADA coordinator
  • compensation
  • Equal Pay Act
  • Title VII
  • precedent
  • fact pattern
  • substantial disruption
  • challengeearlier unit
  • material connectionearlier unit

Use one word in a sentence

Use another word in a sentence

Skills

  1. Check an official source for your own areaCase 9: What is on your ballot, and where do you check?
  2. Report a problem to the office responsibleCase 10: Whose job is it to fix the blocked route?
  3. Compare 2 cases on the same termsCase 11: Why are Jordy and Gia paid different rates?
  4. Apply a precedent by comparing fact patternsCase 12: When can a school limit what students say?
301
Unit 3: Find who's responsibleAP Lang student edition

Connect the cases

Lessons 9 and 12 both ask: Which rule applies here, and who is responsible for following it? Compare how the crew answered it each time: what did they check first, and who did it help?

One lesson

The other lesson

Mentor check Dev Arora

“Which rule applies here, and who is responsible for following it?”

Practice items

1

Which part of the creator's guide can you check with an official source?

  • A The registration deadline, once you know the state

  • B "The only one who cares about students"

  • C "Yes, obviously"

  • D None of it

2

A friend who lives in another state asks you for "the deadline." What do you send?

  • A "The 14th."

  • B A link to vote.gov and a note that deadlines depend on the state

  • C The creator's guide.

  • D Your own sample ballot.

302
Unit 3: Find who's responsibleAP Lang student edition

Practice items, continued

3

Which stage of Sami's trip has nobody checked yet?

  • A The sidewalk from home

  • B The curb ramp

  • C The case entrance and room

  • D The bus stop

4

Mateo drafts, "The city is breaking the ADA." What should the report say instead?

  • A Nothing; post the video.

  • B The corner, the time, the sign's wording and one question, sent with Sami's OK

  • C "Fix it now."

  • D A list of every law that might apply.

5

For the eight-hour event, how much more did Gia earn than Jordy?

  • A $1.50

  • B $8.00

  • C $12.00

  • D $18.00

303
Unit 3: Find who's responsibleAP Lang student edition

Practice items, continued

6

Before Dana answers, a coworker says, "Post it. That's discrimination." What do you say?

  • A "Post it."

  • B "We don't know yet. First compare what each of them did, find out what 'shift lead' means and ask Dana how rates are set."

  • C "Employers can pay anything."

  • D "Ask Gia to take a pay cut."

7

Which handbook rule does Anika's first poster not meet yet?

  • A It must be on a bulletin board

  • B It must show the name of the student or group responsible

  • C It must be in color

  • D It must mention the library

8

Which action is closest to the facts in Tinker?

  • A Wearing blue on Thursday

  • B Walking out of class

  • C Posting without approval

  • D Using the school logo

304
Unit 3: Find who's responsibleAP Lang student edition

Unit test

Unit 3 test

Name

Date

PartWhat you doWeight
Part A1Choose the best answer20% of the score
Part A2Short written answers25% of the score
Part BYour unit task55% of the score

Form A. Grades 11–12.

Supports I used (for example, read aloud or extra time)

The documents

Anika's club wants to run a nonpartisan table where students can preregister to vote.

Evidence AUnit test

The state election office's page on who may preregister and at what age.

Evidence BUnit test

A creator's post with a deadline and no state.

Evidence CUnit test

The student handbook

"Clubs may set up tables in the cafeteria lobby at lunch with approval from the activities office. Materials must name the club."

305
Unit 3: Find who's responsibleAP Lang student edition

The documents, continued

Evidence DUnit test

The activities office's email

"Tables can't be political." The chess club had a lobby table last week.

Evidence EUnit test

A sign at the city plaza where the club also wants to table

"Ramp closed. Use the 5th Avenue entrance."

Evidence FUnit test

A chat post

"Tinker says they can't stop us."

Part A1: choose the best answer

1

Who decides whether the club can use the cafeteria lobby at lunch?

  • A The city

  • B The state election office

  • C The activities office

  • D Anika’s club

306
Unit 3: Find who's responsibleAP Lang student edition

Part A1: choose the best answer, continued

2

Which source should the club use for the preregistration age?

  • A The creator’s post (Evidence B)

  • B The state election office’s page (Evidence A)

  • C The chat post (Evidence F)

  • D The plaza sign (Evidence E)

3

What does the handbook require for club tables?

  • A Approval from the activities office and materials that name the club

  • B An adult at the table

  • C No flyers

  • D A city permit

4

Part A: Compared on the same terms, how is the club’s request like the chess club’s?

  • A Both are club tables in the lobby at lunch

  • B Both are about elections

  • C Both need a city permit

  • D Both were denied

307
Unit 3: Find who's responsibleAP Lang student edition

Part A1: choose the best answer, continued

5

Who would you contact about the closed plaza ramp?

  • A The activities office

  • B The city office that manages the plaza, or the city’s ADA coordinator

  • C The state election office

  • D The chess club

6

Evidence F says, “Tinker says they can’t stop us.” What is the most accurate reply?

  • A “Right, Tinker covers everything.”

  • B “Tinker protects students’ own expression unless it causes substantial disruption. It doesn’t decide how a school assigns table space, so let’s ask about the rule first.”

  • C “Tinker is about armbands, so it doesn’t matter.”

  • D “Courts always side with schools.”

Part A2: short written answers

1 Compare the club's request with the chess club's on the same terms.

My answer

308
Unit 3: Find who's responsibleAP Lang student edition

Part A2: short written answers, continued

2 How far does Tinker reach here?

My answer

3 SCOTUS comparison, AP style [19]: compare Tinker v. Des Moines (1969) [50] with Mahanoy Area School District v. B. L. (2021) [51], and explain how Tinker's disruption standard applies to a student's off-campus post about the table.

My answer

309
Unit 3: Find who's responsibleAP Lang student edition

Part B: your unit task

Purpose
Anika's club wants to run a nonpartisan table where students can preregister to vote.
Task
A 600- to 900-word argument recommending how the club should proceed at school and at the plaza. It uses the documents and both opinions, answers an objection and ends with an oral defense.
Criteria
The rubric rows: Evidence, Reasoning, Audience and purpose, Revision and Sources and citation. Level 3 is the goal.

Plan: my claim and the documents I’ll use

Draft

310
Unit 3: Find who's responsibleAP Lang student edition

Score it with the rubric

Row and the goal (level 3)1234
EvidenceI can combine evidence from several documents and a real primary source, cite it correctly and judge where and when each source came from.
ReasoningI can apply a rule or test one factor at a time and answer a counterclaim.
Audience and purposeI can use the form’s conventions, state my purpose early, ask for something my audience can do and explain my choices in a 3-minute oral defense.
RevisionI can revise my structure and argument after feedback and keep track of what I changed.
Sources and citationI can cite every source in MLA or APA, with in-text citations that match my list.
311
Unit 3: Find who's responsibleAP Lang student edition

Take it further

Take it further

Voz asks: What could you do with this?

Find your city's ADA coordinator, or look up your own sample ballot on vote.gov. Don't post your address.

Keep it safe: use public information only, leave out private details about anyone, and you never have to post anything.

What I did and what happened

312
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

Unit 4

Put it to the test

Essential question

What counts as proof that something works, is allowed or is legal?

313
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

The story so far

The crew keeps making claims: this change works, this song is fine, this internship is legal, this rule is real. Dec counts cups before promising less waste. Caio stops an upload to check a license. Rafa reads an unpaid offer twice. Sami photographs an unsigned notice. The crew learns to test a claim before repeating it.

DecCaioRafaSami

The cases

  1. 13

    Case 13 Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?

    New skill: Count a starting point before you claim a change works

  2. 14

    Case 14 Does giving credit let the crew use the song?

    New skill: Check permission, not just credit

  3. 15

    Case 15 Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?

    New skill: Apply a legal test factor by factor

  4. 16

    Case 16 Who wrote the new building rule?

    New skill: Find who has the authority to make a rule

I can

  • I can count a starting point before I claim a change works.
  • I can check permission, not just credit.
  • I can apply a legal test factor by factor.
  • I can find who has the authority to make a rule.
314
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

Words to know

  • source reductionSORSS rih-DUK-shun
  • reuseree-YOOSS
  • local acceptanceLOH-kul ak-SEP-tunss
  • attributiona-truh-BYOO-shun
  • licenseLY-sunss
  • fair useFAIR YOOSS
  • primary beneficiary testPRY-mair-ee ben-uh-FISH-ee-air-ee TEST
  • Fair Labor Standards ActFAIR LAY-ber STAN-derdz AKT
  • academic creditak-uh-DEM-ik KRED-it
  • authorityuh-THOR-ih-tee
  • reasonable accommodationREE-zuh-nuh-bul uh-kah-muh-DAY-shun
  • documentationdahk-yuh-men-TAY-shun

Your mentor for this unit

Dr. Maya Bennett Education policy researcher

“What does this result measure, and who decided it matters?”

What I watch for

  • A result with no starting point
  • A test that checks something besides its goal
  • A rule written after the winners were picked

Your unit task

A 600- to 900-word memo applying the primary beneficiary test factor by factor to the street-team listing [52], with a recommendation to the company. It states the limits (for-profit employers, state rules), answers an objection and ends with an oral defense.

You’ll do this task in Part B of the unit test. Write it, say it or show it, as your educator allows.

Time: 5 to 6 class periods, including the review and the test.

315
Case 13: Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?AP Lang student edition

Case 13: Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?

The last Common Room screening used about 120 cups the city won’t recycle, and a box of parts arrived half full of packaging.

On your ownRead What happened. Underline the number of cups and what the city list says about them. About 3 minutes.

Anika, Dec and Sami react to a round of their tabletop game.

Your role: You’re the one who counts the cups before and after the change. New skill: Count a starting point before you claim a change works.

What happened

It is Tuesday in the theater shop. Dec opens a box of replacement parts. Three separate orders of small LED connectors and switches, placed over one week, arrived together. About half of the box is plastic air pillows and foam.

The supply list from last Friday’s screening at the Common Room shows a second problem. The crew used about 120 single-use cups. The cups are plastic-lined paper and labeled “recyclable.” But the city’s recycling list does not take plastic-lined paper cups.

Dec wants to fix how they order parts before anyone redoes the recycling sign. Anika tracks the parts and the budget. She agrees with Dec, but she wants numbers before anyone says a change saves money. Some people need a disposable cup or a straw, so any plan has to work for them too.

Your question: What could the crew change before the next screening, and how would they know it worked?

316
Case 13: Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?AP Lang student edition

Key terms

On your ownRead each key term and its example. Then write your first guess in the box. About 3 minutes.

Source reduction Source reduction is preventing waste before it is created, for example by buying less packaging.

En español: reducción en la fuente

In this lesson: Dec wants to combine the parts orders so less packaging arrives in the first place.

Reuse Reuse is using an item again instead of throwing it away after one use.

En español: reutilización

In this lesson: Borrowing washable cups from the bookshop is reuse. Washing uses water and someone’s time.

Local acceptance Local acceptance is the list of materials that your own city's recycling or compost program actually takes.

En español: materiales aceptados en tu ciudad

In this lesson: The cups say “recyclable,” but the crew’s city does not accept plastic-lined paper cups.

Who is involved

Dec

Opened the parts order

“Three orders of tiny connectors in one week. One big box, and half of it’s packaging.”

Anika

Tracks the parts and the budget

“I’m in. But if anyone says it saves money, I want the numbers. Right now we have one box and a guess.”

317
Case 13: Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?AP Lang student edition

Your first guess

Before you look at the evidence, what is the best way for the crew to cut waste?

My first guess is ___, because ___.

Notes

318
Case 13: Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?AP Lang student edition

Reading passage

A claim as small as the evidence

On your ownRead the passage. At each Stop and think box, pause and answer the question in your head or with a partner. About 5 minutes.

Words to know

  • Source reduction: Source reduction is preventing waste before it is created, for example by buying less packaging.
  • Reuse: Reuse is using an item again instead of throwing it away after one use.
  • Local acceptance: Local acceptance is the list of materials that your own city's recycling or compost program actually takes.
  • Proposal: A proposal is a change that someone suggests and that has not been approved yet.
  • Trade-off: A trade-off is a choice where getting one benefit means accepting a cost or giving something up.

The story: Following waste upstream

Dec is a high school senior who drums, builds sets and is considering an electrical apprenticeship. He tends to follow a problem into the small places where it starts. On Tuesday, that place is the theater shop. Three orders of LED connectors and switches, placed separately over one week, have arrived together in one box. About half the box is plastic air pillows and foam.

Anika, a junior who tracks the crew’s parts and budget, brings the second data point. The supply list from last Friday’s screening at the Common Room shows about 120 single-use cups, plastic-lined paper and labeled “recyclable.” The same list includes 80 paper plates, 150 printed flyers and 40 paper straws given out on request. The crew’s first instinct might be a better recycling sign. Dec wants to start earlier, at the order form. Order parts together rather than each time one breaks, and ask the supplier about packaging.

Anika agrees and sets a standard. Nobody gets to say a change saves money without numbers, and right now the evidence is one box and a guess. She also sets a boundary. Some people need a disposable cup or a straw, so a plan that works only for most people does not work.

Your role is to count the cups before and after the change.

Stop and think. Why is a claim about one counted screening more trustworthy than a claim about “saving money”?

319
Case 13: Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?AP Lang student edition

Hierarchy, labels and baselines

Source reduction is preventing waste before it is created, for example by buying less packaging. Reuse is using an item again instead of throwing it away after one use. Both sit upstream of the bin. Dec’s combined orders are source reduction, and borrowing the bookshop’s washable cups is reuse.

The cup label raises a verification problem that Case 9 prepared you for. There, you learned to check the official source for your own area rather than a general claim. Here, the official source is the city’s recycling list. It accepts metal cans, glass bottles and jars, rigid plastic bottles and containers and flattened cardboard. It excludes plastic-lined paper cups, plastic bags and film, foam and items labeled compostable. Local acceptance is the list of materials that your own city’s recycling or compost program actually takes. By that standard, the crew’s “recyclable” cups are trash, and a switch to compostable cups would be too.

The new skill is counting a starting point before claiming a change works. The baseline is about 120 cups from one screening. The intervention is washable cups at the next one. The measurement includes cups used and left over, plus the costs reuse adds, water and someone’s washing time. Case 4 supplies the frame for presenting the result. The plan is a proposal, a change that someone suggests and that has not been approved yet, and every option is a trade-off, a choice where getting one benefit means accepting a cost or giving something up. Anika’s rule keeps the eventual claim honest. Whatever the crew reports should be as small as one counted screening.

Stop and think. How does the Green Guides standard apply to the crew’s cups?

Evidence from agencies, reporters and schools

The EPA’s materials management hierarchy ranks source reduction and reuse first, followed by recycling and composting, energy recovery, and treatment and disposal. It also notes that no single approach suits every material or situation (EPA, updated December 19, 2025). For food, the EPA’s Wasted Food Scale likewise ranks prevention above composting or recycling (EPA, updated September 16, 2026). An NPR investigation reported that less than 10 percent of plastic has ever been recycled (NPR, September 11, 2020).

Labels are regulated for a reason. The FTC’s Green Guides say a product or package “should not be marketed as recyclable unless it can be collected, separated, or otherwise recovered from the waste stream through an established recycling program” (16 CFR Part 260, 2012).

Access belongs in the same analysis. When Starbucks announced its straw phase-out in 2018, it said a sippable lid could mean a billion fewer straws a year (NPR, July 9, 2018). Two days later, NPR reported that some people with disabilities need flexible plastic straws and that advocates saw little awareness of the exemption in Seattle’s ban (NPR, July 11, 2018). Schools offer models that measure first.

320
Case 13: Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?AP Lang student edition

Evidence from agencies, reporters and schools, continued

New Jersey schools have used waste audits, share tables and reusable trays to cut waste before it reaches the bin (New Jersey School Boards Association, October 15, 2025). Each of those programs starts the way Anika does, by counting what is thrown away now.

Stop and think. How does “add more bins” define the problem differently from “order less packaging”?

Sources

Real sourceU.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)December 19, 2025

Sustainable Materials Management: Non-Hazardous Materials and Waste Management Hierarchy

Real sourceU.S. Environmental Protection AgencySeptember 16, 2026

Wasted Food Scale

Real sourceNPRSeptember 11, 2020

How Big Oil Misled The Public Into Believing Plastic Would Be Recycled

Real sourceFederal Trade Commission (FTC)2012

FTC Green Guides (16 CFR Part 260)

Real sourceNPRJuly 9, 2018

Starbucks To Eliminate Plastic Straws In Its Stores By 2020

Real sourceNPRJuly 11, 2018

Why People With Disabilities Want Bans On Plastic Straws To Be More Flexible

Real sourceNew Jersey School Boards AssociationOctober 15, 2025

How New Jersey Schools Are Tackling Food Waste—One Tray at a Time

Notes

321
Case 13: Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence

On your ownRead each document. For each one, fill in both boxes. About 6 minutes.

Evidence ASupply list

Screening supply list, last Friday

Single-use cups (plastic-lined paper, labeled “recyclable”): about 120. Paper plates: 80. Printed flyers: 150. Paper straws, on request: 40. Folding chairs: borrowed from the bookshop.

Look closely: Which item did the crew use the most? Could it be reused?

What it shows

What it leaves out

Evidence BDelivery

The parts order

Delivered Tuesday to the theater shop. Three separate orders of small LED connectors and switches, placed over one week, arrived together. They came in one full box, about half of it plastic air pillows and foam around tiny parts.

Look closely: How many orders came in this one box? Why does that matter?

What it shows

What it leaves out

322
Case 13: Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence, continued

Evidence CSanitation guide

City recycling list

Accepted in recycling: metal cans, glass bottles and jars, rigid plastic bottles and containers, flattened cardboard. Not accepted: plastic-lined paper cups, plastic bags and film, foam, items labeled compostable.

Look closely: Find the plastic-lined paper cups. Which list are they on?

What it shows

What it leaves out

What is still missing from the evidence?

Notes

323
Case 13: Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?AP Lang student edition

Key idea: source reduction

On your ownRead the key idea and the Professional standards card. Then answer the question in the box. About 6 minutes.

Source reduction is preventing waste before it is created, for example by buying less packaging. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) ranks ways to handle waste. Source reduction and reuse come first. Recycling and composting come next, then energy recovery, then treatment and disposal. The EPA also notes that no single approach fits every item or situation.

Reuse is using an item again instead of throwing it away after one use. Borrowing washable cups from the bookshop is one example. Reuse has costs too. Washing takes water and someone’s time, so a fair comparison counts those costs along with the cups.

A “recyclable” label does not tell you where an item will go. Local acceptance is the list of materials that your own city's recycling or compost program actually takes. The crew’s cups say “recyclable,” but their city’s list does not take plastic-lined paper cups. The list does not take items labeled compostable either. So the crew has to check the list before choosing any new cup.

Professional standards

Real sourceLaw or regulationFederal Trade Commission (FTC)

FTC Green Guides (16 CFR Part 260): § 260.12 Recyclable claims

“A product or package should not be marketed as recyclable unless it can be collected, separated, or otherwise recovered from the waste stream through an established recycling program”

In plain words: FTC guidance says a company should call a product recyclable only when recycling programs can collect and process it.

Question: The crew's city rejects plastic-lined paper cups. What else must you know before saying the “recyclable” label breaks the guide?

Your answer

I would need to know ___, because the guide ___.

324
Case 13: Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?AP Lang student edition

In the news

Real sourceNPRJuly 9, 2018

Starbucks To Eliminate Plastic Straws In Its Stores By 2020

A throwback to a company cutting waste at the counter, before anything reached a bin.

Real sourceNPRSeptember 11, 2020

How Big Oil Misled The Public Into Believing Plastic Would Be Recycled

Investigation finding less than 10% of plastic has ever been recycled, which is why reduction comes first.

Notes

325
Case 13: Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?AP Lang student edition

Sort the evidence

On your ownFollow each choice to its consequences in the diagram. Then name one view that is missing. About 4 minutes.

Follow each choice to its consequences, including new costs. Which consequence would you measure first, and what would count as success?

Keep buying “recyclable” single-use cups

  1. About 120 cups go to the trash because the city does not accept them

    Who is affected

Borrow washable cups and run a wash station

  1. Fewer cups in the trash, if people use the washable ones

    Who is affected

    Check: Count cups and bags after the next event and compare with last time

  2. New costs: water, washing time and volunteers

    Who is affected

    Check: Count cups and bags after the next event and compare with last time

Combine parts orders into one shipment

  1. Less packaging arrives before anything reaches a bin

    Who is affected

Notes

326
Case 13: Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?AP Lang student edition

Whose perspective is missing?

Whose view is missing from these documents? What would you ask them?

The view that is missing is ___. I would ask ___.

Notes

327
Case 13: Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?AP Lang student edition

Practice: choose a response

On your ownChoose the plan the crew should try and explain why. Then fix the two marked lines. About 4 minutes.

The last screening used about 120 single-use cups, and the city’s recycling list does not take that type. Which plan should the crew try for the next screening?

  • A Compare a washable-cup option, washing time, cost, access and the city list, then test one change.

  • B Buy a different cup labeled “recyclable” and put up a clearer recycling sign.

  • C Stop offering disposable cups and straws, and ask everyone to bring their own.

Why I chose it

Improve a draft

A student’s first draft

We should make the screening zero waste. Everyone should bring their own cup and we’ll 1 ban all plastic. We can also put up posters that say “save the planet” so people remember to recycle. Recycling is the best thing you can do for the environment. This will be easy and 2 it will save money too. Last screening there were cups everywhere and the bins were overflowing by the end of the night. People will love it once they get used to it. Let’s start next week!

Rewrite each marked phrase so it says only what the evidence supports.

Rewrite phrase 1

Rewrite phrase 2

328
Case 13: Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?AP Lang student edition

AP Lang

Your task

On your ownRead the steps. Fill in the planner boxes before you start your draft. About 8 minutes.

Analyze a “be sustainable” poster’s rhetoric and write a more effective, specific version.

Use: An educator-provided generic poster.

You’ll make: Analysis (about 350 words) plus revised poster text

Time: 45 minutes

  1. Read the poster your teacher gives you. Underline its main appeal.
  2. Check the poster against the specificity checklist: action, place, reason.
  3. Write a thesis about whether the poster could change one behavior.
  4. Draft your analysis of about 350 words. Start on the Your draft page.
  5. Write revised poster text that names one action, one place and one reason.
  6. Explain which change you expect to matter most.

Prefer typing? Scan to open the online workspace.

The poster’s main appeal

What the checklist finds missing

Thesis

329
Case 13: Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?AP Lang student edition

Your draft

On your ownWrite your draft in the boxes. Use your planner from the page before. About 25 minutes.

Your analysis, first part, about 130 words

Revised poster text

The change I expect to matter most

330
Case 13: Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?AP Lang student edition

Check your work

On your ownAnswer the Check your work questions and mark your level in each rubric row. Then write one change you made. About 6 minutes.

  • Does your thesis judge whether the poster could change a behavior?

    YesNo
  • Do you analyze specific choices in the poster?

    YesNo
  • Does your revised text name one action, one place and one reason?

    YesNo
  • Does your commentary explain the effect on readers?

    YesNo

How your work is scored

Mark one box in each row.

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
EvidenceNo data.General claims about recycling.Uses quantities and local rules.Uses quantities, local rules and a before/after plan.
ReasoningTreats one fix as solving everything.Ignores trade-offs.Applies the hierarchy and names a trade-off.Weighs trade-offs including access and cost with a measurement boundary.
Audience & purposeCommands people.Relies on slogans.Specific change organizers can do.Specific, inclusive change with roles assigned.
RevisionNo change.Wording only.Narrows to a measurable change.Explains how narrowing makes success testable.
331
Case 13: Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?AP Lang student edition

Check your work, continued

One change I made after feedback

I changed ___ because ___.

Notes

332
Case 13: Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?AP Lang student edition

Questions to discuss

On your ownWrite a short answer to each question. Then complete each sentence frame below the questions. About 6 minutes.

1 Could a change that reduces waste create an access problem for someone, and how would you find out?

2 How does “add more bins” define the problem differently from “order less packaging”?

3 What would the crew need to count before saying a change saves money?

My take

My claim: ___.

The best evidence is ___, because ___.

333
Case 13: Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?AP Lang student edition

My take, continued

Someone who disagrees might say ___.

The limit of the evidence is ___.

I would change my mind if ___.

Notes

334
Case 13: Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?AP Lang student edition

Talk about this lesson at home

Case 13: Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?

In this case, a group of friends learns that the cups from their movie night can’t be recycled in their city. Your student planned one change to cut waste before the next event and a way to count whether it worked.

Questions to talk about

  1. How could someone find out what their city or town recycles?
  2. What is one item people often throw away after a party or event?
  3. Why might a rule to cut waste need an exception for some people?

Nobody needs to share personal stories or private information to talk about this lesson.

See the lesson online.

335
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

Quick check

Case 13 quick check

About 5 minutes. Fill in one bubble for each question. Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?

1

Placing one combined parts order to cut packaging is…

  • A source reduction

  • B reuse

  • C local acceptance

  • D recycling

2

Does the city's list accept the cups labeled "recyclable"?

  • A Yes

  • B No; it doesn't take plastic-lined paper cups

  • C Only if they're rinsed

  • D The list doesn't say

3

After a switch to washable cups, someone posts, "We cut waste in half!" What should the crew check first?

  • A Whether people liked the cups

  • B The count at the next screening against the 120-cup starting point

  • C The recycling sign

  • D Nothing; it sounds right

336
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

Missed one? Go back to 1: Key terms, page 317; 2: Look at the evidence, page 322; 3: Practice, page 328.

Exit ticket

What would you count before and after, and what access need must the plan still meet? Then name one limit: something the evidence can’t show yet.

My answer

How sure am I?1234

337
Case 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?AP Lang student edition

Case 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?

Mateo wants to post the crew’s film tonight and credit the song’s artist, but Caio wants to check the license first.

On your ownRead What happened and underline the two pieces of the film that the crew did not make. About 4 minutes.

Caio, Mateo and Rafa laugh as they look at photos on a small digital camera.

Your role: You’re the one who fills in the rights log before the film goes up. New skill: Check permission, not just credit.

What happened

It is Friday night, and Caio is editing the crew’s festival film. The film is a short recap made from crew footage and interviews. At 9:40 p.m., he saves a rough cut. For 20 seconds, a released song plays under the setup montage. Caio pitched the song up slightly, and the song sets the mood for the whole scene.

The cut borrows one more piece. From 1:40 to 1:46, it shows a six-second clip downloaded from a TikTok post. That post used Stitch, TikTok’s remix tool. The crew did not make the song or the clip.

At 10:02 p.m., Mateo texts the crew chat: “We’ll credit them in the caption. Post tonight?” He wants the film online tonight. Caio asks what the credit gets them, and Mateo does not have an answer. Caio wants to check the license before they post.

Your question: Does a credit give the crew permission to use the song, and what should they do before they post?

338
Case 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?AP Lang student edition

Key terms

On your ownRead each key term and its example, then write your first guess in the box. About 4 minutes.

Attribution Attribution is naming the person who made a work, such as a song, a photo or a video.

En español: atribución

In this lesson: Mateo’s plan, “We’ll credit them in the caption,” would name the artist. It answers who made the song, not whether the crew may use it.

License A license is permission from a rights holder to use a work under specific terms.

En español: licencia

In this lesson: The rights log says “permission unknown” for both borrowed pieces. A license from each owner would fill in that column.

Fair use Fair use is a part of U.S. copyright law that allows some uses without permission, judged case by case with four factors.

En español: uso justo

In this lesson: The crew would weigh the four factors for 20 seconds of a released song used as background mood. No number of seconds settles it.

Who is involved

Caio

Editing the crew’s festival film

“Twenty seconds of that song carries the whole montage. That’s exactly why I can’t just borrow it and hope.”

Mateo

Wanted the film online tonight

“I really texted ‘we’ll credit them, post tonight?’ Then Caio asked what the credit gets us. I didn’t have an answer.”

339
Case 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?AP Lang student edition

Your first guess

Before you look at the evidence, do you think a credit in the caption lets the crew use the song?

My first guess is ___, because ___.

Notes

340
Case 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?AP Lang student edition

Reading passage

Four factors and a rights log

On your ownRead the passage. At each Stop and think box, pause and answer the question in your head or with a partner. About 5 minutes.

Words to know

  • Attribution: Attribution is naming the person who made a work, such as a song, a photo or a video.
  • License: A license is permission from a rights holder to use a work under specific terms.
  • Fair use: Fair use is a part of U.S. copyright law that allows some uses without permission, judged case by case with four factors.
  • Disclosure: A disclosure is a clear statement that tells people about a relationship or fact they would want to know.

The story: Post tonight, or check first?

At 9:40 on a Friday night, Caio, 24, saves a rough cut of the crew’s festival film. The recap mixes crew footage and interviews, and one choice makes it work. From 0:18 to 0:38, a released song, pitched up slightly, plays under the setup montage. A second borrowed element sits later in the timeline. From 1:40 to 1:46, the cut includes six seconds downloaded from a TikTok post that used Stitch, the app’s remix tool. Neither piece belongs to the crew.

Mateo, who likes turning “we should” into a plan, wants the film online that night. At 10:02 p.m., he proposes a solution that feels responsible: credit the artists in the caption and post. Caio’s answer is a single question. What does the credit get them? Mateo admits he does not know.

By the next day, Mateo has worked out why his instinct was wrong. He remembers when Universal Music Group’s deal with TikTok ran out and videos went silent. Nobody had forgotten to credit Taylor Swift. He also rethinks the clip. He had figured Stitch covered it, but Stitch is for TikTok, and this is a festival film.

Your role is to fill in the rights log before the film goes up.

Stop and think. Mateo’s first plan felt responsible. What did it get right, and what did it miss?

341
Case 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?AP Lang student edition

Separating attribution, license and fair use

Attribution is naming the person who made a work, such as a song, a photo or a video. A license is permission from a rights holder to use a work under specific terms. The two answer different questions, “Who made this?” and “Did the owner say yes to this use?” A caption credit supplies the first and not the second. Case 8’s disclosure, a clear statement that tells people about a relationship or fact they would want to know, is a useful comparison. Like attribution, disclosure makes a post more honest. Neither one grants rights.

The rights log applies the Case 1 skill of tracing material to its source. For each element, it records who made it, where it came from, the permission or license and the date. Both current rows read “permission unknown.” The log also shows what the crew does not yet know, including what the TikTok creator agreed to when posting.

Without a license, the remaining path is fair use, a part of U.S. copyright law that allows some uses without permission, judged case by case with four factors. The factors are the purpose of the use, the nature of the original work, the amount used and the effect on the original’s market. The analysis resembles Case 12’s reasoning from precedent: you set the facts of your use against a standard and weigh each factor, rather than looking for a single rule. For the song, the purpose is setting a mood in a recap, the original is a released creative recording, the amount is 20 seconds and the effect on the market is uncertain. Caio’s pitch change does not transform the purpose. No duration is automatically safe, and a short excerpt can weigh heavily if it is the most recognizable part.

Caio’s backup plans take the question off the table: a library track with clear terms, or a drum loop that Dec records and the crew owns. The film goes up Sunday instead of Friday.

Stop and think. Apply the four fair-use factors to the six-second TikTok clip. Which factor is hardest to judge?

Licensing, courts and professional norms

The UMG and TikTok dispute showed how platform licenses work. When the deal expired in February 2024, videos using UMG artists’ songs went silent (NPR, February 1, 2024). Researchers later studied what the roughly three-month blackout meant for creators, artists and the platform (Harvard Business School Working Knowledge, March 5, 2025).

The Supreme Court’s 2023 decision in the Warhol case shows how the purpose factor works. The Court ruled against the Andy Warhol Foundation, finding that Warhol’s version of a photograph was not fair use when it served the same purpose as the original (NPR, May 18, 2023). The Copyright Office publishes a one-page summary of the facts and holding (U.S. Copyright Office, 2023). Its Fair Use Index stresses that fair use is decided case by case and that a use for education is not automatically fair (U.S. Copyright Office, updated July 2026).

342
Case 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?AP Lang student edition

Licensing, courts and professional norms, continued

News organizations treat the issue as an ethical one too. The RTDNA code states, “Using someone else’s work without attribution or permission is plagiarism” (RTDNA Code of Ethics, June 11, 2015).

Stop and think. Why might a platform’s license for a clip not follow the clip to a festival screening?

Sources

Real sourceNPRFebruary 1, 2024

TikTok removes music from UMG artists, including Olivia Rodrigo and Taylor Swift

Real sourceHarvard Business School Working KnowledgeMarch 5, 2025

What Happened When TikTok Songs Went Silent for Three Months

Real sourceNPRMay 18, 2023

Supreme Court sides against Andy Warhol Foundation in copyright infringement case

Real sourceU.S. Copyright Office2023

Andy Warhol Found. for the Visual Arts, Inc. v. Goldsmith (Fair Use Index summary)

Real sourceU.S. Copyright OfficeJuly 2026

Fair Use Index

Real sourceRadio Television Digital News Association (RTDNA)2015

RTDNA Code of Ethics

Notes

343
Case 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence

On your ownRead each document, then fill in both boxes under it. About 6 minutes.

Evidence AEdit timeline

Caio’s rough cut, Friday, 9:40 p.m.

0:00–0:18 crew footage, no music. 0:18–0:38 sampled track, pitched up slightly, under the setup montage. 0:38–1:52 crew footage and interviews. 1:40–1:46 a 6-second clip downloaded from a stitched TikTok post.

Look closely: Which two parts of the cut did the crew not make?

What it shows

What it leaves out

Evidence BGroup-chat message

Mateo’s message, Friday, 10:02 p.m.

We’ll credit them in the caption. Post tonight?

Look closely: Which question does the caption answer? Which question does it skip?

What it shows

What it leaves out

344
Case 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence, continued

Evidence CRights log

Rights log, started Saturday morning

Columns: element, who made it, where it came from, permission or license and date. Row 1: setup-montage music, the recording artist, a streaming download, permission unknown. Row 2: 6-second clip, a TikTok creator, downloaded from TikTok, permission unknown.

Look closely: Which column says “unknown” in both rows?

What it shows

What it leaves out

What is still missing from the evidence?

Notes

345
Case 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?AP Lang student edition

Key idea: fair use

On your ownRead the key idea and the code of ethics, then answer the question in the box. About 8 minutes.

Credit and permission answer different questions. Attribution is naming the person who made a work, such as a song, a photo or a video. It answers the question “Who made this?” A license is permission from a rights holder to use a work under specific terms. It answers another question: “Did the owner say yes to this use?” Mateo’s caption would give attribution. It would not give the crew a license.

Without a license, the crew could ask whether the use is fair use. Fair use is a part of U.S. copyright law that allows some uses without permission, judged case by case with four factors. The U.S. Copyright Office names the four factors. They are the purpose of the use, the nature of the original work, the amount used and the effect on the original’s market. No number of seconds is automatically safe. Even a short part can count against fair use if it is the most recognizable part of the song.

Platform tools come with their own limits. Stitch lets people remix another person’s video inside TikTok. That permission does not automatically cover a downloaded clip in a film shown somewhere else. Using music the crew records, or a track with a clear license, can avoid the fair-use question. Caio’s two backup plans follow this idea: a library track with clear terms, or a drum loop that Dec records.

Professional standards

Real sourceAIGA, the professional association for design

AIGA Standards of Professional Practice: The designer’s responsibility to other designers

“A professional designer shall not accept instructions from a client that involve infringement of another person’s property rights without permission”

In plain words: Designers who belong to AIGA agree not to use other people's creative work without permission, even when a client asks.

Question: The rights log says “permission unknown” for the track and the TikTok clip. What does Caio need for each row?

346
Case 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?AP Lang student edition

Professional standards, continued

Your answer

Caio needs ___, because ___.

In the news

Real sourceCrashCourse (YouTube)May 7, 2015

Copyright, Exceptions, and Fair Use: Crash Course Intellectual Property #3

Explains why giving credit is not the same as permission, and how fair use is weighed.

Real sourceNPRMay 18, 2023

Supreme Court sides against Andy Warhol Foundation in copyright infringement case

Even a famous artist’s new version wasn’t fair use when it served the same purpose as the original.

Notes

347
Case 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?AP Lang student edition

Sort the evidence

On your ownMatch each piece of evidence to the claim it supports, challenges or narrows. About 6 minutes.

Test the crew’s two assumptions against the sources. Which evidence knocks each one down, and what single check could still make the plan work?

EvidenceClaim 1Crediting the artist makes the use okay.Claim 2Twenty seconds is short enough to be fair use.
1 Credit names the creator but grants no permission
2 Copyright Office: no formula makes a set amount safe; the heart of a work matters
3 The sample is background mood, not commentary on the song
4 Stitch permission applies inside TikTok, not to a downloaded clip in another film

Still open

  • Does any license cover this use? Check before posting.

Whose perspective is missing?

Whose view is missing from these documents? What would you ask them?

The view that is missing is ___. I would ask ___.

348
Case 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?AP Lang student edition

Practice: choose a response

On your ownChoose the plan you would pick and explain why, then fix the two marked lines. About 6 minutes.

Caio’s cut uses about 20 seconds of a released song as background mood for the crew’s festival film. Mateo texts, “We’ll credit them in the caption. Post tonight?” Which plan should the crew choose?

  • A Credit the artist in the caption and post tonight.

  • B Pause the upload. Check the track’s license, and swap in licensed or original music if the license does not cover this use.

  • C Cut the song to ten seconds, since short clips are fair use.

Why I chose it

Improve a draft

A student’s first draft

We’re good to post! 1 We only used like 20 seconds of the song and we’re putting the artist’s name in the caption so they get credit. Plus it’s not like we’re making money off it, it’s just for our page. 2 Everyone uses songs like this on TikTok anyway so it’s fine. We even changed the pitch a little so it’s basically our own version now, and the whole cut is under two minutes. If they don’t like it they can just ask us to take it down.

349
Case 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?AP Lang student edition

Improve a draft, continued

Rewrite each marked phrase so it says only what the evidence supports.

Rewrite phrase 1

Rewrite phrase 2

Notes

350
Case 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?AP Lang student edition

AP Lang

Your task

On your ownRead the steps and fill in the planner boxes before you start your draft. About 10 minutes.

Analyze the persuasive strategy of a common online myth (“10 seconds is fair use”) and write a correction for creators.

Use: An educator-written myth post and the Copyright Office page.

You’ll make: Analysis (about 350 words) plus 100-word correction

Time: 45 minutes

  1. Read the myth post your teacher gives you. Underline its claim.
  2. Fill in the myth anatomy chart: the claim, why it persuades and whom it persuades.
  3. Check the claim against the Copyright Office fair-use page.
  4. Draft one analysis paragraph and a correction of about 100 words on the Your draft page.
  5. Revise the correction so it stays simple and adds the one qualification that matters most.
  6. Finish an analysis of about 350 words on lined paper or in the online workspace.

Prefer typing? Scan to open the online workspace.

The myth’s claim

Why it persuades

Whom it persuades

351
Case 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?AP Lang student edition

Your task, continued

What the source says

Notes

352
Case 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?AP Lang student edition

Your draft

On your ownWrite your first draft in the boxes, using your planner from the page before. About 20 minutes.

First draft: one analysis paragraph

Your correction, about 100 words

353
Case 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?AP Lang student edition

Check your work

On your ownAnswer the Check your work questions, mark your level in each rubric row and write one change you made. About 6 minutes.

  • Does your thesis say how the myth persuades?

    YesNo
  • Do you analyze specific choices in the post?

    YesNo
  • Is your correction accurate and about 100 words long?

    YesNo
  • Does your commentary explain the effect of each choice?

    YesNo

How your work is scored

Mark one box in each row.

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
EvidenceRelies on myths.Cites credit as permission.Uses the four factors or license terms.Uses factors, license terms and platform differences.
ReasoningAssumes any use is fine.Applies one factor.Separates credit, permission and fair use.Weighs factors honestly and chooses a lower-risk path.
Audience & purposeIgnores the artist.Considers only the crew.Considers the artist and the audience.Balances creative goals with respect for the original creator.
RevisionNo change.Adds a credit.Replaces myths with a rights plan.Explains each step and a realistic alternative.
354
Case 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?AP Lang student edition

Check your work, continued

One change I made to the correction

I changed ___ because ___.

Notes

355
Case 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?AP Lang student edition

Questions to discuss

On your ownWrite a short answer to each question, then complete each sentence frame. About 8 minutes.

1 Caio pitched the song up slightly. Does changing a song make it a new work? Why or why not?

2 Mateo says the TikTok clip goes in the rights log as “unknown.” What would the crew need to find out to fill in that row?

3 Suppose a student used the same song in a video for class. What changes if that video becomes a public post?

My take

My claim: ___.

The best evidence is ___, because ___.

356
Case 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?AP Lang student edition

My take, continued

Someone who disagrees might say ___.

The limit of the evidence is ___.

I would change my mind if ___.

Notes

357
Case 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?AP Lang student edition

Talk about this lesson at home

Case 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?

In this case, a group of friends wants to post a short film that uses 20 seconds of a released song. Your student compared giving credit with getting permission, then planned what the crew should do before posting.

Questions to talk about

  1. What is the difference between giving credit and getting permission?
  2. Why might a short part of a song still need permission?
  3. Where could a student find music they have permission to use?

Nobody needs to share personal stories or private information to talk about this lesson.

See the lesson online.

358
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

Quick check

Case 14 quick check

About 5 minutes. Fill in one bubble for each question. Does giving credit let the crew use the song?

1

Permission from a rights holder to use a work under specific terms is a…

  • A license

  • B attribution

  • C fair use

  • D disclosure

2

What does the rights log show for both borrowed pieces?

  • A Permission granted

  • B Permission unknown

  • C Fair use confirmed

  • D Credit given

3

Mateo says, "It's only six seconds, so it's fair use." Best reply?

  • A "Right."

  • B "No number of seconds is automatically safe. Fair use weighs four factors, so let's check the license or swap the clip."

  • C "Make it five seconds."

  • D "Credit covers it."

359
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

Missed one? Go back to 1: Key terms, page 339; 2: Look at the evidence, page 344; 3: Practice, page 349.

Exit ticket

Credit, permission or fair use: which does the crew still need for the song, and how could they get it or avoid needing it? Then name one limit: something the evidence can’t show yet.

My answer

How sure am I?1234

360
Case 15: Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?AP Lang student edition

Case 15: Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?

A studio offers Rafa an unpaid summer internship running its customer inbox and says college credit makes it legal.

On your ownRead What happened and underline what Rafa would do all summer. About 4 minutes.

Nexo, one of the crew’s companions, points to where a meeting and a work shift overlap on a calendar. Rafa’s internship would take time from his shifts at the family shop.

Your role: You’re the one who checks each factor of the test before Rafa says yes. New skill: Apply a legal test factor by factor.

What happened

Rafa is a first-year college student who commutes to class and helps at his family’s shop. In April, a studio posted a listing on the campus job board for a “Summer Editing Intern.” The internship is unpaid. The listing says the intern will run the customer inbox all summer. Rafa reads it twice, looking for the editing.

On Tuesday at 11:20 a.m., the studio answers Rafa’s message. The email says college credit makes it “totally legal” not to pay him. It also asks him to start right after finals.

At lunch, Rafa talks it over with Gia, who fits café shifts around her classes. Gia asks whether the studio paid someone to run the inbox last year. Rafa says the studio’s assistant ran it. Taking the internship would also cost Rafa paid shifts at the shop. He has not said yes yet.

Your question: Is the internship mainly training for Rafa or unpaid work for the studio, and what should he ask before he decides?

361
Case 15: Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?AP Lang student edition

Key terms

On your ownRead each key term and its example, then write your first guess in the box. About 4 minutes.

Primary beneficiary test The primary beneficiary test is how the U.S. Department of Labor decides whether an intern at a for-profit company is an employee.

En español: prueba del beneficiario principal

In this lesson: The studio gets its customer inbox answered all summer. Rafa asks what he would learn and who would train him.

Fair Labor Standards Act The Fair Labor Standards Act is a federal law that sets minimum wage and overtime rules for most workers.

En español: Ley de Normas Justas de Trabajo

In this lesson: If Rafa counts as an employee under this law, the studio must pay him at least the minimum wage.

Academic credit Academic credit is credit toward a degree that a school gives for approved work, such as an internship.

En español: créditos académicos

In this lesson: The studio says credit makes the unpaid role “totally legal.” Credit is one factor out of seven.

Who is involved

Rafa

Offered an unpaid summer internship

“The listing says ‘Summer Editing Intern.’ Then it says I’d run the customer inbox all summer. I read it twice looking for the editing.”

Gia

Talking the offer over with Rafa

“I almost said ‘take it, it’ll look good.’ Easy for me to say. I’m not the one giving up a summer.”

362
Case 15: Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?AP Lang student edition

Your first guess

Before you look at the evidence, is Rafa’s offer more like training or more like a job?

My first guess is ___, because ___.

Notes

363
Case 15: Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?AP Lang student edition

Reading passage

Seven factors and a summer

On your ownRead the passage. At each Stop and think box, pause and answer the question in your head or with a partner. About 6 minutes.

Words to know

  • Primary beneficiary test: The primary beneficiary test is how the U.S. Department of Labor decides whether an intern at a for-profit company is an employee.
  • Fair Labor Standards Act: The Fair Labor Standards Act is a federal law that sets minimum wage and overtime rules for most workers.
  • Academic credit: Academic credit is credit toward a degree that a school gives for approved work, such as an internship.
  • Compensation: Compensation is all the pay and benefits a worker receives, including hourly rates, bonuses and overtime.

The story: Totally legal?

Rafa is 18, a first-year college student who commutes and helps at his family’s shop. In April, a studio lists a “Summer Editing Intern (unpaid)” position on the campus job board. The copy is upbeat: a fast-paced studio, great exposure to the industry, college credit available. The duties are narrower. The intern will run the customer inbox all summer and help with client files. Rafa reads the listing twice, looking for the editing, and does not find it.

When he writes to ask, the studio’s reply on Tuesday at 11:20 a.m. offers a legal conclusion. Since interns get college credit, it says, it is “totally legal” not to pay him. It also asks him to start right after finals.

Rafa does what the crew has learned to do. He checks. On the train, he finds that college credit is one factor among seven. At lunch with Gia, the facts get sharper. Gia asks whether the studio paid someone to do the inbox last year, and Rafa confirms that its assistant did. Gia counts the cost: shifts at the shop, the commute and a summer without pay. She also catches herself. She almost told him to take it because it would look good, and she realizes that is easy to say when she is not the one giving up the summer. When Rafa asks whether she can tell him it is illegal, she says no. She does not know that. She can tell him which questions the studio has not answered yet.

Your role is to check each factor of the test before Rafa says yes.

364
Case 15: Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?AP Lang student edition

Stop and think. Gia says she cannot tell Rafa the internship is illegal. Why is that the more accurate answer?

Reasoning with a multi-factor test

The primary beneficiary test is how the U.S. Department of Labor decides whether an intern at a for-profit company is an employee. It asks whether the intern or the employer mainly benefits from an unpaid internship. An intern who is an employee must be paid under the Fair Labor Standards Act, a federal law that sets minimum wage and overtime rules for most workers. The seven factors include training, links to coursework or academic credit, the academic calendar and the length of the learning period. Academic credit is credit toward a degree that a school gives for approved work, such as an internship. Another factor is whether the intern’s work complements paid employees’ work or displaces it.

The new skill is applying a legal test factor by factor. It extends Case 12, where you compared fact patterns to a precedent, and Case 11, where you compared two situations on the same terms. Gia’s question about last year is a Case 11 comparison. The inbox used to be a paid job. That fact bears directly on displacement.

Laid out factor by factor, the evidence is uneven. Displacement: a paid assistant did this work last year. Academic credit: listed as available, but Rafa’s school has not confirmed it. Training and supervision: no information. Calendar and duration: the studio wants him to start after finals and stay all summer, but gives no hours. A careful reader concludes that the studio’s claim is unsupported, not that the internship is illegal. The test is flexible, no single factor decides it and the facts that would decide it are missing. The test also has limits. It applies to for-profit employers, and state rules may differ.

Case 11’s term compensation, all the pay and benefits a worker receives, completes the picture. The offer pays nothing and costs Rafa paid shifts. His email will ask for the missing facts in writing, politely: who trains him, what a normal week looks like, the weekly hours and whether this is the assistant’s old job.

Stop and think. Which factor has the strongest evidence, and which has none? What does that imbalance mean?

The courts, the data and the profession

The primary beneficiary test grew out of litigation. Two unpaid interns on the 2010 film Black Swan sued Fox Searchlight. The appeals court opinion lists their tasks, which included answering phones, taking lunch orders, making coffee, photocopying and filing (U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit, 2016). In 2015, the court held that the question is who is the primary beneficiary, and that is the test the Labor Department uses now (LAist, July 2, 2015; U.S.

365
Case 15: Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?AP Lang student edition

The courts, the data and the profession, continued

Department of Labor, Fact Sheet #71, updated January 2018).

The stakes are about access as well as law. PBS NewsHour reported that nearly half of U.S. interns were unpaid in 2022 (PBS NewsHour, August 26, 2023). NACE survey data show inequity in who gets paid internships (National Association of Colleges and Employers, August 8, 2023). NACE’s own ethics principles ask members to comply with “local, state, and federal” laws (NACE Principles for Ethical Professional Practice, 2025).

Stop and think. If Rafa’s school grants credit, does that settle whether the studio should pay him? Why or why not?

Sources

Real sourceU.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit, via Justia2016

Glatt v. Fox Searchlight Pictures

Real sourceLAist (AirTalk)July 2, 2015

Appeals court reverses ‘Black Swan’ interns’ victory over Fox

Real sourceU.S. Department of Labor, Wage and Hour DivisionJanuary 2018

Fact Sheet #71: Internship Programs Under the Fair Labor Standards Act

Real sourcePBS NewsHour (YouTube)August 26, 2023

Why unpaid internships still exist despite hardships for young workers

Real sourceNational Association of Colleges and EmployersAugust 8, 2023

The Class of 2023: Inequity Continues to Underpin Internship Participation and Pay Status

Real sourceNational Association of Colleges and Employers (NACE)2025

NACE Principles for Ethical Professional Practice

Notes

366
Case 15: Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence

On your ownRead each document, then fill in both boxes under it. About 8 minutes.

Evidence AJob listing

Studio listing on the campus job board, April

“Summer Editing Intern (unpaid). Join our fast-paced studio! You’ll run the customer inbox all summer, help with client files and get great exposure to the industry. College credit available.”

Look closely: Which words describe learning? Which words describe work?

What it shows

What it leaves out

Evidence BEmail

Studio reply to Rafa, Tuesday, 11:20 a.m.

“Thanks for your interest, Rafa! Since interns get college credit, it’s totally legal for us not to pay. We’d love for you to start right after finals.”

Look closely: Is credit one factor or the whole test? What does the email skip?

What it shows

What it leaves out

367
Case 15: Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence, continued

Evidence CChat

Gia and Rafa, Tuesday lunch

Gia: Didn’t they pay someone to do the inbox last year?

Rafa: Yeah, their assistant.

Gia: And it’s your summer, not theirs. What about your shifts at the shop?

Look closely: Who ran the customer inbox last year? Was that person paid?

What it shows

What it leaves out

What is still missing from the evidence?

Notes

368
Case 15: Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?AP Lang student edition

Key idea: the primary beneficiary test

On your ownRead the key idea and the code of ethics, then answer the question in the box. About 8 minutes.

A job title does not show how the work is arranged. The primary beneficiary test is how the U.S. Department of Labor decides whether an intern at a for-profit company is an employee. It asks whether the intern or the employer mainly benefits from an unpaid internship. An intern who counts as an employee must be paid under the Fair Labor Standards Act. The Fair Labor Standards Act is a federal law that sets minimum wage and overtime rules for most workers.

The Department of Labor’s Fact Sheet #71 lists seven factors. They include training, links to coursework or academic credit, the school calendar and how long the learning lasts. Academic credit is credit toward a degree that a school gives for approved work, such as an internship. Another factor is whether the intern’s work adds to paid employees’ work or replaces it. The test is flexible, and no single factor decides it.

So the studio’s email does not settle the question. Calling a job an internship does not decide it. Neither does college credit, or an intern agreeing to work for no pay. The test also has limits. It applies to for-profit employers, and state rules may differ. To apply the test, you need facts about the duties, training, supervision and hours.

Professional standards

Real sourceNational Association of Colleges and Employers (NACE)

NACE Principles for Ethical Professional Practice: 4. Comply with laws

“Comply with laws … associated with local, state, and federal entities”

In plain words: Career offices and employer recruiters who belong to NACE agree to follow federal, state and local laws.

Question: The campus job board lists the internship. What should the career office ask the studio about the seven DOL factors?

Your answer

Before posting, the career office should ask ___, because ___.

369
Case 15: Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?AP Lang student edition

In the news

Real sourcePBS NewsHour (YouTube)August 26, 2023

Why unpaid internships still exist despite hardships for young workers

Reports that nearly half of U.S. interns were unpaid in 2022 and who can afford to take those jobs.

Real sourceNPRMay 18, 2013

Internships: Low-Paid, Unpaid Or Just Plain Illegal?

Explains when an unpaid internship can break wage law, using the ‘Black Swan’ intern lawsuit.

Notes

370
Case 15: Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?AP Lang student edition

Sort the evidence

On your ownMatch each piece of evidence to the claim it supports or challenges, and mark what is still unknown. About 6 minutes.

Test the studio’s claim against the factor list. Which evidence points toward training, which toward a job, and what is still unknown?

EvidenceClaim 1College credit makes the unpaid internship legal.Claim 2The role looks more like a job than training.
1 DOL: credit is one of seven factors, and no single factor decides
2 The listing: Rafa runs the customer inbox all summer
3 A paid assistant ran the inbox last year
4 The role is openly unpaid and offers credit (factors 1 and 3)

Still open

  • Is there a learning plan, and who supervises?

Whose perspective is missing?

Whose view is missing from these documents? What would you ask them?

The view that is missing is ___. I would ask ___.

371
Case 15: Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?AP Lang student edition

Practice: choose a response

On your ownChoose what Rafa should do next and explain why, then fix the two marked lines. About 6 minutes.

The studio’s unpaid internship has Rafa running its customer inbox all summer, the job a paid assistant did last year. The studio says college credit makes it legal. What should Rafa do next?

  • A Accept the studio’s answer, since college credit settles the question.

  • B Ask for the learning plan, supervision, schedule and how the role relates to paid employees’ work.

  • C Tell the studio that unpaid internships are against the law.

Why I chose it

Improve a draft

A student’s first draft

Hi, thanks so much for the offer! I’m really excited about this opportunity and I know it will look great on my résumé. I just wanted to ask 1 if this is legal since it’s unpaid? My friend said unpaid internships aren’t allowed. Also how many hours is it? 2 I can start whenever you need me. I really want to get into editing and this seems like a good way in. Let me know! Thank you again for thinking of me, Rafa

Rewrite each marked phrase so it says only what the evidence supports.

Rewrite phrase 1

Rewrite phrase 2

372
Case 15: Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?AP Lang student edition

AP Lang

Your task

On your ownRead the steps and fill in the planner boxes before you start your draft. About 12 minutes.

Rhetorically analyze the internship listing and write a revised, honest version.

Use: The listing.

You’ll make: Analysis (about 400 words) plus revised listing

Time: 50 minutes

  1. Read the listing in Evidence A. Underline each phrase that promises prestige or excitement.
  2. Note whom each phrase is written to attract in the planner.
  3. Mark what the listing leaves vague: duties, hours, supervision and pay.
  4. Draft one analysis paragraph and a revised listing on the Your draft page.
  5. Finish an analysis of about 400 words on lined paper or in the online workspace.

Prefer typing? Scan to open the online workspace.

Phrase 1 and its effect

Phrase 2 and its effect

The reader it is written for

What it leaves vague

373
Case 15: Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?AP Lang student edition

Your draft

On your ownWrite your first draft in the boxes, using your planner from the page before. About 22 minutes.

First draft: one analysis paragraph

Your revised listing

374
Case 15: Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?AP Lang student edition

Check your work

On your ownAnswer the Check your work questions, mark your level in each rubric row and write one change you made. About 6 minutes.

  • Does your thesis name the listing’s persuasive strategy?

    YesNo
  • Do you analyze specific phrases?

    YesNo
  • Is your revised listing specific and honest?

    YesNo
  • Does your commentary explain each phrase’s effect on the reader?

    YesNo

How your work is scored

Mark one box in each row.

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
EvidenceRelies on rumor.Mentions pay only.Asks about several factors.Asks about factors and notes what the credit claim doesn’t settle.
ReasoningDeclares legal or illegal.Asks for a verdict.Gathers facts before deciding.Connects each question to a reason it matters.
Audience & purposeGives away leverage or accuses.Polite but vague.Specific, respectful questions.Specific questions plus Rafa’s own constraints.
RevisionNo change.Tone only.Replaces rumor with factor-based questions.Explains how each question helps Rafa decide.
375
Case 15: Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?AP Lang student edition

Check your work, continued

One change I made after feedback

I changed ___ because ___.

Notes

376
Case 15: Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?AP Lang student edition

Questions to discuss

On your ownWrite a short answer to each question, then complete each sentence frame. About 8 minutes.

1 What would count as evidence that the promised training is happening?

2 Unpaid summers are easier for people who do not need a paycheck. Who might an unpaid internship leave out?

3 If Rafa’s school grants credit, does that settle whether the studio should pay him? Why or why not?

My take

My claim: ___.

The best evidence is ___, because ___.

377
Case 15: Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?AP Lang student edition

My take, continued

Someone who disagrees might say ___.

The limit of the evidence is ___.

I would change my mind if ___.

Notes

378
Case 15: Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?AP Lang student edition

Talk about this lesson at home

Case 15: Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?

In this case, a college student is offered an unpaid summer internship, and the studio says college credit makes that legal. Your student compared the offer with a federal test and wrote questions to ask before saying yes.

Questions to talk about

  1. What questions would you ask before accepting an unpaid internship?
  2. How can someone tell whether a role is mostly learning or mostly work?
  3. Who can help a student check a job or internship offer?

Nobody needs to share personal stories or private information to talk about this lesson.

See the lesson online.

379
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

Quick check

Case 15 quick check

About 5 minutes. Fill in one bubble for each question. Is Rafa’s unpaid internship really a job?

1

The Department of Labor's way to decide whether an intern at a for-profit company is an employee is the…

  • A primary beneficiary test

  • B fair use test

  • C substantial disruption standard

  • D program access rule

2

Which fact suggests the internship would replace paid work?

  • A College credit is available

  • B A paid assistant ran the customer inbox last year

  • C It starts after finals

  • D It's in a studio

3

The studio replies, "Credit makes it legal." What should Rafa ask next?

  • A Nothing; credit settles it

  • B For the learning plan, supervision, weekly hours and how the role relates to paid staff

  • C For a job title

  • D Whether other interns liked it

380
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

Missed one? Go back to 1: Key terms, page 362; 2: Look at the evidence, page 367; 3: Practice, page 372.

Exit ticket

Turn two of Fact Sheet #71's seven factors [52] into questions Rafa could send the studio. Then name one limit: something the evidence can’t show yet.

My answer

How sure am I?1234

381
Case 16: Who wrote the new building rule?AP Lang student edition

Case 16: Who wrote the new building rule?

An unsigned notice says the building’s only step-free door locks at 8 p.m., and Sami’s case runs later.

On your ownRead What happened and underline the two changes the notice announces. About 4 minutes.

A new notice changes evening access to the common room.

Your role: You’re the one who photographs the notice and writes down when and where it was found. New skill: Find who has the authority to make a rule.

What happened

It is Monday morning in Sami’s apartment building. A new notice is posted beside the common-room door. It says the rear door will be locked at 8:00 p.m. every night. It also says the common room is “for resident social use only,” with “NO BUSINESS USE” in capital letters. The notice has no name, no date and no contact.

That rear door matters to Sami, who lives in apartment 3B and uses a manual wheelchair. It is the building’s only step-free entrance. The front entrance has four steps and no ramp. Sami also runs a case in the common room, and it goes past 8 p.m.

Caio reads last year’s house rules beside the notice. Those rules let residents reserve the common room for classes and resident-run cases. The new notice does not say whether it replaces them. Before anyone starts arguing, Sami photographs the notice and writes down when and where she found it.

Your question: Who has the authority behind this notice, and what should Sami ask the building manager?

382
Case 16: Who wrote the new building rule?AP Lang student edition

Key terms

On your ownRead each key term and its example, then write your first guess in the box. About 4 minutes.

Authority Authority is the power a person or group has to make or change a particular rule or decision.

En español: autoridad

In this lesson: The notice uses bold type and capital letters but names no issuer. Sami has to find out who has the power to make this rule.

Reasonable accommodation A reasonable accommodation is a change to a rule or practice that gives a person with a disability equal use of a place.

En español: acomodo razonable

In this lesson: Sami could ask the building for a key fob for the rear door, so she can get in after 8 p.m.

Documentation Documentation is a record, such as a photo, a note or an email, that shows what was said or done and when.

En español: documentación

In this lesson: Sami photographs the notice and writes down when and where she found it, before anyone argues about what it said.

Who is involved

Sami

Lives in 3B and runs a case in the common room

“Rear door locked at 8. That’s the only door I can get through. My case runs later. So, questions. Plural.”

Caio

Reading last year’s house rules beside the notice

“All caps, bold, no name, no date. Somebody made it look official. I still don’t know who.”

383
Case 16: Who wrote the new building rule?AP Lang student edition

Your first guess

Before you look at the evidence, should Sami follow the new notice?

My first guess is ___, because ___.

Notes

384
Case 16: Who wrote the new building rule?AP Lang student edition

Reading passage

Who wrote the rule?

On your ownRead the passage. At each Stop and think box, pause and answer the question in your head or with a partner. About 6 minutes.

Words to know

  • Authority: Authority is the power a person or group has to make or change a particular rule or decision.
  • Reasonable accommodation: A reasonable accommodation is a change to a rule or practice that gives a person with a disability equal use of a place.
  • Documentation: Documentation is a record, such as a photo, a note or an email, that shows what was said or done and when.
  • Decision-maker: A decision-maker is the person or group with the power to make a particular choice.
  • Barrier: A barrier is something that blocks or limits a person from taking part.

The story: An anonymous notice

Sami, 23, lives in apartment 3B, studies design and uses a manual wheelchair. On Monday morning, she finds a new notice beside her building’s common-room door. It announces two changes “effective immediately.” The rear door will be locked at 8:00 p.m. nightly, and the common room is for resident social use only, with “NO BUSINESS USE” in capitals. The notice carries no name, no date and no contact.

Each change touches her directly. The building’s entrance plan lists a front entrance with four steps and no ramp, a side door for service use only and a rear door that is step-free and opens to the elevator hallway. After 8 p.m., the notice would lock the only door she can use. It would also cloud the future of the case she runs in the common room, which goes past 8.

Sami does not start with outrage. She photographs the notice and writes down when and where she found it, before anybody starts arguing about what it said. Caio, the oldest in the crew, brings last year’s house rules, handed out at lease signing. He reads the notice the way an editor reads copy. All caps, bold, no name, no date. Somebody made it look official, and he still does not know who.

Your role is to help Sami keep a clean record of the notice before anyone starts arguing.

Stop and think. Why does formatting signal authority without proving it?

385
Case 16: Who wrote the new building rule?AP Lang student edition

Authority, sources and missing definitions

Authority is the power a person or group has to make or change a particular rule or decision. The case separates the look of authority from its substance. Formatting signals power but does not prove it. An unsigned notice is not automatically invalid, but its force depends on who issued it and what it claims to change.

The new skill is finding who has the authority to make a rule. It draws on three earlier skills. From Case 1, you compare the notice with an original document, last year’s house rules, which let residents reserve the room for “gatherings, classes and resident-run cases” through the building office. From Case 7, you ask what stage the rule is at. From Case 10, you take the question to the office that can answer it, here the building manager. Case 4’s decision-maker, the person or group with the power to make a particular choice, names what Sami is looking for.

Caio’s comparison finds a definitional gap. The old rules explicitly allow resident-run cases. The new notice bans “business use” without defining it, so nobody can yet say whether Sami’s case is affected. The notice also does not say whether it replaces the old rules or adds to them.

Case 10’s barrier, something that blocks or limits a person from taking part, describes the locked rear door. A reasonable accommodation is a change to a rule or practice that gives a person with a disability equal use of a place, such as a key fob for the rear door. Documentation is a record, such as a photo, a note or an email, that shows what was said or done and when. Sami’s photo and note will matter if the facts are disputed later. She keeps her two questions apart: who has the authority, and how she gets in after 8. Neither friend calls the notice illegal, because they do not yet know who wrote it or how the building handles access requests.

Stop and think. How does the undefined phrase “business use” change what Sami can conclude?

The law, the process and a Brooklyn example

A landlord’s policy and the law are different sources of rules. HUD says the Fair Housing Act bars housing discrimination based on race, color, religion, sex, national origin, familial status or disability, and covers most housing with some exceptions (HUD, no date listed). Guidance can change even when the law does not. In 2025, HUD withdrew several fair housing guidance documents, but the Act itself stayed the same (National Association of Realtors, October 7, 2025). Enforcement continues. In 2026, the Justice Department announced a $750,000 settlement with a property management company in a disability discrimination case (U.S. Department of Justice, April 30, 2026).

Process can give tenants leverage. At Atlantic Plaza Towers in Brownsville, Brooklyn, the landlord applied to install a facial-recognition entry system. Tenants say they learned about it from the state housing agency, not the landlord.

386
Case 16: Who wrote the new building rule?AP Lang student edition

The law, the process and a Brooklyn example, continued

Because the change needed that agency’s permission, they filed opposition (Legal Services NYC, May 1, 2019), and in November 2019 the landlord withdrew the application (Gothamist, November 21, 2019). That case turned on New York’s rent-stabilization rules, which may not apply to Sami’s building.

The NCA credo describes the posture Sami takes: “We strive to understand and respect other communicators’ intent before evaluating and responding to their messages” (NCA Credo for Ethical Communication, 2024).

Stop and think. Why might the Atlantic Plaza Towers example not apply directly to Sami’s building?

Sources

Real sourceU.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD)No date listed

Fair Housing Act overview

Real sourceNational Association of Realtors (Washington Report)October 7, 2025

HUD Withdraws Fair Housing Guidance Documents

Real sourceU.S. Department of JusticeApril 30, 2026

Justice Department Settles Disability Discrimination Case Against Property Management Company for $750,000

Real sourceLegal Services NYCMay 1, 2019

Brooklyn tenants file legal opposition to landlord’s application to install facial recognition entry system in building

Real sourceGothamistNovember 21, 2019

Brooklyn Landlord Does An About Face On Facial Recognition Plan

Real sourceNational Communication Association (NCA)2024

Credo for Ethical Communication

387
Case 16: Who wrote the new building rule?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence

On your ownRead each document, then fill in both boxes under it. About 6 minutes.

Evidence APosted notice

Unsigned notice by the common-room door, found Monday morning

NOTICE TO ALL RESIDENTS. Effective immediately, the rear door will be locked at 8:00 p.m. nightly. The common room is for resident social use only. NO BUSINESS USE.

Look closely: Which features give the notice an official look? What is missing?

What it shows

What it leaves out

Evidence BHouse rules (excerpt)

Last year’s house rules, given out at lease signing

“Residents may reserve the common room for gatherings, classes and resident-run cases. Reservations are made through the building office.”

Look closely: What did last year’s rules allow in the common room?

What it shows

What it leaves out

388
Case 16: Who wrote the new building rule?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence, continued

Evidence CEntrance plan

Building entrance plan from the lobby directory

Front entrance: four steps, no ramp. Rear door: step-free, opens to the elevator hallway. Side door: service use only.

Look closely: Which entrance is step-free? What happens to it after 8 p.m.?

What it shows

What it leaves out

What is still missing from the evidence?

Notes

389
Case 16: Who wrote the new building rule?AP Lang student edition

Key idea: authority

On your ownRead the key idea and the code of ethics, then answer the question in the box. About 8 minutes.

A building rule should name who made it, give a date and list a contact. This notice has none of them. Authority is the power a person or group has to make or change a particular rule or decision. Bold type and capital letters do not show who has that power. An unsigned notice is not automatically invalid, either. Sami has to find out who issued it and which document it claims to change.

A landlord’s policy and the law are different sources of rules. The Fair Housing Act is a federal law. HUD, the federal housing department, says it bars housing discrimination based on race, color, religion, sex, national origin, familial status or disability. It covers most housing, with some exceptions. Under the Act, a person with a disability can ask a building for a reasonable accommodation. A reasonable accommodation is a change to a rule or practice that gives a person with a disability equal use of a place. For Sami, that could be a key fob for the rear door.

Sami cannot yet say the notice breaks the law. She does not know who wrote it, whether it replaces the house rules or how the building handles access requests. Whether a building grants an accommodation also depends on the facts. Documentation helps her keep those facts straight. Documentation is a record, such as a photo, a note or an email, that shows what was said or done and when. Her photo of the notice, with the date and place she found it, is documentation.

Professional standards

Adapted from a real sourceAmerican Bar Association (ABA), Center for Professional Responsibility

ABA Model Rules of Professional Conduct: Rule 3.1 Meritorious Claims and Contentions

Summary: Summary, not a quotation: a lawyer may not bring or defend a proceeding, or argue an issue in it, without a basis in law and fact that is not frivolous. The ABA comment says lawyers must first learn the facts and the applicable law.

In plain words: Before lawyers bring a claim, they must have facts and law that support it.

Question: Before claiming a Fair Housing Act violation, what should Sami learn about the notice’s author and the building’s access process?

390
Case 16: Who wrote the new building rule?AP Lang student edition

Professional standards, continued

Your answer

Sami first needs ___, because ___.

In the news

Real sourceGothamistNovember 21, 2019

Brooklyn Landlord Does An About Face On Facial Recognition Plan

A throwback about a door rule: the landlord needed state permission to change how tenants got in, and tenants used that process to object.

Real sourceHUD (YouTube)January 31, 2014

The Federal Fair Housing Act and Reasonable Accommodations

HUD explains how a person with a disability can ask for an exception to a building rule.

Notes

391
Case 16: Who wrote the new building rule?AP Lang student edition

Sort the evidence

On your ownFill in each box of the map: who decides, which rules apply, who is affected and where to ask. About 6 minutes.

Map who made this rule, which rules it has to fit, who it affects and where residents can take a question. Which box is still empty?

Lock the rear door at 8 p.m. and ban business use of the common room

Who decides

Unknown issuer: the owner, the manager or someone else?

Under which rule

Last year’s house rules allowed resident-run cases

Fair Housing Act: disability is a protected characteristic

Who lives with it

Sami and other residents who need the only step-free entrance

Your way in

Whose perspective is missing?

Whose view is missing from these documents? What would you ask them?

The view that is missing is ___. I would ask ___.

392
Case 16: Who wrote the new building rule?AP Lang student edition

Practice: choose a response

On your ownChoose what Sami should do first and explain why, then fix the two marked lines. About 6 minutes.

The notice says the rear door, the building’s only step-free entrance, locks at 8 p.m. It also bans “business use” of the common room. It has no name, no date and no contact. What should Sami do first?

  • A Ignore it until someone signs it, since an unsigned notice may not be official.

  • B Photograph it, compare it with last year’s house rules and ask the manager who issued it and how residents get in after 8.

  • C Post online that the building is breaking disability law.

Why I chose it

Improve a draft

A student’s first draft

Hi, I saw the notice about the common room and rear door. 1 This is illegal and discriminatory against disabled people like me. You can’t just make rules like this without asking. Nobody signed it and nobody told us it was coming, so I don’t even know if it’s real. I’m going to keep using the room for my case because the old rules said I could. A lot of neighbors are upset too. 2 Please take the notice down. Sami, 3B

393
Case 16: Who wrote the new building rule?AP Lang student edition

Improve a draft, continued

Rewrite each marked phrase so it says only what the evidence supports.

Rewrite phrase 1

Rewrite phrase 2

Notes

394
Case 16: Who wrote the new building rule?AP Lang student edition

AP Lang

Your task

On your ownRead the steps and fill in the planner boxes before you start your draft. About 10 minutes.

Analyze how the notice uses visual and verbal choices to claim authority it never explains.

Use: The notice image and text.

You’ll make: Rhetorical analysis, about 450 words

Time: 45 minutes

  1. Read the notice in Evidence A. Circle each visual choice: capital letters, bold type, layout.
  2. Underline each verbal choice, such as “Effective immediately” and “will be locked.”
  3. Note each choice’s effect on residents in the planner.
  4. Draft your thesis and one body paragraph on the Your draft page.
  5. Compare the notice with a rewrite that names an issuer, a date and a contact.
  6. Finish an analysis of about 450 words on lined paper or in the online workspace.

Prefer typing? Scan to open the online workspace.

Visual choices

Verbal choices

Effect on residents

395
Case 16: Who wrote the new building rule?AP Lang student edition

Your task, continued

My thesis

Notes

396
Case 16: Who wrote the new building rule?AP Lang student edition

Your draft

On your ownWrite your first draft in the boxes, using your planner from the page before. About 20 minutes.

First draft: your opening paragraph

First draft: one body paragraph

397
Case 16: Who wrote the new building rule?AP Lang student edition

Check your work

On your ownAnswer the Check your work questions, mark your level in each rubric row and write one change you made. About 6 minutes.

  • Does your thesis explain how the notice constructs authority?

    YesNo
  • Do you analyze both visual and verbal choices?

    YesNo
  • Do you explain the effects on residents?

    YesNo
  • Does your comparison with a rewrite sharpen the claim?

    YesNo

How your work is scored

Mark one box in each row.

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
EvidenceNo specifics from the notice.Mentions the notice generally.Quotes the notice and older rule.Quotes both and names what is still unknown.
ReasoningDeclares a legal violation.Complains without a clear need.Connects the rule to a concrete effect.Separates the communication problem from the legal question.
Audience & purposeHostile or vague.Polite but no request.Specific request the manager can act on.Specific request plus questions that clarify authority.
RevisionNo change.Tone edits only.Replaces the conclusion with a question and request.Explains how each change makes a yes more likely.
398
Case 16: Who wrote the new building rule?AP Lang student edition

Check your work, continued

One change I made after feedback

I changed ___ because ___.

Notes

399
Case 16: Who wrote the new building rule?AP Lang student edition

Questions to discuss

On your ownWrite a short answer to each question, then complete each sentence frame. About 8 minutes.

1 Which missing fact would most change how you see the notice?

2 The notice bans “business use” without saying what that means. What would you need to know to decide whether Sami’s case counts?

3 A building may want a door locked at night. How could it keep that door secure and still let Sami in?

My take

My claim: ___.

400
Case 16: Who wrote the new building rule?AP Lang student edition

My take, continued

The best evidence is ___, because ___.

Someone who disagrees might say ___.

The limit of the evidence is ___.

I would change my mind if ___.

Notes

401
Case 16: Who wrote the new building rule?AP Lang student edition

Talk about this lesson at home

Case 16: Who wrote the new building rule?

In this case, an unsigned notice in an apartment building says the only step-free door will lock at 8 p.m. Your student compared the notice with last year’s building rules and practiced asking who made the new rule.

Questions to talk about

  1. What should a clear building or school notice include?
  2. Whom can people ask when a posted rule is unclear?
  3. Why might someone keep a photo of a notice with the date?

Nobody needs to share personal stories or private information to talk about this lesson.

See the lesson online.

402
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

Quick check

Case 16 quick check

About 5 minutes. Fill in one bubble for each question. Who wrote the new building rule?

1

A photo of the notice, with the date and place it was found, is…

  • A documentation

  • B authority

  • C a license

  • D a precedent

2

What does the notice leave out?

  • A The door and the time

  • B Who issued it, the date, a contact and what "business use" means

  • C The common room

  • D Nothing

3

The manager replies, "The owner wants the door locked at 8." What should Sami ask next?

  • A Nothing

  • B How residents who need the step-free entrance get in after 8, and how to request an accommodation

  • C What next year’s rent will be

  • D Whether other buildings do this

403
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

Missed one? Go back to 1: Key terms, page 383; 2: Look at the evidence, page 388; 3: Practice, page 393.

Exit ticket

Which missing fact would most change how you see the notice, and why? Then name one limit: something the evidence can’t show yet.

My answer

How sure am I?1234

404
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

Unit review

Unit 4 review

Look back at all four cases before the unit test. Answers to the practice items are in your educator’s key.

Words

Sort the words: circle the ones you can explain, and star the ones to review.

  • source reduction
  • reuse
  • local acceptance
  • attribution
  • license
  • fair use
  • primary beneficiary test
  • Fair Labor Standards Act
  • academic credit
  • authority
  • reasonable accommodation
  • documentation
  • compensationearlier unit
  • precedentearlier unit

Use one word in a sentence

Use another word in a sentence

Skills

  1. Count a starting point before you claim a change worksCase 13: Can the crew cut waste before it reaches the bin?
  2. Check permission, not just creditCase 14: Does giving credit let the crew use the song?
  3. Apply a legal test factor by factorCase 15: Is Rafa's unpaid internship really a job?
  4. Find who has the authority to make a ruleCase 16: Who wrote the new building rule?
405
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

Connect the cases

Lessons 13 and 16 both ask: What does this result measure, and who decided it matters? Compare how the crew answered it each time: what did they check first, and who did it help?

One lesson

The other lesson

Mentor check Dr. Maya Bennett

“What does this result measure, and who decided it matters?”

Practice items

1

Does the city's list accept the cups labeled "recyclable"?

  • A Yes

  • B No; it doesn't take plastic-lined paper cups

  • C Only if they're rinsed

  • D The list doesn't say

406
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

Practice items, continued

2

After a switch to washable cups, someone posts, "We cut waste in half!" What should the crew check first?

  • A Whether people liked the cups

  • B The count at the next screening against the 120-cup starting point

  • C The recycling sign

  • D Nothing; it sounds right

3

What does the rights log show for both borrowed pieces?

  • A Permission granted

  • B Permission unknown

  • C Fair use confirmed

  • D Credit given

4

Mateo says, "It's only six seconds, so it's fair use." Best reply?

  • A "Right."

  • B "No number of seconds is automatically safe. Fair use weighs four factors, so let's check the license or swap the clip."

  • C "Make it five seconds."

  • D "Credit covers it."

407
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

Practice items, continued

5

Which fact suggests the internship would replace paid work?

  • A College credit is available

  • B A paid assistant ran the customer inbox last year

  • C It starts after finals

  • D It's in a studio

6

The studio replies, "Credit makes it legal." What should Rafa ask next?

  • A Nothing; credit settles it

  • B For the learning plan, supervision, weekly hours and how the role relates to paid staff

  • C For a job title

  • D Whether other interns liked it

7

What does the notice leave out?

  • A The door and the time

  • B Who issued it, the date, a contact and what "business use" means

  • C The common room

  • D Nothing

408
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

Practice items, continued

8

The manager replies, "The owner wants the door locked at 8." What should Sami ask next?

  • A Nothing

  • B How residents who need the step-free entrance get in after 8, and how to request an accommodation

  • C What next year’s rent will be

  • D Whether other buildings do this

409
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

Unit test

Unit 4 test

Name

Date

PartWhat you doWeight
Part A1Choose the best answer20% of the score
Part A2Short written answers25% of the score
Part BYour unit task55% of the score

Form A. Grades 11–12.

Supports I used (for example, read aloud or extra time)

The documents

Evidence AUnit test

The Common Room's post, "Our new online sign-up doubled attendance!", and its sign-in counts

Before the sign-up: 38, 41 and 35. After: 44, 70 (a festival night) and 40.

Evidence BUnit test

The trailer's rights log

One photo came from a local photographer's post and is "credited." One music track is from a free library under a Creative Commons BY-NC license (attribution, noncommercial), and the festival sells tickets.

Evidence CUnit test

An event company's unpaid "festival street team" listing

Hand out flyers and run the ticket table, 25 hours a week, "exposure and free tickets."

410
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

The documents, continued

Evidence DUnit test

An unsigned sign at the courtyard where the crew wants to film

"No filming. Management."

Part A1: choose the best answer

1

What was the average attendance before the new sign-up?

  • A 35

  • B 38

  • C 41

  • D 51

2

What was the average after, and does it double the starting point?

  • A About 51, not double

  • B 76, double

  • C 70, almost double

  • D 44, the same

411
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

Part A1: choose the best answer, continued

3

Which night after the change is the outlier?

  • A 44

  • B 70, a festival night

  • C 40

  • D None of them

4

Part A: Can the trailer use the CC BY-NC track?

  • A Yes, because it’s credited

  • B Not without other permission, because the festival sells tickets and the license is noncommercial

  • C Yes, because it’s free

  • D Yes, if it’s under 30 seconds

5

Which fact in the street-team listing suggests the work could replace paid staff?

  • A It offers free tickets

  • B Running the ticket table 25 hours a week

  • C It’s for a festival

  • D It’s called a street team

412
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

Part A1: choose the best answer, continued

6

The courtyard sign says “No filming. Management.” and nobody signed it. What should the crew do first?

  • A Film anyway, since it’s unsigned

  • B Ask the building manager who set the rule and under what authority, and film elsewhere until they hear back

  • C Post the sign online

  • D Take the sign down

Part A2: short written answers

1 Which factors of the internship test does the listing raise?

My answer

413
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

Part A2: short written answers, continued

2 Who might have authority over the courtyard?

My answer

3 Quantitative analysis, AP style [19]: describe the attendance pattern, identify the outlier and explain what it does to the claim.

My answer

414
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

Part B: your unit task

Purpose
Task
A 600- to 900-word memo applying the primary beneficiary test factor by factor to the street-team listing [52], with a recommendation to the company. It states the limits (for-profit employers, state rules), answers an objection and ends with an oral defense.
Criteria
The rubric rows: Evidence, Reasoning, Audience and purpose, Revision and Sources and citation. Level 3 is the goal.

Plan: my claim and the documents I’ll use

Draft

415
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

Score it with the rubric

Row and the goal (level 3)1234
EvidenceI can combine evidence from several documents and a real primary source, cite it correctly and judge where and when each source came from.
ReasoningI can apply a rule or test one factor at a time and answer a counterclaim.
Audience and purposeI can use the form’s conventions, state my purpose early, ask for something my audience can do and explain my choices in a 3-minute oral defense.
RevisionI can revise my structure and argument after feedback and keep track of what I changed.
Sources and citationI can cite every source in MLA or APA, with in-text citations that match my list.
416
Unit 4: Put it to the testAP Lang student edition

Take it further

Take it further

Voz asks: What could you do with this?

Before your next project posts, keep a rights log for anything you didn't make.

Keep it safe: use public information only, leave out private details about anyone, and you never have to post anything.

What I did and what happened

417
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

Unit 5

Take it public

Essential question

How do you take a question public so that people can trust it and act on it?

418
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

The story so far

The crew wants changes, so now it has to make the case in public. Thirty people want ten free seats. A budget post mixes up a total and a per-student figure. Gia gets two minutes before the parks committee. A realistic image says the courtyard flooded. The crew learns to bring fair rules, honest numbers and one clear request.

AnikaMariGiaSami

The cases

  1. 17

    Case 17 How should the crew give out ten free seats?

    New skill: Set fair criteria before choosing

  2. 18

    Case 18 Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?

    New skill: Compare numbers on the same scale

  3. 19

    Case 19 What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?

    New skill: Fit a request to the body’s remit and time limit

  4. 20

    Case 20 Can the crew post this image as true?

    New skill: Confirm an image with independent sources

I can

  • I can set fair criteria before choosing.
  • I can compare numbers on the same scale.
  • I can fit a request to a body's remit and time limit.
  • I can confirm an image with independent sources before I post it.
419
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

Words to know

  • criteriakry-TEER-ee-uh
  • equityEK-wih-tee
  • revenueREV-uh-noo
  • expenditureik-SPEN-dih-cher
  • per-pupil amountpur-PYOO-pul uh-MOWNT
  • agenda itemuh-JEN-duh EYE-tum
  • remitREE-mit
  • public recordPUB-lik REK-erd
  • provenancePRAH-vuh-nunss
  • corroborationkuh-rah-buh-RAY-shun
  • verification notevair-uh-fih-KAY-shun NOHT

Your mentor for this unit

Grace Okafor Legislative aide, city council

“Where is this decided, and when can the public speak?”

What I watch for

  • A decision with no meeting
  • A meeting with no agenda
  • A comment with no request in it

Your unit task

A 600- to 900-word policy brief with calculations, an equity analysis and a verification note on the photo. The student delivers or records the comment and takes questions.

You’ll do this task in Part B of the unit test. Write it, say it or show it, as your educator allows.

Time: 5 to 6 class periods, including the review and the test.

420
Case 17: How should the crew give out ten free seats?AP Lang student edition

Case 17: How should the crew give out ten free seats?

Thirty people want ten free case seats, and the crew must choose a fair way to decide who gets them.

On your ownRead What happened and underline the sentence that tells how many people want a seat. About 4 minutes.

Duda holds up a phone and points at a blank card on a bulletin board.

Your role: You’re the one who writes down the rule before the crew picks the ten names. New skill: Set fair criteria before choosing.

What happened

The crew has ten free seats for a case, and thirty people want one. The crew opened a sign-up sheet on Monday at 9 a.m. Twenty-two names were on it before 10 a.m. By Wednesday, the sheet has thirty names.

The sheet says only “How seats will be chosen: to be announced.” The crew has argued about the rule since dinner on Sunday. Gia is running the sign-up. She wants to give the seats to the first ten names, because that is simple and fast. Mateo suggests a lottery instead.

Anika is at rehearsal most days, and she checks her phone after rehearsal ends. Under first-come, she would see the message after the seats were gone. A third option on the crew’s whiteboard would give seats to people who cannot afford the paid version of the case. That option would ask people for personal information.

Every method seats exactly ten people. The crew has to decide which ten, and then explain the rule to all thirty.

Your question: How should the crew choose who gets the ten seats, and how should they explain the choice to all thirty people?

421
Case 17: How should the crew give out ten free seats?AP Lang student edition

Key terms

On your ownRead each key term and its example, then write your first guess in the box. About 3 minutes.

Criteria Criteria are the standards or reasons a group uses to make a decision.

En español: criterios

In this lesson: The sheet says “How seats will be chosen: to be announced.” Twenty-two names arrived before 10 a.m. Monday, before the crew stated any criteria.

Trade-off A trade-off is a choice where getting one benefit means accepting a cost or giving something up.

En español: compensación entre opciones

In this lesson: First-come is fast for Gia to run but favors whoever sees the message first. A lottery gives everyone the same chance but needs a sign-up window and a drawing.

Equity Equity is a way of sharing that adjusts for different needs so everyone gets a fair chance.

En español: equidad

In this lesson: Option C would give seats to people who cannot afford the paid version of the case. It would also ask applicants for personal information.

Who is involved

Gia

Running the sign-up

“First ten to reply get a seat. It’s simple, I can post it tonight, and I have a shift at seven.”

Anika

Checks her phone after rehearsal

“By the time I see the message, ten people will have answered. I don’t even need a seat. I just want to know how you’re picking.”

422
Case 17: How should the crew give out ten free seats?AP Lang student edition

Your first guess

Before you look at the evidence, how do you think the crew should choose who gets the ten seats?

My first guess is ___, because ___.

Notes

423
Case 17: How should the crew give out ten free seats?AP Lang student edition

Reading passage

Choosing a rule before you see the names

On your ownRead the passage. At each Stop and think box, pause and answer the question in your head or with a partner. About 5 minutes.

Words to know

  • Criteria: Criteria are the standards or reasons a group uses to make a decision.
  • Trade-off: A trade-off is a choice where getting one benefit means accepting a cost or giving something up.
  • Equity: Equity is a way of sharing that adjusts for different needs so everyone gets a fair chance.
  • Consent: Consent is permission a person gives for something specific, such as sharing a record with a named person.

The story: Thirty names, no rule

Ten free case seats should be good news. For the crew, it is a problem. The sign-up sheet opened Monday at 9 a.m., and 22 names arrived before 10. By Wednesday, 30 people have signed up, and the sheet still says the selection method is “to be announced.” The crew has argued since Sunday dinner.

Gia is running the sign-up, and her preference is practical. First ten to reply get a seat. It is simple, she can post it tonight and she has a shift at seven. Mateo proposes a lottery, and Gia counts its costs: a sign-up window and someone to run the drawing. The whiteboard lists a third choice, a needs-based rubric for people who cannot afford the paid case. It would require personal information and someone to judge it.

Anika, 16, is at rehearsal most days and checks her phone only afterward. Under first-come, she would find out after the seats were gone. Her request is precise. She does not need a seat. She wants the crew to say how it is picking, and not to pretend nobody loses out, because she would. When someone asks whether she wants the plan to revolve around her, she says no. Admit the cost, and then maybe they can fix that part.

Gia’s honesty moves the conversation too. She admits she mostly wanted the task off her list. What would change her mind is evidence that the people the crew most wants in the room are the ones who would see the message last. She would rather ask them than guess.

Your role is to write down the rule before the crew picks the ten names.

424
Case 17: How should the crew give out ten free seats?AP Lang student edition

Stop and think. Anika and Gia each admit something about their own position. How does that honesty change the decision?

Criteria first, then choice

Criteria are the standards or reasons a group uses to make a decision. The new skill is setting fair criteria before choosing and stating who each rule leaves out. It builds on Case 4, where you learned that a trade-off is a choice where getting one benefit means accepting a cost or giving something up. Here every option seats ten and excludes twenty, so the real decision is which cost the crew is willing to defend.

Each option distributes that cost differently. First-come rewards attention and availability, which disadvantages people with rehearsals, shifts or less phone time. A lottery gives equal odds but ignores need. A needs-based rubric pursues equity, a way of sharing that adjusts for different needs so everyone gets a fair chance. It also imposes an entry cost. Applicants must disclose personal information, and Case 6’s concept of consent, permission a person gives for something specific, applies. The crew would need to ask for only what it needs, get clear consent and decide who sees the answers.

Timing is itself an ethical variable. The sheet shows most sign-ups arrived before any rule existed. Choosing a rule after seeing the names invites suspicion that the rule was picked to favor someone. A rule announced in advance can earn acceptance even from those who lose. That is why the crew’s decision note should state the method, its main objection and one change that reduces the cost for people who miss out.

Anika offers a structure for comparing options, and it maps onto two classic ethical approaches. One asks which option helps the most people, a consequences question. The other asks whether the way of choosing is fair to everyone, a fairness question.

Stop and think. Which of Belmont’s five principles does each whiteboard option rely on?

Lenses and real allocation debates

The Markkula Center’s framework offers several lenses: consequences, rights, fairness, the common good, character and care. These lenses can reveal different concerns rather than producing an automatic score (Markkula Center for Applied Ethics, revised November 5, 2021). The Belmont Report, a foundational federal statement on research ethics, lists five widely accepted ways to share benefits and burdens: an equal share, individual need, individual effort, societal contribution and merit (Belmont Report, April 18, 1979).

Scarcity decisions happen at every scale. During the COVID-19 pandemic, a bioethicist explained how leaders chose who received vaccines first (NPR, December 20, 2020).

425
Case 17: How should the crew give out ten free seats?AP Lang student edition

Lenses and real allocation debates, continued

Medical experts argued against first-come, first-served for scarce resources and proposed explicit criteria instead (Emanuel et al., New England Journal of Medicine, May 21, 2020). In New York City, families disagree over lotteries versus grades for high school admissions (Chalkbeat New York, August 9, 2023). In each debate, people agree that there is not enough to go around. They disagree about which rule should decide who gets a share, and that is the crew’s question too.

Stop and think. Why does choosing a rule after seeing the names damage trust even if the rule is reasonable?

Sources

Real sourceMarkkula Center for Applied Ethics, Santa Clara UniversityNovember 5, 2021

A Framework for Ethical Decision Making

Real sourceNational Commission for the Protection of Human Subjects of Biomedical and Behavioral Research; published by the U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare1979

The Belmont Report

Real sourceNPRDecember 20, 2020

The Ethics Of Who Gets The COVID-19 Vaccine And When

Real sourceNew England Journal of Medicine (Emanuel et al.)May 21, 2020

Fair Allocation of Scarce Medical Resources in the Time of Covid-19

Real sourceChalkbeat New YorkAugust 9, 2023

Debate over NYC high school admissions heats up at parent meeting

Notes

426
Case 17: How should the crew give out ten free seats?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence

On your ownRead each document and write what it shows and what it leaves out. About 6 minutes.

Evidence ASign-up sheet

The case sign-up sheet

“Free case: 10 seats. Add your name to show interest. How seats will be chosen: to be announced.” The sheet opened Monday at 9 a.m. By Wednesday it had thirty names. The first 22 names were added before 10 a.m. on Monday.

Look closely: When did most names arrive, and what rule was posted then?

What it shows

What it leaves out

Evidence BGroup-chat thread

The crew’s thread, Sunday at 8:30 p.m.

Gia: first come is easiest to run, we just take the top ten.

Anika: I’m at rehearsal most days, I’d see it after it’s full.

Mateo: lottery?

Gia: then we need a sign-up window and someone to run the drawing.

Look closely: Which cost does each person name? Which cost does nobody name?

What it shows

What it leaves out

427
Case 17: How should the crew give out ten free seats?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence, continued

Evidence CWhiteboard

Three options on the whiteboard

A. First come, first served: fast to run; favors whoever sees it first. B. Lottery after a three-day sign-up: equal chance for everyone; needs a sign-up window and a drawing. C. Needs-based rubric: prioritizes people who can’t afford the paid version; needs personal information and someone to judge it.

Look closely: Underline the cost the crew wrote for each option.

What it shows

What it leaves out

What is still missing from the evidence?

Notes

428
Case 17: How should the crew give out ten free seats?AP Lang student edition

Key idea: fair criteria

On your ownRead the key idea and the code of ethics, then answer the question in the box. About 8 minutes.

Any way of giving out ten seats to thirty people leaves twenty people without one. A trade-off is a choice where getting one benefit means accepting a cost or giving something up. First-come is fast, but it favors people who see the message first. A lottery gives everyone the same chance, but it does not consider need. A needs-based rubric aims at equity by helping people who cannot afford the paid version, but applicants must share personal information. Each option has a cost, so the crew has to choose which cost to accept.

Criteria are the standards or reasons a group uses to make a decision. When the crew states its criteria early, everyone knows the rule before anyone is chosen. Even people who do not get a seat may accept the result if the rule was clear in advance. If the crew picks a rule after seeing the names, people may wonder whether it was chosen to favor someone.

The Markkula Center for Applied Ethics at Santa Clara University suggests looking at a decision through several ethical lenses. They include consequences, rights, fairness, the common good, character and care. The lenses can point toward different options, and they do not add up to one automatic score. A strong decision explains which concern matters most in this case, who carries the cost and what could reduce it.

Professional standards

Adapted from a real sourceNational Commission for the Protection of Human Subjects of Biomedical and Behavioral Research; published by the U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare

The Belmont Report: B. Basic Ethical Principles: 3. Justice

Summary: Summary, not a quotation: the report treats justice as fairness in distribution and lists five widely accepted ways to share benefits and burdens: an equal share, individual need, individual effort, societal contribution and merit.

In plain words: The Belmont Report, written for research with people, lists several fair ways to share limited benefits, such as equal shares or need.

Question: Which whiteboard option comes closest to “an equal share,” and which comes closest to “individual need”?

429
Case 17: How should the crew give out ten free seats?AP Lang student edition

Professional standards, continued

Your answer

Option ___ is closest to an equal share and option ___ to individual need, but ___.

In the news

Real sourceNPRDecember 20, 2020

The Ethics Of Who Gets The COVID-19 Vaccine And When

A bioethicist explains how leaders chose who went first when there wasn’t enough for everyone.

Real sourceScientific AmericanSeptember 3, 2020

How to Decide Who Should Get a COVID-19 Vaccine First

Lays out competing criteria such as risk, fairness and benefit, the same lenses the crew uses.

Notes

430
Case 17: How should the crew give out ten free seats?AP Lang student edition

Sort the evidence

On your ownFollow each option to its effects and write who carries the cost in each box. About 6 minutes.

Follow each method to its consequences. Who carries the cost under each one, and what makes the chosen process legitimate to the twenty who lose?

First come, first served

  1. The ten fastest responders get seats; people at rehearsal or work see the sign-up late

    Who is affected

Lottery after a three-day sign-up

  1. Each of the thirty has the same chance, and need is not considered

    Who is affected

Needs-based rubric

  1. Those with the greatest need are prioritized; applicants must share personal information

    Who is affected

Whose perspective is missing?

Whose view is missing from these documents? What would you ask them?

The view that is missing is ___. I would ask ___.

431
Case 17: How should the crew give out ten free seats?AP Lang student edition

Practice: choose a response

On your ownChoose the note you would send, explain why and fix the two marked phrases. About 5 minutes.

Gia is drafting a note to the thirty people on the sign-up sheet. Which sentence could the crew defend?

  • A “We picked the fairest method, so nobody loses out.”

  • B “We’re holding a lottery so everyone has the same chance. A lottery doesn’t favor people with the most need, so we’re looking into a second session.”

  • C “Seats go to the first ten names on the sheet, because those people wanted it most.”

Why I chose it

Improve a draft

A student’s first draft

We should do first come first served because 1 it’s the most fair. Everyone has the same chance to sign up and if you really want it you’ll sign up fast. It’s simple and 2 nobody can complain because they had the same opportunity as everyone else. Also it’s way less work for us than reading thirty applications or doing some random drawing. The people who don’t get in can just come to the next case whenever we have one. This is obviously the best way.

Rewrite each marked phrase so it says only what the evidence supports.

Rewrite phrase 1

Rewrite phrase 2

432
Case 17: How should the crew give out ten free seats?AP Lang student edition

AP Lang

Your task

On your ownRead the steps and fill in the planner boxes before you start your draft. About 10 minutes.

Write an argument addressed to the twenty students who didn’t get a seat, defending the method the crew chose.

Use: The chosen method and the case facts.

You’ll make: Argument letter, about 450 words

Time: 45 minutes

  1. Fill in the audience grid for the twenty students who did not get seats.
  2. Write a thesis that defends the lottery for this audience.
  3. Plan a concession that names the lottery’s real cost.
  4. List two commitments the crew can keep for this audience.
  5. Draft the opening and the concession paragraph on the Your draft page.
  6. Finish the letter, about 450 words, on lined paper or in the online workspace.
  7. Revise the opening so it acknowledges the reader’s disappointment before the thesis.

Prefer typing? Scan to open the online workspace.

The audience: what they know, feel and need

Thesis

433
Case 17: How should the crew give out ten free seats?AP Lang student edition

Your task, continued

Concession

It is true that ___.

Two commitments

Notes

434
Case 17: How should the crew give out ten free seats?AP Lang student edition

Your draft

On your ownWrite your draft in the boxes, using your planner from the page before. About 30 minutes.

Opening paragraph

Concession paragraph

435
Case 17: How should the crew give out ten free seats?AP Lang student edition

Check your work

On your ownAnswer the Check your work questions, mark your level in each rubric row and write one change you made. About 6 minutes.

  • Is your thesis defensible?

    YesNo
  • Do you concede the lottery’s real cost?

    YesNo
  • Do your commitments speak to this audience?

    YesNo
  • Is the line of reasoning clear from paragraph to paragraph?

    YesNo

How your work is scored

Mark one box in each row.

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
EvidenceNo reference to who is affected.Mentions people vaguely.Names specific people and effects from the case.Uses case facts to show who gains and who pays.
ReasoningClaims an option is obviously best.Gives one reason only.Uses a lens and names the strongest objection.Uses two lenses and proposes a revision tied to the objection.
Audience & purposeIgnores the twenty who miss out.Mentions them briefly.Explains the process to all applicants.Builds legitimacy by publishing criteria and a remedy.
RevisionNo change.Wording only.Adds a named cost and revision.Explains how the revision addresses the objection.
436
Case 17: How should the crew give out ten free seats?AP Lang student edition

Check your work, continued

How the revised opening changes the letter’s ethos

Notes

437
Case 17: How should the crew give out ten free seats?AP Lang student edition

Questions to discuss

On your ownWrite a short answer to each question, then complete the sentence frames. About 6 minutes.

1 Whose view would most challenge the option you prefer?

2 Anika says she does not need a seat. What is she asking the crew for?

3 Option C would help people who cannot afford the paid case. What would applicants give up to be chosen that way?

4 What would make the twenty people without seats accept the result as fair?

My take

My claim: ___.

438
Case 17: How should the crew give out ten free seats?AP Lang student edition

My take, continued

The best evidence is ___, because ___.

Someone who disagrees might say ___.

The limit of the evidence is ___.

I would change my mind if ___.

Notes

439
Case 17: How should the crew give out ten free seats?AP Lang student edition

Talk about this lesson at home

Case 17: How should the crew give out ten free seats?

In this case, a group of friends has ten free case seats and thirty people who want one. Your student compared three ways to choose and wrote a note that explains the choice and who carries its cost.

Questions to talk about

  1. When something is limited, like tickets or seats, what makes a way of choosing feel fair?
  2. Why might it help to announce a rule before anyone signs up?
  3. What is one kind way to tell people they were not picked?

Nobody needs to share personal stories or private information to talk about this lesson.

See the lesson online.

440
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

Quick check

Case 17 quick check

About 5 minutes. Fill in one bubble for each question. How should the crew give out ten free seats?

1

Giving seats to people who can't afford the paid case adjusts for different needs. That idea is…

  • A equity

  • B equality

  • C remit

  • D provenance

2

When did most names arrive on the sign-up sheet?

  • A 22 of 30 before 10 a.m. Monday

  • B Wednesday night

  • C Evenly over three days

  • D After the rule was posted

3

The crew picks a lottery with a three-day sign-up. Anika asks whether signing up on day three hurts her chances.

  • A Yes, early names count more

  • B No. Everyone who signs up in the window has the same chance

  • C Only if she's at rehearsal

  • D It depends on need

441
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

Missed one? Go back to 1: Key terms, page 422; 2: Look at the evidence, page 427; 3: Practice, page 432.

Exit ticket

Whose view most challenges the option you prefer? Say what they would lose. Then name one limit: something the evidence can’t show yet.

My answer

How sure am I?1234

442
Case 18: Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?AP Lang student edition

Case 18: Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?

The district’s proposed budget is $48 million, the school theater curtain won’t close, and Dec wants to ask the school board about it.

On your ownRead What happened and underline the three dollar amounts. About 4 minutes.

Anika, Dec and Mari test a small light circuit in a theater case, with Pauta beside them.

Your role: You’re the one who works out the per-student number before anyone repeats the post. New skill: Compare numbers on the same scale.

What happened

The curtain in the school theater is torn, and it no longer closes all the way. Dec pulls that curtain at every show. He and Anika are on the theater crew. The facilities office gave the theater advisor a quote to replace the curtain: $6,800.

Mari is helping them prepare a question for the school board. They find the district’s proposed budget for next school year. The total is $48 million for a projected 3,200 students. One line sets aside $310,000 for building repairs at all schools. A note says the figures may change before the board adopts the budget.

On Tuesday at 6:10 p.m., a post starts going around. It compares the district’s $48 million with another district, Westbrook, at $21,000 per student. “And they can’t fix ONE curtain??” it asks. Dec has a photo of the torn curtain. He wants to be the one who asks the board about it.

Your question: What can the $48 million total tell Dec about the curtain, and what should he ask the school board?

443
Case 18: Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?AP Lang student edition

Key terms

On your ownRead each key term and its example, then write your first guess in the box. About 3 minutes.

Revenue Revenue is money that comes into a government or an organization, such as taxes and grants.

En español: ingresos

In this lesson: NCES reports that public schools get revenue from federal, state and local sources. That national data cannot show what Dec’s district spends on a curtain.

Expenditure An expenditure is money that a government or an organization spends.

En español: gasto

In this lesson: The $48 million is a proposed plan for next school year. It lists planned expenditures, but none of that money has been spent yet.

Per-pupil amount A per-pupil amount is a total divided by the number of students, so that districts of different sizes can be compared.

En español: monto por estudiante

In this lesson: $48,000,000 ÷ 3,200 students = $15,000 per student. Westbrook’s $21,000 is already per student, but its year and stage are unknown.

Who is involved

Mari

Helping the theater crew with a budget question

“Forty-eight million dollars, and the curtain still won’t close. Ay, bendito. Before we get mad at the big number, which line is supposed to fix it?”

Dec

Pulls the curtain at every show

“I pull that curtain every show. It doesn’t close all the way anymore. That part I can show you.”

444
Case 18: Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?AP Lang student edition

Your first guess

Before you look at the evidence, why do you think the theater curtain is still not fixed?

My first guess is ___, because ___.

Notes

445
Case 18: Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?AP Lang student edition

Reading passage

Reading a budget before reacting to it

On your ownRead the passage. At each Stop and think box, pause and answer the question in your head or with a partner. About 5 minutes.

Words to know

  • Revenue: Revenue is money that comes into a government or an organization, such as taxes and grants.
  • Expenditure: An expenditure is money that a government or an organization spends.
  • Per-pupil amount: A per-pupil amount is a total divided by the number of students, so that districts of different sizes can be compared.
  • Proposal: A proposal is a change that someone suggests and that has not been approved yet.
  • Decision-maker: A decision-maker is the person or group with the power to make a particular choice.

The story: Where is the money going?

Dec, 17, a senior on the theater crew, pulls the stage curtain at every show. It is torn and no longer closes all the way. The facilities office has already priced a flame-retardant replacement, removal and installation included, at $6,800. Dec has a photo of the tear. He wants to take the problem to the school board, and he wants to be the one who asks.

Mari, 19, is helping him and Anika, 16, prepare. The district’s proposed budget for next school year is posted online. The headline figure is $48,000,000, with projected enrollment of 3,200 students. A facilities line provides $310,000 for building repairs across all schools. A note warns that the figures are proposed and may change before adoption.

On Tuesday at 6:10 p.m., a post begins circulating. It sets the district’s $48 million beside Westbrook’s $21,000 per student and asks why the district cannot fix one curtain. The post has the emotional logic of a good question. It also has the arithmetic of a bad one. Mari’s instinct is to ask where the numbers are from.

Your role is to work out the per-student number before anyone repeats the post.

Stop and think. The post “has the emotional logic of a good question.” What makes it feel convincing?

446
Case 18: Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?AP Lang student edition

Putting numbers on the same scale

Budget numbers carry three labels that must match before a comparison means anything: year, stage and unit. The post mismatches all three. It pairs a proposed district total for next year with a per-student figure of unknown year and stage.

A per-pupil amount is a total divided by the number of students, so that districts of different sizes can be compared. The new skill in this case is comparing numbers on the same scale. It extends Case 11’s habit of comparing like with like. Dividing $48,000,000 by 3,200 gives $15,000 per student. The recalculation changes the post’s implied story, but it does not settle it. Westbrook’s year and stage are still unknown, and a per-pupil figure cannot show whether either district’s funding matches its students’ needs.

The vocabulary of public finance keeps other distinctions straight. Revenue is money that comes into a government or an organization, such as taxes and grants. An expenditure is money that a government or an organization spends. This document is a proposal, the Case 4 term for a change that someone suggests and that has not been approved yet. A proposed budget, the adopted budget and actual spending are three different records.

The crew’s method draws on earlier cases. Mari reads the budget line by line, the skill from Case 5, looking for the line that could plausibly cover a stage curtain. She is not sure a curtain counts as a building repair, and she wants to find out. Dec follows Case 13’s rule of keeping a claim as small as the evidence. His photo proves the tear and nothing about where money went, so he brings the photo, the quote and a question rather than an accusation. Case 4’s decision-maker, the person or group with the power to make a particular choice, points to the school board, which adopts the budget within state and federal rules. His question should name one budget line, one need and the board’s next chance to hear requests.

Stop and think. Why can’t a per-pupil figure show whether a district has enough money?

Funding, spending and outcomes

National data give context but not local answers. NCES reports that public-school revenue comes from federal, state and local sources, with a mix that varies by state (NCES, May 2024). Its state-by-state table for 2022–23 includes per-pupil amounts (NCES Digest table 235.20, March 2026). Reliance on local property taxes produces large differences between districts (NPR, April 18, 2016).

Budgets also change over time. When temporary federal pandemic relief ran out, districts faced what reporters called a funding cliff (Chalkbeat, September 13, 2023). In 2026, many districts made cuts and layoffs tied to inflation and enrollment declines (Chalkbeat, May 28, 2026). Spending levels matter for students.

447
Case 18: Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?AP Lang student edition

Funding, spending and outcomes, continued

A major study of school finance reforms found that more per-pupil spending raised graduation rates and adult earnings, especially for low-income students (Jackson, Johnson and Persico, Quarterly Journal of Economics, October 1, 2015).

The SPJ code offers a rule for anyone writing about budgets: “Provide context. Take special care not to misrepresent or oversimplify in promoting, previewing or summarizing a story” (SPJ Code of Ethics, September 6, 2014). The viral post fails that test, and Dec’s question passes it.

Stop and think. What would Dec need to know to show that the curtain belongs in the building repairs line?

Sources

Real sourceNational Center for Education StatisticsMay 2024

Public School Revenue Sources (Condition of Education)

Real sourceNational Center for Education StatisticsMarch 2026

Revenue sources for public schools by state, 2022–23 (Digest table 235.20)

Real sourceNPRApril 18, 2016

Why America's Schools Have A Money Problem

Real sourceChalkbeatSeptember 13, 2023

Schools face a funding cliff. How bad will the fall be?

Real sourceChalkbeatMay 28, 2026

A financial reckoning is hitting America’s public schools

Real sourceThe Quarterly Journal of Economics (Jackson, Johnson & Persico)October 1, 2015

The Effects of School Spending on Educational and Economic Outcomes: Evidence from School Finance Reforms

Real sourceSociety of Professional Journalists (SPJ)2014

SPJ Code of Ethics

448
Case 18: Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence

On your ownRead each document and write what it shows and what it leaves out. About 6 minutes.

Evidence ABudget excerpt

The proposed budget for next school year

PROPOSED BUDGET, NEXT SCHOOL YEAR. Total proposed budget: $48,000,000. Projected enrollment: 3,200 students. Facilities, building repairs (all schools): $310,000. Note: figures are proposed and may change before the board adopts the budget.

Look closely: Circle the year, the stage and the unit for each number.

What it shows

What it leaves out

Evidence BSocial media post

A post shared Tuesday at 6:10 p.m.

Our district: $48 MILLION. Westbrook: $21,000 per student. And they can’t fix ONE curtain?? Where is the money going?

Look closely: Which number is a total, and which is per student?

What it shows

What it leaves out

449
Case 18: Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence, continued

Evidence CRepair quote

The facilities quote for a new curtain

Stage curtain replacement, main auditorium: remove the torn curtain, supply and install a flame-retardant replacement. Total: $6,800.

Look closely: What does the quote confirm, and who received it?

What it shows

What it leaves out

What is still missing from the evidence?

Notes

450
Case 18: Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?AP Lang student edition

Key idea: per-pupil amounts

On your ownRead the key idea and the code of ethics, then answer the question in the box. About 8 minutes.

Before you compare two budget numbers, check three labels: the year, the stage and the unit. An expenditure is money that a government or an organization spends. A proposed budget is a plan for expenditures. An adopted budget is the plan the board approves. Actual spending is what the district really spent. The $48 million is a proposed total for the whole district. The Westbrook figure is an amount per student.

A per-pupil amount is a total divided by the number of students, so that districts of different sizes can be compared. Dec’s district proposes $48,000,000 for a projected 3,200 students. That works out to $15,000 per student. The comparison is still not complete, because Westbrook’s budget year and stage are unknown. A per-pupil figure also cannot show whether either district has enough for its students’ needs.

Revenue is money that comes into a government or an organization, such as taxes and grants. The National Center for Education Statistics (NCES) reports that public schools get revenue from federal, state and local sources. The mix differs from state to state. National data like this gives context, but it cannot say what one district spends on a curtain. In most states, an elected local school board adopts the budget within state and federal rules. That is why Dec’s question should name one budget line, one need and the board’s next chance to hear requests.

Professional standards

Real sourceAmerican Society for Public Administration (ASPA)

ASPA Code of Ethics: 5. Fully Inform and Advise

“Provide accurate, honest, comprehensive, and timely information and advice to elected and appointed officials and governing board members”

In plain words: ASPA members agree to give decision-makers, such as school board members, accurate and complete information.

Question: The $6,800 curtain quote went to the theater advisor. What should the board see to rank that repair?

451
Case 18: Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?AP Lang student edition

Professional standards, continued

Your answer

The board needs ___. Then it can ___.

In the news

Real sourceNPRApril 18, 2016

Why America's Schools Have A Money Problem

Explains how local property taxes make school budgets very different from one district to the next.

Real sourceChalkbeatMay 28, 2026

A financial reckoning is hitting America’s public schools

Big districts are making cuts, showing how a huge budget can still leave little for extras like a stage curtain.

Notes

452
Case 18: Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?AP Lang student edition

Sort the evidence

On your ownTrace the curtain request from the photo to the vote and fill in each box. About 5 minutes.

Trace the curtain request from the photo to the vote. Who ranks it, who adopts the budget, which rules limit them, and where can students speak?

Fund the $6,800 curtain replacement next year

Who decides

The elected local school board, which adopts the budget

The facilities office, which ranks repair requests (how is still unknown)

Under which rule

State and federal rules and funding streams set limits on district budgets

Proposed building-repairs line: $310,000 for all schools

Who lives with it
Your way in

Whose perspective is missing?

Whose view is missing from these documents? What would you ask them?

The view that is missing is ___. I would ask ___.

453
Case 18: Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?AP Lang student edition

Practice: choose a response

On your ownChoose what the crew should do first, explain why and fix the two marked phrases. About 5 minutes.

A post compares the district’s $48 million total with Westbrook’s $21,000 per student. Someone reposts it and adds “we get way less.” What should the crew do first?

  • A Share it. Both figures are in dollars, and the curtain really is torn.

  • B Check that both figures use the same year, budget stage and units before comparing them.

  • C Divide $48 million by 3,200 students, and post that the district is underfunded.

Why I chose it

Improve a draft

A student’s first draft

Our district has a 1 $48 million budget but our theater curtain is ripped and gross. That’s so much money and they can’t even fix one curtain? It has been like this since before any of us joined the crew and it keeps getting worse every show. Where is all the money going? Other districts get way more. I saw a post that said so. We deserve better and 2 the board needs to explain themselves. We are honestly tired of waiting for this.

Rewrite each marked phrase so it says only what the evidence supports.

Rewrite phrase 1

Rewrite phrase 2

454
Case 18: Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?AP Lang student edition

AP Lang

Your task

On your ownRead the steps and fill in the planner boxes before you start your draft. About 8 minutes.

Write a synthesis argument: what should students bring to a school board budget hearing?

Use: Sources: district budget excerpt, NCES table, Mateo’s photo, Mari’s conversation.

You’ll make: Synthesis essay, about 550 words, 40 minutes

Time: 50 minutes

  1. Read the sources: Evidence A, the NCES summary, the curtain photo and Mari’s lines.
  2. Write a qualified thesis about what students should bring to a budget hearing.
  3. Note what each source can prove and what it cannot.
  4. Draft your thesis paragraph and your paragraph on the photo on the Your draft page.
  5. Finish the essay, about 550 words in 40 minutes, on lined paper or in the online workspace.
  6. Revise one paragraph so its commentary explains how the photo works on a board audience.

Prefer typing? Scan to open the online workspace.

Thesis with a qualifier

455
Case 18: Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?AP Lang student edition

Your task, continued

What each source can and cannot prove

Notes

456
Case 18: Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?AP Lang student edition

Your draft

On your ownWrite your draft in the boxes, using your planner from the page before. About 40 minutes.

Thesis paragraph

Paragraph on the photo

457
Case 18: Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?AP Lang student edition

Check your work

On your ownAnswer the Check your work questions, mark your level in each rubric row and write one change you made. About 6 minutes.

  • Is your thesis defensible and qualified?

    YesNo
  • Do you bring in at least three sources with commentary?

    YesNo
  • Do you use the photo accurately?

    YesNo
  • Do you explain what each source can and cannot prove?

    YesNo

How your work is scored

Mark one box in each row.

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
EvidenceUses an unlabeled total.Uses a figure without year or stage.Labels year, stage and line and cites the need.Adds a repair quote and notes what the figures can’t show.
ReasoningAssumes waste or theft.Compares mismatched numbers.Links the need to a specific budget line.Explains process questions: ranking, timing, decision-maker.
Audience & purposeAccuses the board.Complains without a request.Asks a question the board can answer.Asks a question and offers a concrete way for students to contribute.
458
Case 18: Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?AP Lang student edition

How your work is scored, continued

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
RevisionNo change.Removes insults only.Adds labels and a specific line.Explains how each change makes an answer more likely.

How my revised commentary works on the board

Notes

459
Case 18: Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?AP Lang student edition

Questions to discuss

On your ownWrite a short answer to each question, then complete the sentence frames. About 6 minutes.

1 What could make spending rise without the service getting better?

2 Dec wants to ask the board himself. Why might it matter who brings the question?

3 What else would you want to know before saying one district gets less than another?

My take

My claim: ___.

The best evidence is ___, because ___.

460
Case 18: Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?AP Lang student edition

My take, continued

Someone who disagrees might say ___.

The limit of the evidence is ___.

I would change my mind if ___.

Notes

461
Case 18: Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?AP Lang student edition

Talk about this lesson at home

Case 18: Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?

In this case, a group of friends reads a school district budget to find out why a torn theater curtain has not been fixed. Your student checked what the numbers mean and wrote a clear question for the school board.

Questions to talk about

  1. Where do you think a school’s money comes from?
  2. Why can it be misleading to compare a total with an amount per person?
  3. Who would you ask if something at school needed fixing?

Nobody needs to share personal stories or private information to talk about this lesson.

See the lesson online.

462
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

Quick check

Case 18 quick check

About 5 minutes. Fill in one bubble for each question. Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?

1

A total divided by the number of students is a…

  • A per-pupil amount

  • B revenue

  • C expenditure

  • D remit

2

$48,000,000 for 3,200 students is how much per student?

  • A $1,500

  • B $15,000

  • C $21,000

  • D $150,000

3

The post says Westbrook spends $21,000 per student. Before comparing it with $15,000, what must you check?

  • A Nothing; both are per student now

  • B The same year, the same budget stage and what each figure includes

  • C Which district is bigger

  • D Whether the curtain is torn

463
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

Missed one? Go back to 1: Key terms, page 444; 2: Look at the evidence, page 449; 3: Practice, page 454.

Exit ticket

The curtain costs $6,800 and the repair line for all schools is $310,000. About what share of the line is that? Then write one question for the board that names the line. Then name one limit: something the evidence can’t show yet.

My answer

How sure am I?1234

464
Case 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?AP Lang student edition

Case 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?

Gia has two minutes to speak to the parks committee about the court lights, but her draft is three pages long.

On your ownRead What happened and underline the sentence that says what item 4 proposes. About 3 minutes.

Your role: You’re the one holding the timer and listening for the request. New skill: Fit a request to the body’s remit and time limit.

Gia and Mateo sit on a front stoop, each holding pages of notes.

What happened

It is Tuesday, 5:40 p.m. The parks committee meets at 6. Item 4 on its agenda is a proposal to turn off the park’s court lights at 8 p.m. The reason given is complaints about evening noise from nearby residents.

Gia wants to speak against item 4. It is her first time speaking at a public meeting. Each speaker gets two minutes. On Monday night, Gia wrote a three-page draft. When she reads page one out loud, it takes two minutes and forty seconds.

Mateo is timing her from a bench. He follows every word, but he cannot tell what she wants the committee to do. The draft also mentions a friend’s private situation, and page two is about the bus. Everything Gia says will become part of the public record, along with her name.

Your question: What should Gia keep in her two-minute comment, and what should she cut?

465
Case 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?AP Lang student edition

Key terms

On your ownRead each key term and its example, then write your first guess in the box. About 3 minutes.

Agenda item An agenda item is one topic listed on a meeting’s official schedule of business.

En español: punto del orden del día

In this lesson: Item 4, “Evening court hours,” proposes turning off the court lights at 8:00 p.m. Its action is a committee recommendation to the full council.

Remit A remit is the set of matters that a committee or other body is responsible for and can act on.

En español: competencia

In this lesson: The parks committee can recommend court hours. It cannot change bus routes, so page two of Gia’s draft belongs with a different body.

Public record A public record is information a government keeps that anyone can ask to see, such as meeting comments.

En español: registro público

In this lesson: Comments and speakers’ names become part of the public record. That is why Gia leaves her friend’s private situation out of her comment.

Who is involved

Gia

Speaking at a public meeting for the first time

“I timed page one out loud. Two minutes forty. There are three pages.”

Mateo

Timing Gia’s practice run from a bench

“I followed all of it. I still couldn’t tell you what she wants them to do.”

466
Case 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?AP Lang student edition

Your first guess

Before you look at the evidence, what do you think Gia should say in her two minutes?

My first guess is ___, because ___.

Notes

467
Case 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?AP Lang student edition

Reading passage

Two minutes, one ask

On your ownRead the passage. At each Stop and think box, pause and answer the question in your head or with a partner. About 5 minutes.

Words to know

  • Agenda item: An agenda item is one topic listed on a meeting’s official schedule of business.
  • Remit: A remit is the set of matters that a committee or other body is responsible for and can act on.
  • Public record: A public record is information a government keeps that anyone can ask to see, such as meeting comments.
  • Proposal: A proposal is a change that someone suggests and that has not been approved yet.
  • Decision-maker: A decision-maker is the person or group with the power to make a particular choice.

The story: The first time at the microphone

Gia, 21, has spent her life in Fort Greene, and the park is part of her week. On Tuesday, the parks committee meets at 6 p.m. Item 4 on its agenda proposes turning off the court lights and closing the lighted courts at 8 p.m., citing complaints about evening noise from nearby residents. The agenda lists the action as a committee recommendation to the full council. Gia wants to speak against it. She has never spoken at a public meeting before.

The rules give her two minutes. Speakers sign up by 5 p.m., written comments may be submitted in advance and comments and names become part of the public record. At 5:40, Gia reads her draft aloud on a bench while Mateo, 22, times her. The draft runs three pages, and page one alone takes two minutes and forty seconds. It also contains a friend’s private situation and a page about the bus.

Mateo’s feedback is precise without being a rewrite. He followed every word and still cannot say what she wants the committee to do. His question is the most useful editing tool in the case. If the committee remembers one sentence, what is it? That sentence goes first.

Your role is to hold the timer and listen for the request.

Stop and think. Why does Mateo’s one-sentence question work better than line edits?

468
Case 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?AP Lang student edition

Matching a request to a body

An agenda item is one topic listed on a meeting’s official schedule of business. A remit is the set of matters that a committee or other body is responsible for and can act on. The two concepts define what Gia can usefully ask. Item 4 concerns lighting and closing time. The committee’s remit includes recommending court hours. It does not include buses. Her draft’s central plea, “Please don’t close the park,” misstates the item, since no one has proposed closing the park.

The new skill is fitting a request to the body’s remit and time limit, and it assembles earlier skills. Case 4 introduced the proposal, a change that someone suggests and that has not been approved yet, and the decision-maker, the person or group with the power to make a particular choice. Here the chain has two links. The committee recommends, and the full council decides. Case 10 taught you to route a problem to the office responsible, which is why the bus page belongs with a transit office rather than this committee.

A strong two-minute comment does four jobs. It names the agenda item, reports an observation, explains why it matters and makes one request. Gia’s revised comment does exactly that. It names item 4. It reports that she counted twenty or thirty people on the courts between 8 and 9. It notes that many of them work late. And it asks for lights until 9 on weekdays this summer. The request also engages the resident who wrote that late noise carries into their apartment and that their kids have school in the morning. Asking for 9 rather than no change gives the committee a middle path that answers both concerns in part.

The final cut is ethical. A public record is information a government keeps that anyone can ask to see, such as meeting comments. Everything Gia says will be attached to her name and kept. Her friend’s situation belongs to her friend, so it comes out.

Stop and think. How does asking for 9 p.m. instead of no change affect the committee’s choices?

Research and real practice

Rules differ by body. Seattle City Council accepts spoken comment in person or by phone and written comment by email, with up to two minutes per speaker (Seattle City Council, no date listed). That is one city’s process, not a rule for every council. Research raises a harder question about who shows up. A study of meeting minutes found that local commenters often do not reflect the whole community (Einstein, Palmer and Glick, Perspectives on Politics, October 14, 2018). Other peer-reviewed work examines whether and how public comment connects to policy outcomes (Sahn, American Journal of Political Science, August 31, 2024).

Young people are using the process well. Philadelphia students testified at board meetings about school closures, drawing on district data (Chalkbeat Philadelphia, April 3, 2026).

469
Case 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?AP Lang student edition

Research and real practice, continued

Journalists hold a related privacy standard. The SPJ code says “private people have a greater right to control information about themselves than public figures” (SPJ Code of Ethics, September 6, 2014). Gia applies that principle to her friend.

Stop and think. The research shows commenters often do not reflect the whole community. What does that suggest about who should speak?

Sources

Real sourceSeattle City CouncilNo date listed

Public Comment

Real sourcePerspectives on Politics (Einstein, Palmer & Glick)October 14, 2018

Who Participates in Local Government? Evidence from Meeting Minutes

Real sourceAmerican Journal of Political Science (Sahn)August 31, 2024

Public comment and public policy

Real sourceChalkbeat PhiladelphiaApril 3, 2026

‘Not what democracy is all about’: Philly students slam school leaders’ approach to school closures

Real sourceSociety of Professional Journalists (SPJ)2014

SPJ Code of Ethics

Notes

470
Case 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence

On your ownRead each document and write what it shows and what it leaves out. About 5 minutes.

Evidence AMeeting agenda

Item 4 on the parks committee agenda

Item 4. Evening court hours. Proposal to turn off the court lights and close the lighted courts at 8:00 p.m. Background: complaints about evening noise from nearby residents. Action: committee recommendation to the full council.

Look closely: Circle the item number, the proposed time and the action.

What it shows

What it leaves out

Evidence BComment rules

How to comment at the meeting

Sign up to speak by 5:00 p.m. on the day of the meeting. Each speaker has 2 minutes. Written comments may be submitted before the meeting. Comments and speakers’ names become part of the public record.

Look closely: Underline the deadline, the time limit and what becomes public.

What it shows

What it leaves out

471
Case 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence, continued

Evidence CDraft

Gia’s three-page draft (excerpt)

“The park is really important to everyone and closing it is a terrible idea. I go there all the time with my friends… You guys never listen to young people. Please don’t close the park.”

Look closely: Find the request. Does it match what item 4 proposes?

What it shows

What it leaves out

Evidence DWritten comment

A comment from a nearby resident

The courts are good for the neighborhood, but the noise late in the evening carries into our apartment. We have kids with school in the morning.

Look closely: What does this resident like, and what is the problem?

What it shows

What it leaves out

What is still missing from the evidence?

472
Case 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?AP Lang student edition

Key idea: remit

On your ownRead the key idea and the code of ethics, then answer the question in the box. About 6 minutes.

A remit is the set of matters that a committee or other body is responsible for and can act on. The parks committee can make a recommendation about court hours. It cannot change bus routes. That is why Gia’s comment should ask for something the parks committee can do.

An agenda item is one topic listed on a meeting’s official schedule of business. Each committee, council or board sets its own rules for who can speak, when and for how long. Seattle City Council is one real example. Its public comment page describes speaking in person or by phone and signing up before the meeting. Each speaker gets up to two minutes, and written comments can be sent by email.

A short comment can do four jobs. It names the agenda item, shares something the speaker observed, says why it matters and ends with a clear request. Before adding personal details, check whether comments become public. A public record is information a government keeps that anyone can ask to see, such as meeting comments. At Gia’s meeting, comments and speakers’ names become part of the public record.

Professional standards

Real sourceAmerican Society for Public Administration (ASPA)

ASPA Code of Ethics: 3. Promote democratic participation

“Inform the public and encourage active engagement in governance. Be open, transparent and responsive, and respect and assist all persons in their dealings with public organizations.”

In plain words: ASPA's code asks people in public service to make it easy for every affected person to take part in decisions.

Question: The instructions allow written comments in advance. How does that help court users who cannot come at 6 p.m.?

Your answer

Written comments ___, but ___.

473
Case 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?AP Lang student edition

In the news

Real sourceChalkbeat PhiladelphiaApril 3, 2026

‘Not what democracy is all about’: Philly students slam school leaders’ approach to school closures

Students testified at board meetings and used district data, real public comment with a clear destination.

Real sourceChalkbeat NewarkNovember 26, 2025

How a Newark student coalition is using its own research to press for change in schools

Teens brought evidence and specific requests to their school board, the formula this case teaches.

Notes

474
Case 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?AP Lang student edition

Sort the evidence

On your ownFollow a comment from the speaker to the final decision and fill in each box. About 4 minutes.

Follow a comment from the speaker to the final decision. Which body hears it, which body decides, and whose concerns reach the room?

Turn off the court lights at 8 p.m.?

Who decides

Full council: takes the final action

Under which rule
Who lives with it
Your way in

Whose perspective is missing?

Whose view is missing from these documents? What would you ask them?

The view that is missing is ___. I would ask ___.

475
Case 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?AP Lang student edition

Practice: choose a response

On your ownChoose the best opening sentence, explain why and fix the two marked phrases. About 6 minutes.

Gia has two minutes on item 4. Which opening sentence gives the committee the most to work with?

  • A “The park is really important to everyone, and closing it is a terrible idea.”

  • B “Good evening. I’m Gia, and I’m commenting on item 4, the proposal to turn off the court lights at 8 p.m.”

  • C “You guys never listen to young people, so I hope tonight is different.”

Why I chose it

Improve a draft

A student’s first draft

Hi, my name is Gia and I have lived in this neighborhood my whole life. The park is really important to everyone and closing it is a terrible idea. I go there all the time with my friends and it’s one of the only free things to do around here. My friend works late and this is the only time she can play and 1 she’s been going through a lot at home. You guys never listen to young people. 2 Please don’t close the park.

Rewrite each marked phrase so it says only what the evidence supports.

Rewrite phrase 1

Rewrite phrase 2

476
Case 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?AP Lang student edition

AP Lang

Your task

On your ownRead the steps and fill in the planner boxes before you start your draft. About 10 minutes.

Analyze how two sample comments to the committee use rhetorical choices, then write your own.

Use: Two educator-written comments: one emotional and unfocused, one concise and specific.

You’ll make: Analysis (about 350 words) plus a 90-second comment

Time: 50 minutes

  1. Read the two sample comments. Fill in the comparison chart for each one.
  2. Note how the two-minute limit and the formal setting shape each comment.
  3. Write a thesis about how these constraints shape effective choices.
  4. Draft your thesis and first body paragraph, about 350 words in all, on the Your draft page.
  5. Write your own 90-second comment on item 4 that applies your analysis.
  6. Ask a peer to time it. Cut about a fifth, then explain the cut in one sentence.

Prefer typing? Scan to open the online workspace.

Comment 1: choices and effect

477
Case 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?AP Lang student edition

Your task, continued

Comment 2: choices and effect

Thesis

Notes

478
Case 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?AP Lang student edition

Your draft

On your ownWrite your draft in the boxes, using your planner from the page before. About 22 minutes.

Your analysis: thesis and first body paragraph

Your 90-second comment on item 4

479
Case 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?AP Lang student edition

Your draft, continued

Your 90-second comment on item 4, continued

Notes

480
Case 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?AP Lang student edition

Check your work

On your ownAnswer the Check your work questions, mark your level in each rubric row and write one change you made. About 6 minutes.

  • Does your thesis explain how the time limit and setting shape choices?

    YesNo
  • Do you analyze specific choices in both comments?

    YesNo
  • Does your own comment apply your analysis?

    YesNo
  • Did you cut about a fifth and explain the cut?

    YesNo

How your work is scored

Mark one box in each row.

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
EvidenceNo facts.General claim about importance.One specific observation tied to the item.Observation plus acknowledgment of another perspective.
ReasoningAttacks the body.States a feeling only.Explains why the change matters.Weighs the concern and offers a middle path.
Audience & purposeWrong body or no request.Request is vague.Names the item and a specific request.Request fits the body’s remit and includes a follow-up.
RevisionNo change.Shortens only.Removes private details and adds a request.Explains each cut in terms of time, privacy and purpose.
481
Case 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?AP Lang student edition

Check your work, continued

The cut that strengthened my line of reasoning

I cut ___, which ___.

Notes

482
Case 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?AP Lang student edition

Questions to discuss

On your ownWrite a short answer to each question, then complete the sentence frames. About 6 minutes.

1 The parks committee cannot fix the bus problem. Who should get that question instead?

2 How could Gia’s comment respond to the resident’s concern about noise?

3 What does Gia get from speaking, even if the committee recommends turning off the lights?

4 Court users who work late may miss a 6 p.m. meeting. How could their views reach the committee?

My take

My claim: ___.

483
Case 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?AP Lang student edition

My take, continued

The best evidence is ___, because ___.

Someone who disagrees might say ___.

The limit of the evidence is ___.

I would change my mind if ___.

Notes

484
Case 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?AP Lang student edition

Talk about this lesson at home

Case 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?

In this case, Gia gets two minutes at a parks committee meeting to speak about a plan to turn off the court lights. Your student helped cut her three-page draft into a short comment with one clear request.

Questions to talk about

  1. Who makes decisions about parks and other public spaces in a town or city?
  2. What makes a short request easy for a listener to remember?
  3. Why might someone leave a friend’s story out of a public comment?

Nobody needs to share personal stories or private information to talk about this lesson.

See the lesson online.

485
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

Quick check

Case 19 quick check

About 5 minutes. Fill in one bubble for each question. What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?

1

The matters a committee is responsible for and can act on are its…

  • A remit

  • B agenda

  • C record

  • D criteria

2

What does item 4 propose?

  • A Closing the park

  • B Turning off the court lights and closing the lighted courts at 8 p.m.

  • C Cutting a bus route

  • D A noise fine

3

Gia has 20 seconds left and a page to go. What does she keep?

  • A The bus page

  • B Her one request on item 4

  • C Her friend's situation

  • D "You never listen"

486
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

Missed one? Go back to 1: Key terms, page 466; 2: Look at the evidence, page 471; 3: Practice, page 476.

Exit ticket

What should Gia leave out because it becomes part of the public record, and where could the bus question go instead? Then name one limit: something the evidence can’t show yet.

My answer

How sure am I?1234

487
Case 20: Can the crew post this image as true?AP Lang student edition

Case 20: Can the crew post this image as true?

A realistic image says the campus courtyard flooded today, and Jordy must decide what the six o’clock recap can say about it.

On your ownRead What happened and underline the caption’s claim. About 3 minutes.

Lupa holds a cropped photo of a courtyard next to the full photo pinned on a board. The full photo also shows a blue doorway.

Your role: You’re the one who writes the verification note Jordy posts at six. New skill: Confirm an image with independent sources.

What happened

It is Wednesday, 3:10 p.m. For twenty minutes, an image has been going around the group chat. It looks like a photo of the campus courtyard, with water over the paving and benches. The caption says, “Courtyard flooded today, stay away.” It showed up at 2:48 p.m. with no link, no date and no name.

Jordy is putting together the crew’s recap, which goes out at six. Sami has zoomed in on a hand in the picture, and the fingers seem to merge at the knuckles. Someone ran the image through a free online detector. It reported “12% likely AI-generated.”

A reply in the chat says the writer’s roommate’s friend saw water near the library. Jordy checks the campus facilities alerts page. It shows no active alerts, but its last update was Monday morning.

Your question: Did the courtyard flood today, and what should the recap say about the image?

488
Case 20: Can the crew post this image as true?AP Lang student edition

Key terms

On your ownRead each key term and its example, then write your first guess in the box. About 3 minutes.

Provenance Provenance is information about where an image or a document came from and how it has been handled.

En español: procedencia

In this lesson: The courtyard image arrived at 2:48 p.m. with no link, no date and no named poster. Its provenance is unknown.

Corroboration Corroboration is support for a claim from an independent source.

En español: corroboración

In this lesson: A campus alert or someone’s dated photo of the courtyard could corroborate the flood. A roommate’s friend’s report of water near the library cannot.

Verification note A verification note is a short record of what you checked, what you found and what is still unknown.

En español: nota de verificación

In this lesson: Instead of posting the image, the recap says what the crew checked, what it found and what is still unknown.

Who is involved

Sami

Checking where the image came from

“Everyone’s zooming in on the hand. I did too, and it’s weird. But I still don’t know who posted this.”

Jordy

Putting the six o’clock recap together

“The recap goes out at six. Right now I have an image with no source, a strange hand and an alerts page that hasn’t updated since Monday.”

489
Case 20: Can the crew post this image as true?AP Lang student edition

Your first guess

Before you look at the evidence, do you think the courtyard flooded today?

My first guess is ___, because ___.

Notes

490
Case 20: Can the crew post this image as true?AP Lang student edition

Reading passage

When the honest answer is unverified

On your ownRead the passage. At each Stop and think box, pause and answer the question in your head or with a partner. About 5 minutes.

Words to know

  • Provenance: Provenance is information about where an image or a document came from and how it has been handled.
  • Corroboration: Corroboration is support for a claim from an independent source.
  • Verification note: A verification note is a short record of what you checked, what you found and what is still unknown.
  • Claim: A claim is a statement that something is true. You can check a claim with evidence.
  • Holding statement: A holding statement is a short update that says what is known, what is still being checked and when people will hear more.
  • Correction: A correction is a public statement that replaces wrong information with accurate information.

The story: A deadline and a picture

The crew’s casebook began with a seven-second clip in a group chat. It ends with a single image. At 2:48 p.m. on a Wednesday, a photo-like picture of the campus courtyard appears in the chat, showing water over the paving and benches. Its caption reads, “Courtyard flooded today, stay away.” It arrives with no link, no date on the image and no original poster named. A person in the foreground holds up a phone.

Jordy, who edits the crew’s films and checks every cut before calling it finished, is assembling the six o’clock recap. Within twenty minutes, four pieces of evidence have arrived, and each points somewhere different. Sami posts a zoomed screenshot at 3:02 showing a foreground hand whose fingers seem to merge at the knuckles. A free online detector reports “12% likely AI-generated.” A reply relays that the writer’s roommate’s friend saw water near the library. And at 3:10, Jordy checks the campus facilities alerts page: “No active alerts. Last update: Monday, 9:15 a.m.”

Sami, a design student who notices details for a living, is the first to step back from them. The hand is weird, she agrees, but the more important question is who posted the image first, and when. Jordy states the dilemma plainly. They wanted a clean yes or no, and they do not have one.

Your role is to write the verification note Jordy posts at six.

491
Case 20: Can the crew post this image as true?AP Lang student edition

Stop and think. Why can a detector score answer the wrong question even if it is accurate?

Weighing evidence without overclaiming

Provenance is information about where an image or a document came from and how it has been handled. Checking provenance first is the Case 1 skill, finding the original source, applied to images. This image has none, so every other clue has to be weighed without an anchor.

Each clue has a specific weakness. The caption is a claim, a statement that something is true that can be checked with evidence. The hand is an anomaly, which justifies closer scrutiny and proves nothing, since generated images can look natural and real photos can look strange. The detector score is uninterpretable without knowing the tool’s error rates. Sami’s question, twelve percent of what, gets at that. It also answers a different question from the one that matters. Even a perfect detector could not say whether the courtyard flooded today. The secondhand report fails on two counts: it is not firsthand, and it concerns the library, not the courtyard.

Corroboration is support for a claim from an independent source. Case 9’s skill, checking the official source for your area, points to the alerts page, but its last update on Monday limits what its silence can mean. A dated photo from someone at the courtyard would be stronger.

The new skill is confirming an image with independent sources, and publishing only what was checked. Jordy rejects the middle path of posting the image with a question mark, because the image travels regardless of the punctuation. The recap instead carries a verification note, a short record of what you checked, what you found and what is still unknown. It is a descendant of Case 1’s holding statement, which says what is known, what is still being checked and when people will hear more. It also sets up Case 3’s obligation. If new evidence arrives, a correction or update appears where the note did. “Unverified” is sometimes the most accurate conclusion available.

Stop and think. Why does a question mark fail to stop an image from misleading people?

Detection, provenance and professional standards

NIST’s overview of synthetic content describes provenance data, labeling, watermarking and detection, and it explains the technical limits of each (NIST, November 20, 2024). Real incidents show why no single signal suffices. The Hurricane Helene image of a crying girl with a puppy had no traceable photographer or outlet, and forensics researcher Hany Farid identified internal inconsistencies (UC Berkeley School of Information, October 4, 2024). The News Literacy Project’s RumorGuard check on that image models a verification note, setting out what is known, what is not and why (RumorGuard, no date listed). In 2023, fake images of a Pentagon explosion were shared by verified accounts, showing that a trusted-looking sharer is not provenance (CNN, May 22, 2023).

492
Case 20: Can the crew post this image as true?AP Lang student edition

Detection, provenance and professional standards, continued

Human perception is not a reliable safeguard. In a PNAS study, people could not reliably distinguish AI-synthesized faces from real ones (Nightingale and Farid, February 14, 2022).

Journalism codes frame Jordy’s choice as a duty. The RTDNA code says journalism “verifies, provides relevant context, tells the rest of the story and acknowledges the absence of important additional information” (RTDNA Code of Ethics, June 11, 2015). The SPJ code asks journalists to “identify sources clearly” (SPJ Code of Ethics, September 6, 2014).

Stop and think. Who could be harmed if the crew called a real photo fake?

Sources

Real sourceNational Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)November 20, 2024

Reducing Risks Posed by Synthetic Content: An Overview of Technical Approaches to Digital Content Transparency

Real sourceUC Berkeley School of InformationOctober 4, 2024

Hany Farid breaks down the viral Helene image

Real sourceRumorGuard (News Literacy Project)No date listed

Widely shared image of crying girl and puppy after Helene is AI generated

Real sourceCNNMay 22, 2023

‘Verified’ Twitter accounts share fake image of ‘explosion’ near Pentagon, causing confusion

Real sourcePNAS (Nightingale & Farid)February 14, 2022

AI-synthesized faces are indistinguishable from real faces and more trustworthy

Real sourceRadio Television Digital News Association (RTDNA)2015

RTDNA Code of Ethics

Real sourceSociety of Professional Journalists (SPJ)2014

SPJ Code of Ethics

493
Case 20: Can the crew post this image as true?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence

On your ownRead each document and write what it shows and what it leaves out. About 5 minutes.

Evidence AGroup-chat post

The courtyard image and its caption

Image, described: a photo-like view of the campus courtyard with water over the paving and benches. A person in the foreground holds up a phone. Caption: “Courtyard flooded today, stay away.” Shared Wednesday at 2:48 p.m. with no link, no date on the image and no original poster named.

Look closely: Underline what the caption claims. Circle what the post is missing.

What it shows

What it leaves out

Evidence BScreenshot

Sami’s zoom-in on the hand

Zoomed screenshot of the foreground hand: the fingers seem to merge at the knuckles. Sami posted it in the crew chat on Wednesday at 3:02 p.m.

Look closely: What does the odd hand tell you? What can it not tell you?

What it shows

What it leaves out

494
Case 20: Can the crew post this image as true?AP Lang student edition

Look at the evidence, continued

Evidence CDetector result

A score from a free online detector

“12% likely AI-generated.”

Look closely: What did the tool measure? Does it say anything about the flood?

What it shows

What it leaves out

Evidence DWeb page

The campus facilities alerts page, checked at 3:10 p.m.

“No active alerts. Last update: Monday, 9:15 a.m. Scheduled elevator maintenance in Science Hall, completed.”

Look closely: When was this page last updated? Compare that with the caption’s claim.

What it shows

What it leaves out

What is still missing from the evidence?

495
Case 20: Can the crew post this image as true?AP Lang student edition

Key idea: provenance

On your ownRead the key idea and the code of ethics, then answer the question in the box. About 6 minutes.

Provenance is information about where an image or a document came from and how it has been handled. Check it first when an image claims to show a news event. An image can look polished and still be generated, edited, old or shared with the wrong caption. The courtyard image arrived with no link, no date and no named poster, so its provenance is unknown.

A detail or a tool can give a clue, but it cannot settle the question. An odd-looking hand is a reason to look closer. A natural-looking hand does not prove that an image is real, either. The National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) describes several ways to track, label, watermark and detect synthetic content, such as AI-generated images. NIST explains that each approach has technical limits.

For a claim about a real event, look for the earliest post, its date and place, and corroboration. Corroboration is support for a claim from an independent source. Here, that could be a campus alert or someone’s dated photo of the courtyard. If you cannot confirm the claim, write a verification note. A verification note is a short record of what you checked, what you found and what is still unknown.

Professional standards

Real sourceRadio Television Digital News Association (RTDNA)

RTDNA Code of Ethics: Truth and accuracy above all

“Journalism verifies, provides relevant context, tells the rest of the story and acknowledges the absence of important additional information.”

In plain words: The RTDNA code asks news staff to say what they checked and to admit what they still do not know.

Question: The facilities page shows no active alerts but was last updated Monday. What should Jordy's note say is still unknown?

Your answer

Still unknown: ___, because ___.

496
Case 20: Can the crew post this image as true?AP Lang student edition

In the news

Real sourceNPRMay 22, 2023

Fake viral images of an explosion at the Pentagon were probably created by AI

A realistic fake image spread fast and briefly moved markets before officials confirmed nothing happened.

Real sourceCNNMay 22, 2023

‘Verified’ Twitter accounts share fake image of ‘explosion’ near Pentagon, causing confusion

A blue check was not proof: accounts that looked trustworthy still shared an image with no real source.

Notes

497
Case 20: Can the crew post this image as true?AP Lang student edition

Sort the evidence

On your ownSort each piece of evidence under the claim it bears on and fill in each box. About 4 minutes.

Two claims are in play: the flood and the image. Sort each piece of evidence under the claim it actually bears on. What would settle either one?

EvidenceClaim 1The courtyard flooded today.Claim 2The image was generated by AI.
1 The image shows water in a courtyard, with no date or source
2 Facilities alerts page at 3:10 p.m.: no active alerts
3 Secondhand report of water near the library
4 An odd hand and a 12% detector score

Still open

  • The image’s earliest source and date

Whose perspective is missing?

Whose view is missing from these documents? What would you ask them?

The view that is missing is ___. I would ask ___.

498
Case 20: Can the crew post this image as true?AP Lang student edition

Practice: choose a response

On your ownChoose what Jordy should do, explain why and fix the two marked phrases. About 6 minutes.

The recap goes out at six. What should Jordy do about the courtyard image?

  • A Post the image with a question: “Is the courtyard flooded?”

  • B Say the image is fake, because the hand looks wrong.

  • C Leave the image out, report what the crew checked and say the flood is not confirmed.

Why I chose it

Improve a draft

A student’s first draft

Heads up everyone!! 1 The courtyard flooded today so don’t go over there. Some people are saying the picture is AI because the hand looks weird but I ran it through a detector and it said 12% AI so it’s basically real. My roommate also said her friend saw water near the library earlier, so that pretty much confirms it. Stay safe and 2 tell your friends, we don’t want anyone getting hurt or ruining their shoes lol. We’ll post more if we hear anything else about it.

Rewrite each marked phrase so it says only what the evidence supports.

Rewrite phrase 1

Rewrite phrase 2

499
Case 20: Can the crew post this image as true?AP Lang student edition

AP Lang

Your task

On your ownRead the steps and fill in the planner boxes before you start your draft. About 10 minutes.

Analyze how the viral caption persuades, then write a verification note that uses the same brevity honestly.

Use: The caption, the image description and two reposts with added comments.

You’ll make: Analysis (about 400 words) plus note

Time: 50 minutes

  1. Fill in the rhetorical situation grid for the caption: speaker, audience, purpose and context.
  2. Mark the imperative and the time word in the caption.
  3. Write a thesis on how the caption persuades readers to act before checking.
  4. Draft your thesis and first body paragraph on the Your draft page.
  5. Write a verification note that keeps urgency without overclaiming.
  6. Ask a peer to mark any overconfident word. Revise, and explain the change in one sentence.

Prefer typing? Scan to open the online workspace.

Rhetorical situation

Word choices and their effect

500
Case 20: Can the crew post this image as true?AP Lang student edition

Your task, continued

Thesis

Notes

501
Case 20: Can the crew post this image as true?AP Lang student edition

Your draft

On your ownWrite your draft in the boxes, using your planner from the page before. About 22 minutes.

Your analysis: thesis and first body paragraph

Your verification note

502
Case 20: Can the crew post this image as true?AP Lang student edition

Check your work

On your ownAnswer the Check your work questions, mark your level in each rubric row and write one change you made. About 6 minutes.

  • Does your thesis explain how the caption persuades?

    YesNo
  • Do you analyze specific word choices?

    YesNo
  • Does your note keep urgency without overclaiming?

    YesNo
  • Did you revise every word your peer marked as too certain?

    YesNo

How your work is scored

Mark one box in each row.

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
EvidenceTreats the image as proof.Cites a detector or a detail as a verdict.Checks the earliest source and an independent record.Checks several sources and names what each can’t show.
ReasoningDeclares real or fake with no basis.Hedges without explaining why.Matches confidence to evidence.Separates authenticity of the file from truth of the event.
Audience & purposeUrges spreading.Warns without guidance.Gives followers a safe next step.Gives a next step, a follow-up time and a way to contribute evidence.
503
Case 20: Can the crew post this image as true?AP Lang student edition

How your work is scored, continued

SkillBeginningDevelopingProficientAdvanced
RevisionNo change.Softens words only.Replaces the verdict with a verification note.Explains how each change protects followers and credibility.

The word I changed, and why

I changed ___ because ___.

Notes

504
Case 20: Can the crew post this image as true?AP Lang student edition

Questions to discuss

On your ownWrite a short answer to each question, then complete the sentence frames. About 6 minutes.

1 What would you need beyond the image to support the caption’s claim?

2 Do you agree with Jordy’s choice to leave the image out of the recap, and why?

3 Who could be harmed if the crew called a real photo fake?

4 The alerts page shows nothing new since Monday. Does that prove the courtyard did not flood?

My take

My claim: ___.

505
Case 20: Can the crew post this image as true?AP Lang student edition

My take, continued

The best evidence is ___, because ___.

Someone who disagrees might say ___.

The limit of the evidence is ___.

I would change my mind if ___.

Notes

506
Case 20: Can the crew post this image as true?AP Lang student edition

Talk about this lesson at home

Case 20: Can the crew post this image as true?

In this case, a realistic image in a group chat claims that a campus courtyard flooded today. Your student checked where the image came from and wrote a short note that says what is known and what is not.

Questions to talk about

  1. What would you check before you share a picture of breaking news?
  2. Where does your town or school post official alerts?
  3. Why can saying you are not sure yet be better than guessing?

Nobody needs to share personal stories or private information to talk about this lesson.

See the lesson online.

507
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

Quick check

Case 20 quick check

About 5 minutes. Fill in one bubble for each question. Can the crew post this image as true?

1

Support for a claim from an independent source is…

  • A corroboration

  • B provenance

  • C disclosure

  • D framing

2

What does the alerts page show when Jordy checks it at 3:10 p.m.?

  • A A flood alert

  • B No active alerts, last updated Monday at 9:15 a.m.

  • C The courtyard is closed

  • D That the image is fake

3

At 5:30 p.m., a classmate sends a dated photo of dry paving near the library. What changes in the recap?

  • A Post the image as false

  • B Add the photo to the verification note as one more check, keep the image out and say the flood isn't confirmed

  • C Post both images

  • D Skip the recap

508
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

Missed one? Go back to 1: Key terms, page 489; 2: Look at the evidence, page 494; 3: Practice, page 499.

Exit ticket

Write a three-sentence verification note: what was checked, what was found and what's still open. Then name one limit: something the evidence can’t show yet.

My answer

How sure am I?1234

509
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

Unit review

Unit 5 review

Look back at all four cases before the unit test. Answers to the practice items are in your educator’s key.

Words

Sort the words: circle the ones you can explain, and star the ones to review.

  • criteria
  • equity
  • revenue
  • expenditure
  • per-pupil amount
  • agenda item
  • remit
  • public record
  • provenance
  • corroboration
  • verification note
  • primary beneficiary testearlier unit
  • authorityearlier unit

Use one word in a sentence

Use another word in a sentence

Skills

  1. Set fair criteria before choosingCase 17: How should the crew give out ten free seats?
  2. Compare numbers on the same scaleCase 18: Why is the theater curtain still falling apart?
  3. Fit a request to the body’s remit and time limitCase 19: What should Gia say in her two-minute comment?
  4. Confirm an image with independent sourcesCase 20: Can the crew post this image as true?
510
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

Connect the cases

Lessons 17 and 20 both ask: Where is this decided, and when can the public speak? Compare how the crew answered it each time: what did they check first, and who did it help?

One lesson

The other lesson

Mentor check Grace Okafor

“Where is this decided, and when can the public speak?”

Practice items

1

When did most names arrive on the sign-up sheet?

  • A 22 of 30 before 10 a.m. Monday

  • B Wednesday night

  • C Evenly over three days

  • D After the rule was posted

511
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

Practice items, continued

2

The crew picks a lottery with a three-day sign-up. Anika asks whether signing up on day three hurts her chances.

  • A Yes, early names count more

  • B No. Everyone who signs up in the window has the same chance

  • C Only if she's at rehearsal

  • D It depends on need

3

$48,000,000 for 3,200 students is how much per student?

  • A $1,500

  • B $15,000

  • C $21,000

  • D $150,000

4

The post says Westbrook spends $21,000 per student. Before comparing it with $15,000, what must you check?

  • A Nothing; both are per student now

  • B The same year, the same budget stage and what each figure includes

  • C Which district is bigger

  • D Whether the curtain is torn

512
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

Practice items, continued

5

What does item 4 propose?

  • A Closing the park

  • B Turning off the court lights and closing the lighted courts at 8 p.m.

  • C Cutting a bus route

  • D A noise fine

6

Gia has 20 seconds left and a page to go. What does she keep?

  • A The bus page

  • B Her one request on item 4

  • C Her friend's situation

  • D "You never listen"

7

What does the alerts page show when Jordy checks it at 3:10 p.m.?

  • A A flood alert

  • B No active alerts, last updated Monday at 9:15 a.m.

  • C The courtyard is closed

  • D That the image is fake

513
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

Practice items, continued

8

At 5:30 p.m., a classmate sends a dated photo of dry paving near the library. What changes in the recap?

  • A Post the image as false

  • B Add the photo to the verification note as one more check, keep the image out and say the flood isn't confirmed

  • C Post both images

  • D Skip the recap

514
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

Unit test

Unit 5 test

Name

Date

PartWhat you doWeight
Part A1Choose the best answer20% of the score
Part A2Short written answers25% of the score
Part BYour unit task55% of the score

Form A. Grades 11–12.

Supports I used (for example, read aloud or extra time)

The documents

Evidence AUnit test

The library branch's count

12 loaner laptops, 40 requests last month, and checkouts by week.

Evidence BUnit test

Three options on a whiteboard

First come, a lottery, or priority for students without home internet (which needs personal information).

Evidence CUnit test

The branch's tech line, $9,600 for 4,800 cardholders, and a post

"Northside gets $3 per cardholder and we get $9,600 total."

515
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

The documents, continued

Evidence DUnit test

The library board's agenda

"Item 6. Laptop lending policy. Public comment: 3 minutes. Written comments due by noon." The board sets library policy. It does not set citywide internet service.

Evidence EUnit test

A realistic photo of chained doors captioned "library closed for good," and the branch page

"Closed Monday for floor repair. Reopens Tuesday at 10 a.m." (updated Monday at 8 a.m.).

Part A1: choose the best answer

1

What is the branch’s tech spending per cardholder?

  • A $2

  • B $3

  • C $9,600

  • D $48

2

Is the post’s comparison fair as written?

  • A Yes, both are money

  • B No. It compares Northside’s amount per cardholder with the branch’s total, so they aren’t on the same scale

  • C Yes, $9,600 is more than $3

  • D No, because Northside is bigger

516
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

Part A1: choose the best answer, continued

3

Which option needs personal information?

  • A First come

  • B A lottery

  • C Priority for students without home internet

  • D None of them

4

Part A: Which question is inside the library board’s remit?

  • A Citywide internet service

  • B The laptop lending policy

  • C Floor repairs across the city

  • D Bus routes

5

Last month there were 40 requests for 12 laptops. About how many requests were there per laptop?

  • A About 3

  • B 12

  • C 28

  • D 52

517
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

Part A1: choose the best answer, continued

6

The photo says “library closed for good.” What should the crew’s recap say?

  • A “The library is closed for good.”

  • B “The branch page says it was closed Monday for floor repair and reopens Tuesday at 10 a.m. We couldn’t confirm the ‘closed for good’ photo.”

  • C Nothing

  • D “The photo is fake.”

Part A2: short written answers

1 Which option would you pick, and who carries its cost?

My answer

2 What's in the board's remit, and what isn't?

My answer

518
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

Part A2: short written answers, continued

3 Argument, AP style [19]: take a position on the lending policy using two documents and one course concept (equity or remit), and respond to an opposing view.

My answer

Part B: your unit task

Purpose
Task
A 600- to 900-word policy brief with calculations, an equity analysis and a verification note on the photo. The student delivers or records the comment and takes questions.
Criteria
The rubric rows: Evidence, Reasoning, Audience and purpose, Revision and Sources and citation. Level 3 is the goal.

Plan: my claim and the documents I’ll use

519
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

Part B: your unit task, continued

Draft

520
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

Score it with the rubric

Row and the goal (level 3)1234
EvidenceI can combine evidence from several documents and a real primary source, cite it correctly and judge where and when each source came from.
ReasoningI can apply a rule or test one factor at a time and answer a counterclaim.
Audience and purposeI can use the form’s conventions, state my purpose early, ask for something my audience can do and explain my choices in a 3-minute oral defense.
RevisionI can revise my structure and argument after feedback and keep track of what I changed.
Sources and citationI can cite every source in MLA or APA, with in-text citations that match my list.
521
Unit 5: Take it publicAP Lang student edition

Take it further

Take it further

Voz asks: What could you do with this?

Read the agenda or the minutes of one local public meeting. Write down the item, the body that decides it and one question you'd ask.

Keep it safe: use public information only, leave out private details about anyone, and you never have to post anything.

What I did and what happened

522
Key termsAP Lang student edition

Key terms

Academic credit Academic credit is credit toward a degree that a school gives for approved work, such as an internship.

En español: créditos académicos

Accountability Accountability is owning a mistake and doing what you said you would do to fix it.

En español: rendición de cuentas

ADA coordinator An ADA coordinator is the staff member a government names to handle disability access questions and complaints.

En español: coordinador de la ADA

Agenda item An agenda item is one topic listed on a meeting’s official schedule of business.

En español: punto del orden del día

Attribution Attribution is naming the person who made a work, such as a song, a photo or a video.

En español: atribución

Authority Authority is the power a person or group has to make or change a particular rule or decision.

En español: autoridad

Barrier A barrier is something that blocks or limits a person from taking part.

En español: barrera

Challenge A challenge is a formal request to remove or restrict a book or other library material.

En español: impugnación

Claim A claim is a statement that something is true. You can check a claim with evidence.

En español: afirmación

Compensation Compensation is all the pay and benefits a worker receives, including hourly rates, bonuses and overtime.

En español: compensación

Consent Consent is permission a person gives for something specific, such as sharing a record with a named person.

En español: consentimiento

Context Context is the information around an event or a quote that you need to understand what it means.

En español: contexto

Correction A correction is a public statement that replaces wrong information with accurate information.

En español: corrección

Corroboration Corroboration is support for a claim from an independent source.

En español: corroboración

Criteria Criteria are the standards or reasons a group uses to make a decision.

En español: criterios

Decision-maker A decision-maker is the person or group with the power to make a particular choice.

En español: quien toma la decisión

Disclosure A disclosure is a clear statement that tells people about a relationship or fact they would want to know.

En español: divulgación

523
Key termsAP Lang student edition

Key terms, continued

Documentation Documentation is a record, such as a photo, a note or an email, that shows what was said or done and when.

En español: documentación

Education record An education record is a record directly about a student that a school or college keeps.

En español: expediente educativo

Eligibility Eligibility is meeting the requirements for a particular service or program.

En español: elegibilidad

Endorsement An endorsement is a message that shares someone's opinion or experience of a product to promote it.

En español: respaldo

Equal Pay Act The Equal Pay Act is a federal law from 1963 that requires equal pay for men and women who do equal work.

En español: Ley de Igualdad Salarial

Equity Equity is a way of sharing that adjusts for different needs so everyone gets a fair chance.

En español: equidad

Evaluation An evaluation is a school's formal process for learning about a student's needs, using more than one measure.

En español: evaluación

Expenditure An expenditure is money that a government or an organization spends.

En español: gasto

Fact pattern A fact pattern is the specific set of facts in a situation that a rule is applied to.

En español: conjunto de hechos

Fair Labor Standards Act The Fair Labor Standards Act is a federal law that sets minimum wage and overtime rules for most workers.

En español: Ley de Normas Justas de Trabajo

Fair use Fair use is a part of U.S. copyright law that allows some uses without permission, judged case by case with four factors.

En español: uso justo

FERPA FERPA, the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, is a federal law about who can see student education records.

En español: FERPA (Ley de Derechos Educativos y Privacidad de la Familia)

FICA FICA is the federal payroll tax that funds Social Security and Medicare.

En español: FICA (Seguro Social y Medicare)

Framing Framing is choosing which parts of a situation a message brings forward.

En español: encuadre

Gross pay Gross pay is the money you earn before any taxes or other deductions are taken out.

En español: salario bruto

Holding statement A holding statement is a short update that says what is known, what is still being checked and when people will hear more.

En español: comunicado provisional

Jurisdiction A jurisdiction is the place or area where a particular government or rule has authority.

En español: jurisdicción

524
Key termsAP Lang student edition

Key terms, continued

Learning goal A learning goal is the knowledge or skill that a task is meant to show.

En español: meta de aprendizaje

License A license is permission from a rights holder to use a work under specific terms.

En español: licencia

Local acceptance Local acceptance is the list of materials that your own city's recycling or compost program actually takes.

En español: materiales aceptados en tu ciudad

Material connection A material connection is a relationship with a brand, like payment or a free product, that viewers might not expect.

En español: conexión material

Net pay Net pay is the money left after taxes and other deductions, often called take-home pay.

En español: salario neto

Per-pupil amount A per-pupil amount is a total divided by the number of students, so that districts of different sizes can be compared.

En español: monto por estudiante

Precedent A precedent is an earlier court decision that judges use as a guide in similar later cases.

En español: precedente

Primary beneficiary test The primary beneficiary test is how the U.S. Department of Labor decides whether an intern at a for-profit company is an employee.

En español: prueba del beneficiario principal

Program access Program access is an ADA rule that a city's services, taken as a whole, must be usable by people with disabilities.

En español: acceso a los programas

Proposal A proposal is a change that someone suggests and that has not been approved yet.

En español: propuesta

Provenance Provenance is information about where an image or a document came from and how it has been handled.

En español: procedencia

Public record A public record is information a government keeps that anyone can ask to see, such as meeting comments.

En español: registro público

Reasonable accommodation A reasonable accommodation is a change to a rule or practice that gives a person with a disability equal use of a place.

En español: acomodo razonable

Reconsideration policy A reconsideration policy is a library's written process for reviewing a challenge to a book.

En español: política de reconsideración

Registration Registration is signing up with your election office so that you are on the list of people who can vote.

En español: inscripción electoral

Remit A remit is the set of matters that a committee or other body is responsible for and can act on.

En español: competencia

525
Key termsAP Lang student edition

Key terms, continued

Reuse Reuse is using an item again instead of throwing it away after one use.

En español: reutilización

Revenue Revenue is money that comes into a government or an organization, such as taxes and grants.

En español: ingresos

Sample ballot A sample ballot is a preview of the contests and measures that will appear on your ballot.

En español: boleta de muestra

Selection criteria Selection criteria are the written standards a library uses to decide which materials to include.

En español: criterios de selección

Source reduction Source reduction is preventing waste before it is created, for example by buying less packaging.

En español: reducción en la fuente

Substantial disruption Substantial disruption is the standard from Tinker v. Des Moines: a public school may limit speech that would seriously disrupt school activities.

En español: alteración sustancial

Title VII Title VII is part of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. It bans job discrimination based on race, color, religion, sex or national origin.

En español: Título VII

Trade-off A trade-off is a choice where getting one benefit means accepting a cost or giving something up.

En español: compensación entre opciones

Verification note A verification note is a short record of what you checked, what you found and what is still unknown.

En español: nota de verificación

Voter guide A voter guide is a document that explains or recommends choices in an election.

En español: guía para votantes

Withholding Withholding is money an employer takes out of each paycheck to pay taxes or other costs for the worker.

En español: retención

526
My progressAP Lang student edition

My progress

After each lesson, write the date and your level for each skill: Beginning, Developing, Proficient or Advanced.

LessonDateEvidenceReasoningAudience and purposeRevision
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
527
My progressAP Lang student edition

My progress, continued

LessonDateEvidenceReasoningAudience and purposeRevision
18
19
20
528